Return to main page HERE!

Author: Aiden James
Title - Witch Out of Water (Clash of Covens #2)

The story picks up where the previous one left off. Sebastian Radu gets out of Purgatory later than he expects. Once home at Twin Magnolias, Sebastian learns that his beloved, Daciana Matei, is scheduled to wed a grand nephew of Wizard Ninnius. Though the man is in no way vile, Daciana still longs for Sebastian. Daciana is basically a prisoner until time for her wedding. As for Sebastian, he and his family (as well as the Matei family) are being closely watched by the European Elders Council (EEC.) In fact, Sebastian has his own set of constables. They are a married couple named Matilda and Arthur Albright. Knowing how volatile the situation is, there is also a head constable downtown.

The war between the two embittered witch clans continues. For Sebastian, the surprises are many. When Daciana escapes her European prison, the net around Sebastian tightens. However, the pair of lovebirds have a benefactor in the form of Sorin Gabon. With his help, the pair may very well have a future together.


**** THREE & A HALF STARS! The story starts out slowly. The first fifty pages are foreshadowing and rehashing events. Yet once Daciana makes contact with Sebastian things begin to pick up. Sebastian still makes his journal entries, but the story flows in real time.

The coveted two-fingered ring in the story makes the wearer invincible to anyone or anything on Earth. With a war between the witch clans vying for supremacy in rural America, the possibility of such a ring being so close by puts everyone on edge. The author shows the reader that no amount of policing or guarding can halt people from doing stupid or crazy things. (That is it, in a nutshell.) There are always hotheads and unknowns.

It is up to the reader to decide if Sebastian and Daciana are braving all for love or making a huge mistake. They have a powerful helper in Sorin Gabon; however, readers can only wonder what this wizard wants by bringing the pair together or if there is another motive. The future events of this story are unpredictable and I look forward to the surprises that the author, no doubt, has in store. ****

Authors: Aiden James, Lisa Collicutt
Title - Reborn (The Serendipitous Curse #1)

Solomon Brandt bursts from the ground. He is naked and on a horse. He remembers nothing, except his name and his horse's name. Melba sees good in him, so when the police come looking for him, Melba hides him. It is soon apparent that Solomon is being terrorized by a demon - the evil ghost of a former slave master who was also named Solomon Brandt.

Melba is a Hoodoo practitioner. She has the ability to speak with her ancestors, who are the priestesses that dealt with the cruel slave master of long ago. Melba's niece, Desiree McClinton, and the amnesiac Solomon begin to fall in love. Desi wants to help Solomon recall from whence he came. Part of Solomon longs for the same; however, another part fears the answers - and rightly so.

When the ancient, evil Solomon begins appearing in the nice Solomon's nightmares and then begins materializing in the present day, the nice Solomon must do everything he can to protect the women he has come to cherish the most.


**** FOUR STARS! This is the first title of the series and it shows real potential to becoming a winner. My interest was immediately caught and the plot line kept me guessing as events unfolded. I found some parts to be predictable, but most were not. I was happy to see that the authors took into the account as to how today's society reacts to black/white relationships. (Some people took it in stride, while others did not.)

The story line flows smoothly. The writing is easy to read. Characters' become well developed as the story progresses. The authors work well together, blending their talents seamlessly. I look forward to the next installment of this terrific series. ****

Authors: Aiden James, Patrick Burdine
Title - The Vampires’ Birthright
(Dying of the Dark #2)

Txema Ybarra and her soon-to-be-born daughter, Alaia, are the last two living humans who carry the sacred birthmark and blood that ensures the survival of a vampire line. Txema’s vampiric companions are her primary source of protection from a ruthless murderer, Ralu, bent on wiping out their bloodline. Ralu’s army and allies are world-wide, with more and more either joining his cause or being overrun. Once Txema’s bloodline is extinct, Ralu plans to subdue the entire world.

Txema’s protectors keep once step ahead of Ralu’s forces as the continually fly from one country to another, in a deadly game of Hide-and-Seek. Yet eventually Ralu would find them and blood will flow.


***** FOUR & A HALF STARS! Aiden James and Patrick Burdine have extremely active imaginations that took me on a roller-coaster ride filled with horror, excitement, adventure, and more. There are strategy sessions, strange (new) vampire powers, vivid descriptions of breathtaking surroundings, and some answers to previous questions. You do not have to read the first book in this series to understand what is happening in this one, but if you do not you will not fully understand the mechanics, such as Peter and Txema’s relationship.

These authors managed to keep me off balance. Every time I thought that I had seen it all, they added a new problem or revealed a new surprise. If I began to believe things would now slow down a bit and allow me to breathe, something would happen to prove the illusion false. This well written and griping novel kept me up far too late into the night, but it was well worth the loss of sleep. *****

Author: Aiden James with Patrick Burdine
Title - Deadly Night (Nash Vegas Paranormal #1)

At first glance, Jimmy Alea and his wife, Fiona, seem like your typical family. They even have two small children to complete the picture. But when they finish their “day jobs” their hobbies (and hopefully someday their day jobs) begin. Jimmy is a musician and his band is definitely up and coming. Fiona has psychic gifts and often helps Detective Ed Silver with his investigations. Lastly is the hobby they do together; they investigate haunted places. They are part of the Nash-Vegas Paranormal Group (NVP) and they consist of about a half-dozen people. At least once a week they take their equipment to clients’ haunted homes or spaces.

The story focuses most often on a killer that Fiona and Detective Silver are after. The killer is murdering people in the music circles. Candi Starr was the first victim and then people Candi knew began turning up dead. Fiona knew Candi well and each person killed since her. There is even evidence that Fiona is on the killer’s list of future victims. Of course, this means police protection. But Fiona and Jimmy refuse to let it stop them from investigating the paranormal. They are just more cautious.

NVP is the second thing the story focuses on. Some really creepy things happen during many of the recent readings and recordings that the group has done. (One ends with a fatality.)

As the killings and the NVP activities start to blend together, the body count also rises. Unless Jimmy and Fiona can help Detective Silver catch the serial killer, they will soon join the body count.


***** FIVE STARS! To say that I am impressed with this novel would be an understatement. Acclaimed author Aiden James, along with Patrick Burdine, work to bring about a story that will long linger in your mind and make you beg for more. It certainly worked in my case! I am not sure which I enjoyed more – the investigation of the murders or the NVP group’s actions. And I am definitely left wanting more! In fact, I will be very unhappy if this novel does not get a sequel, if not an entire series.

All the main characters are well developed; however, not all the secondary ones are. (Such as the detective.) Yet those may be fleshed out in upcoming titles. (See how hopeful I am here?) The story does not slow down in the middle, as most do these days. Instead, I was kept intrigued by a variety of things happening all at once with the musical group, killings, and ghosts/hauntings. I cannot recommend this novel highly enough to fans of the paranormal. *****

Author: Aiden James
Title - The Witches of Denmark (Clash of Covens #1)

Sabastian “Bas” Radu looks like your typical eighteen-year-old male, but he is actually one-hundred-thirty-years old. He and his family are Romanian witches and warlocks now living in America. These semi-immortals often live past age six hundred. The Radus have long been in a feud with another family with dark gifts, the Mateis. The Mateis want nothing more than to wipe the Radus from the world. Bas and his family flee Chicago and move to Denmark, Tennessee.

In Denmark, the family now owns an old plantation house (Twin Magnolias) and try to blend in with the other neighbors on Old Dominion Road. As with most neighborhoods, there are mostly good, normal neighbors with only one bad apple. Denmark seems the perfect place to settle d own and use magic only when necessary. More importantly, Denmark is the place where an ancient ring has been hidden – one that can save the Radus from the Mateis. The Radus are only in Denmark a few weeks when the Mateis also move into town, bringing the feud with them. The deadly conflict begins anew.

Bas is at the movies when he spots Daciana. Until then, Bas never believed in love at first sight. His feelings are returned. But Bas is a Radu and Daciana is a Matei. Should the families find out their feelings for each other, the streets of Denmark may very well run red with the blood or mortal and immortal alike.


***** FIVE STARS! Though I believe this to be a book all adult Fantasy lovers would adore, it also has the flavor of a Young Adult book. I probably feel that way because Bas is (or looks like) and acts like an eighteen-year-old. Or perhaps it is because the story is told as if it were a long journal entry. The star-crossed lovers story has been said and done thousands of times, but this is the first one I have read during a coven war.

The author really takes the time to flesh out his characters, making them feel more real to me. The novel is written in the First Person, following Bas. There are a variety of secondary characters, within the family, as well as outside of it. Yet all are well developed and each has their own personality.

Aiden James has a diabolical mind that can take a long overdone scenario and transform it into something new. I can think of only one bad thing to say about this author: He needs to learn to write faster. (I do not care if he manages to write one or two books per year. I want one per month.)

Author: Aiden James
Title - Immortal Plague: Warriors of Light & Dark
(The Judas Chronicles #1)

William J. Barrow has two secrets. One, he is immortal. Two, he is Judas Iscariot. Yes, he is really THAT Judas and he is striving for his restitution. To earn it, he must locate and retrieve the twenty-nine silver coins he took as payment for his evil deed. He has managed to retrieve most of them during his long life span. He has nine more to go. William believes the next coin may be found in a small village in Iran, Al-haroun. His sixty-one-year-old son, Alistair, has agreed to accompany him.

Mike Lavoie, of the CIA, learns of William’s latest trip and asks him to do some surveillance work while in Iran on Petr Stanislavsky. Having done errands for Mike before, William reluctantly agrees. Turns out that this is not actually an easy surveillance mission. Petr is looking for the Garden of Eden … literally. He close to finding it too. It is not until William and Alistair are on the plane that they learn of another passenger. Amy Golden Eagle will accompany them. Petr killed her parents and may very well have her brother, noted anthropologist Jeremy Golden Eagle.

As things eventually go from bad to worse, Williams’ nemesis, Viktor Kaslow, enters the picture. He is an ex Lieutenant Colonel in what was once the Soviet Army, and captain of a KGB death squad.


***** FIVE STARS! Told in the First Person by Judas, this story reminded me a little of watching the first Indiana Jones movie. By that, I mean the hero goes off into various bad situations that has biblical locations and deals with equally biblical items while dodging bad guys. Instead of utilizing a whip, Judas is immortal. I found this book to be just as intense. I once snapped out of the story to notice that I was literally sitting on the edge of my seat (an angel was involved) and had to force myself to relax before I stuck my nose back into the novel. (Yes, there are snakes involved too. Is it any wonder Indiana Jones came to my mind?) This is the first book in the Judas Chronicles and if the following stories are even half as wonderful as this one is then the author has a winning series on his hands. I fully intend to read each and every one of these novels in the very near future.

Aiden James writes with a flair that is addictive and easy to read. The characters are well developed and the story line flows smoothly. I read this entire tale in a single evening. I could not bring myself to put it down even once. I simply had to know what happened next. I cannot recommend it highly enough. *****

Author: Aiden James
Title - Immortal Reign: Warriors of Light & Dark
(The Judas Chronicles #2)

Judas Iscariot is immortal. Today he goes by the name of William Barrow. To earn his restitution he must locate and retrieve all the silver (cursed) coins he took as payment for his evil deed. He has managed to retrieve most of them during his long life span. He has eight more to go. The next coin may be in Hong Kong. It is there that William and his son, Alistair, travel.

Mike Lavoie, of the CIA, tries to coerce William into another mission; however, William insists that he is retired and refuses to even hear whatever Mike has to say. Yet trouble follows William and Alistair. Only when another immortal (and friend) named Roderick Cooley approaches William does he listen. The CIA wants William and Alistair to get close to Christian Morrow, who is attending the same coin exhibit they are. Morrow is a high-end antiques dealer and he wants to obtain the Mantle of Genghis Khan. In addition to all this, William’s Russian archenemy, Viktor Kaslow, is back. Not only has Kaslow become immortal, but he has a new way to keep tabs on where William is and what he is doing. This is not good since Kaslow wants nothing more than to kill everyone William cares for.


***** FIVE STARS! Author Aiden James has another winner in this episode filled with action, danger, and suspense. Every time I thought things would calm down enough for William and Alistair to catch their breaths, something else would happen and the chaos would begin anew. Do not begin this novel until you have plenty of time because you will not want to stop reading. *****

Author: Aiden James
Title - Immortal Destiny: Warriors of Light & Dark
(The Judas Chronicles #3)

Today he is known as William Barrow. In truth, he is Judas Iscariot. In hope for restitution, William is hunting and retrieving the twenty-nine shekels (silver coins) he received as payment to betray Jesus. The shekel known as the “Singing Coin” was lost on the very night of Jesus Christ’s arrest in Jerusalem. William hoped to retrieve this coin last, even though he already knew where it resided. However, Viktor Kaslow’s recent designs for the coin has changed all plans. This coin has unusual properties. If it falls into evil hands, the entire world will crumble.

William must travel to the Bolivian Andes. He is aided by his son, Alistair, and his fiancé, Amy, as well as by a group of others (mortal and immortal) in his rave to claim the coin before Kaslow. The stakes are high and William may have to give up everything and everyone dear to him in order to save the world.


***** FOUR & A HALF STARS! This is the third installment of the Judas Chronicles and I am beginning to feel as though William and his group are friends of mine. I never would have believed I could feel that way about Judas, but this author has a talent like no other to bring his characters to vivid life. All the characters are well developed and the scenery is well described. I could almost smell the pine trees, as well as the barren demonscape. Bravo! *****

Author: Aiden James
Title - Immortal Dragon: Warriors of Light & Dark
(The Judas Chronicles #4)

He began life under the name Judas Iscariot. Today he goes by the name William Barrow. He is an immortal on a quest to earn restitution for his evil deed. He must find an retrieve all the silver coins he was paid to betray Jesus.

William and Roderick Cooley hardly have had time to breathe easy since their last coin adventure. The next coin will be harder to get than any before it. Viktor Kaslow is not the evil immortal this time. No, this time the villain is much more vile. It is Vlad Tepes, also known as Dracul or Dracula. His love of impaling his enemies onto stakes has not lessened. Vlad has a deep hatred for William and Roderick. They are summoned to Budva where they would travel to his castle. Failure to do so would result in the slow deaths of those they love. Knowing Vlad could easy do as he threatens, William and Roderick make the journey. They hope to retrieve the coin – if at all possible – and survive their audience with Vlad. (Neither really expect to live through this adventure. But at least their loved ones should be safe.) The problem is that in order to keep Vlad from killing their friends and family, they would have to turn over all the shards from the Tree of Life. If they do, Vlad will be able to walk in the sun and his evil would double.


***** FIVE STARS! The author has done a remarkable job of explaining how Vlad still exists and what he has been up to all this time. Readers also learn about a sorcerer named Krontos Lazarevic, who might show up as the villain in a future novel. This sorcerer is directly responsible for Vlad’s continued presence on earth.

The main characters from the previous tales play only secondary roles until the midway point of this story. Though once they fly to Rome, they are in the thick of things. I could not read fast enough to satisfy my urge to know what would happen next. Open this book, hold your breath, and get ready for one heck of a wild ride. This author will take your breath away! *****

Author: Aiden James
Title - Immortal Tyranny: Warriors of Light & Dark
(The Judas Chronicles #5)

He began life under than name of Judas Iscariot. Now he is known as William Barrow. He is an immortal looking for redemption. To earn his restitution he must locate and retrieve all the silver coins he was once paid to betray Jesus. He now has twenty-five of the coins.

About five months have passed since their adventure with Dracul. They have been on the run from Krontos Lazarevic the entire time. Any time they receive his calling card (usually a rose) they would pack up and move. As the story opens, they are in Sedona, Arizona. This time a note tells them to stay where they are. (Yeah. Right.) They learn that the Stutthof-Auschwitz coin has recently resurfaced via the antiquities black market. This coin’s bloodies dates are back during the Third Reich. The coin is quite unique and is said to have more mystical properties than any of the previous coins acquired as yet. They plan to win the coin’s auction, but the coin disappears. Thinking Krontos is responsible, William and his group fly to Germany and Hungary, eventually arriving at Krontos’ castle. But how does one go about thwarting a sorcerer who knows the secrets of time, dimensional travel, and how to distort reality? And who says only one coin will come into play this time around?


**** FOUR STARS! Until now each title could have been a stand-alone tale. This time; however, you need to have read all the previous titles in order to fully enjoy this adventure. There are times where William and/or a member of his group will reminisce about parts of those earlier romps through peril.

William’s group now has five other people: Alistair, Beatrice, Amy, Roderick, and Cedric. All face death as they face off against one of the world’s worst immortals. Though they seek only one coin, they have the chance to acquire more during this dangerous trip.

Aiden James writes with an intensity that seeps out of his words and into your emotions. By that, I mean reading his book made me feel tense; as if I were there and a member of the group. The scenery is described vividly, as well sounds and smells. The author’s writing style flows as smoothly as always. It is easy to follow events and understand exactly what is happening and why. To me, this skill is vital for a great author to possess. And James Aiden seems to have it in excess. I look forward to the next installment of this fascinating series. ****

Author: Aiden James
Title - Immortal Pyramid: Warriors of Light & Dark
(The Judas Chronicles #6)

He was born with the name Judas Iscariot. Today he is called William Barrow. In hope of restitution for betraying Jesus Christ, he must locate and reclaim all the silver coins he was paid for the evil deed. Now there are only three coins to find.

William and his group currently reside in New Orleans. Their happiness, as usual, does not last long before immortal danger rears its ugly head. This time the danger comes from the immortal widely known as Jack the Ripper; also known as Ratibor. Ratibor is more vicious than any adversary before him. This is proven when he manages to kill one member of the group. As the others grieve, each in their own way, one thing is certain: Ratibor must not be allowed to finish his feeding and killing spree or he will manage to go back into hibernation for many decades before restarting a fresh killing spree. But it is not only for the world’s benefit that the group hunts Ratibor. Revenge plays a large part too.


**** FOUR STARS! I refuse to tell who dies. Let it be a shock to you as it was for me. There are not as many fighting scenes this time around. More time is spent discussing events and planning what needs to be done.

I, as the reader, did not get to spend as much time in the presence of the immortal bad guy as in previous novels. Most of the time I was witness only to the after math or Ratibor’s murders. Sometimes this means seeing the body in the morgue. Sometimes this means only hearing about deaths yet never seeing the bodies at all. I do not mention the destination of the adventure this time because it varies. The group is never long in one place. They do much traveling.

Aiden James writes compelling characters that I have grown very fond of. I never expected to enjoy the series as much as I have – considering who the main character is. To say that I eagerly look forward to the next installment would be an understatement. ****

Author: Aiden James
Title - Immortal Victory: Warriors of Light & Dark
(The Judas Chronicles #7)

Today he is called William Barrow, but history knows him as Judas Iscariot. In hope for restitution, William is seeking out each of the thirty silver coins he was paid to betray Jesus. His collection is almost complete.

William and the group are touring historical battle sites and museums in Tennessee and Mississippi when Viktor Kaslow contacts them next. Viktor’s note hints strongly that should they visit a certain statue or monument in Shiloh, they would find a silver coin. Upon retrieving the relic, Viktor deals a devastating blow to William and Roderick Cooley. This is closely followed by a video of Viktor informing William that they would be in a contest to locate the Damascus Coin and prove which of them was superior.

The final battle is almost upon William. Even with the help of others, William knows he is not match for the evil that has claimed Viktor’s soul. But should he fail to win, Viktor would rule the entire world in the near future.


**** FOUR STARS! This is a fantastic conclusion to the series with twists and turns that I never saw coming. Viktor plays with the group like a cat with its prey as he plans how best to bring William to his knees and incite his rage. He succeeds in doing both. William and his followers do not have a certain destination this time. There are plenty of plane rides and strategy sessions as they globetrot their way to meet Viktor face-to-face and have their fateful showdown.

As I mentioned, this is the last story in the Judas Chronicles. The next two titles will be the Roderick Chronicles. I have been intrigued by Roderick’s character throughout this entire saga. I am glad that he will get his story told next. I will definitely be reading them.

Aiden James writes what readers want to read. ****

Author: Aiden James
Title - Immortal Supremacy (Roderick Chronicles #1)

The immortal named Roderick Cooley misses his close friend, Judas, who has, at long last, received his retribution. Alas, Roderick must carry on. At least he will not be alone. He has his immortal lover, Rachel Bashemath, with him, as well as his most recent semi-immortal friend, Cedric Tomlinson. The last fifteen months have been pretty quiet. That is a blessing since Krontos Lazarevic is still out there somewhere. The silence soon comes to an end.

Krontos is now trying to unify the European Legion of police states to go along with a recent decision by the United States Congress to support the president’s intention to join forces with Canada to mimic Europe’s setup. Only in America’s case, the USA’s fifty states and Canada’s ten provinces will operate as individual police states under the joint control of Washington D.C. and Ottawa. Should this happen, some countries (such as Russia) are fully prepared to take drastic action. The world could easily witness World War Three. Roderick, along with a small group of immortals, must stop Krontos at all costs. To make matters worse, Krontos has captured four Nephilim, Ancient immortals. Should they escape Krontos – which is only a matter of time (short time) – they will extract their revenge on a global scale, making the entire human race extinct.


**** FOUR STARS! With Judas and his group gone, the author surrounds Roderick with a new set of people. I found the most interesting one to be Xuangxang, a Chinese vampire with the talent of transforming into a dragon. (I mean, who does not love dragons?) Readers briefly meet other immortals who used to be considered gods (such as Aphrodite, Persephone, and Aries.) I have a feeling they will be seen again.

Aiden James has a writing style that is easy to read and the narration sometimes has the flavor (for lack of a better word) of a journal. Most of the story is told in the First Person though. This tale overflows with danger, strategy sessions, adventure, and revenge. It all combines to make the beginning of an incredible new series. I eagerly look forward to Roderick’s next chronicle entry! ****

Author: Aiden James
Title - Immortal Storm (Roderick Chronicles #2)

An amulet was used by the sorcerer Matija Badnjak. He was a passenger on the RMS Titanic. The Zoa Promaji, a demonic horde of nearly six-hundred entities, was within. To kill Badnjak, the Zoa Promaji guided an iceberg to ram the RMS Titanic. The amulet sank with the ship and the world sighed in relief.

Recently, an unsuspecting treasure hunter, David Fulmer, found the amulet. The Zoa Promaji has taken over his body. The mind and soul will soon follow. Fulmer is now the most powerful sorcerer and the Zoa Promaji are using him for their own ends. The demons wish to kill as many people as possible by combining storm systems, causing disease long forgotten, and erupting volcanos.

Roderick Cooley and his small group of friends are trying to stop the Zoa Promaji; however, it is proving to be more powerful than anything they have faced before. (How does one stop something that knows your plans, where you are, and how to teleport instantly anywhere?) Should they fail, humanity may well be wiped out.


***** FIVE STARS! The last book mentioned a vampire dragon infestation, so this latest installment begins there. Yet it is quickly taken care of (temporarily) by the Armentians. I am sure we will see all of these back soon.

As the new story moves along, the characters that I have grown to love are having their backgrounds told in more detail. This is done a bit here and a bit there as they recall things or whenever the author sees an opportunity to mention events. The character of Roderick, being the narrator, is the main source of these details. The book is written in the First Person and often there are sections that resemble journal entries. This is something left over from the previous series, The Judas Chronicles. It adds a certain flair or personal touch, in my opinion.

The demon horde, Zoa Promaji, seems to target Rod more than anyone else, as if frightened of him. I, honestly, saw no way that our small band of heroes could possibly win against this adversary. The answer was both simple and satisfying. As with the last book though, the author hardly paused before giving a taste of what the next adventure might entail. I sort of felt as if I were left hanging this way, but at the same time it was cool to see what was upcoming. Now I have only to somehow wait until the next installment. *****

Author: Nora Roberts
Title - Of Blood and Bone (Chronicles of the One #2)

Fallon Swift is The One. From birth until her thirteenth birthday, she lived with her parents and brothers on the farm, shielded from the Doom’s effects still ravaging the world. The day she turned thirteen, Mallick the Sorcerer appeared to take her away. Her parents taught her well. Mallick advanced those teachings and trained her in the use of more weapons and hand-to-hand combat. After two long years, Fallon returned home.

It was not long before Fallon and her family left the farm and travelled to New Hope. They stopped at several places along the way and began amassing an army. By the time they reached New Hope, Fallon had over a thousand recruits. Fallen, her family, and all within New Hope must prepare for the dark forces that threaten them. Building and training was a must, because the darkness is closer than they realized.


**** FOUR STARS! Watching Fallon mature was interesting; however, there was times when she shifted from mature to immature to mature again too abruptly. Her time spent with Mallick was my favorite part. Watching her triumph on her three quests to get a real bathroom built was fun. Yet earning the trust of the white owl, white wolf, and flying alicorn was the best sections. It was also great to see the people of New Hope again.

Lastly, and perhaps I should have noted this first, but do not begin this book until you have read the first. Otherwise, all the characters will not be well developed and you will miss crucial information and battles. ****

Author: John Passarella
Title - Joyride (Supernatural TV Tie-In)

Knowing that his brother, Dean, was feeling antsy, Sam Winchester finds something that they can check out together. No British Men of Letters or tag-alongs. This would be just two brothers doing what they do best- hunting and killing monsters.

In Moyer, Missouri, at the stroke of midnight, everyone awake in the town collapses. Everyone is unconscious about ten minutes. If they were driving, they wrecked. If they were dancing or eating, they fell like stones. When Sam and Dean don their FBI attire to investigate, the town seems peaceful. That quickly changes as the locals begin acting strangely – streaking, slashing tires, petty vandalism and random violence. When the people stop acting odd, they recall nothing. No one knows why he or she committed the act. Then comes reports of strange shadows and horrible murders.


***** FIVE STARS! This author has a way with words. He sucks his readers into the story so fast that they hardly have time to settle into their chairs. From then on, it is a whirlwind of events that leaves readers begging for more. Make sure you have plenty of time before you open these pages. I read the entire book in one afternoon. I grumbled in irritation any time I had to put the book down; even if it was only to make a quick trip to the restroom.

The author captures Sam and Dean’s personalities and mannerisms perfectly. This was like watching a television episode. (For those not used to “tie-in” stories, this novel episode will never be seen on TV. For avid fans who enjoy knowing time lines, this episode happens during season twelve, between “The Future” and “Twigs & Twine & Tasha Banes.”) Personally, I found the best thing about this story is that only Sam and Dean are involved. They find a case, figure out what is going on and why, and then figure out a way to hunt and kill the problem. Sounds so simple … and I loved every second of it. My only problem now is having to wait at least a year before I can get my hands on Passarella’s next adventure.

John Passarella delivers utter satisfaction! *****


For your convenience you may read more about, or purchase this book, from Amazon by clicking HERE!

Author: Charlaine Harris
Title - An Easy Death (Gunnie Rose #1)

Let me start with a map explanation: The government had started down a slope that had gotten slicker and slicker. Indian tribes had taken back the land that had been theirs. Banks crashed. Drought and influenza reduced the population. The government could not protect itself, and other countries had grabbed pieces of America. Canada took the north, Mexico took the south, and the Holy Russian Empire (HRE – lots of wizards) took the west. To the east, the thirteen original colonies – all but Georgia- formed a bond with England. The southern states banded together as Dixie. Georgia went with them. Texas, Oklahoma, New Mexico, and a bit of Colorado became Texoma. The big area north of Texoma, the plains, became New America.

Lizbeth Rose (“Gunnie Rose”) lives in Segundo Mexia, in Texoma. She is a gunnie. She is part of a guarding crew that helps people cross the lawless land along the border between Texoma and New America. When her band is killed, and only she survives, Lizbeth tracks the bandits, kills them, and gets the human cargo safely to their destination. Without the rest of the crew, Lizbeth is out of a job until two wizards from the HRE approach her. Coopersmith is a fire wizard with tats on her face to show it. Savarov “Eli” is a water wizard. The pair want to hire Lizbeth as a guard and guide while they complete their mission to find Oleg or Sergei Karkarov for their tsar. Lizbeth hates wizards for very personal reasons, but finally agrees to be their gunnie. Traveling with her arsenal of weapons and sharp wits, Lizbeth soon regrets accepting the assignment. Never has she had to kill so many to protect her clients, nor had so many people been eager to kill her.


**** FOUR STARS! This is the first book in the Gunnie Rose series, so I began my synopsis with a map of the land. Needless-to-say, Lizbeth will eventually travel all these lands in the future (or why bother mentioning them?) but this time her travels keep her close to home. The story is non-stop action as one set of bad guys after another show up. By the time the main bad guy shows up, his death is almost anticlimactic. (Too easy for me.) However, I was still satisfied, overall, with the story.

The writing style of Charlaine Harris has not changed from her previous titles. It is still smooth and easy to read with occasional bits of humor in the characters’ dialogues. All main and secondary characters are well developed, as is the scenery. Since the gunnie has an arsenal of various guns, I kept picturing the background as the Old West … with some magic thrown in. I am looking forward to the second book of this series. Original and well crafted! ****


For your convenience you may read more about, or purchase this book, from Amazon by clicking HERE!

Authors: J.R. Rain, Matthew S. Cox
Title - The Devil’s Eye (Maddy Wimsey #1)

Detective Madeline “Maddy” Wimsey is a witch with a relationship to nature. She has wild red, almost sentient, hair that saves her life more than once and yet causes a bit of mischievousness as well. Her partner is Rick Santiago. He keeps an open mind when it comes to magic and he respects her Wiccan ways, unlike one or two others.

When a deceased victim (Walter Manning) is found in the woods in what looks like a sloppy Satanic ritual, Maddy and Rick are handed the case. This is the same spot in which, a couple of month earlier, some teenagers had been found chanting in robes while getting drunk. Could they have been responsible or are the events unrelated?


**** FOUR STARS! With her wild red hair, Maddy exactly resembles the heroine from the Disney movie Brave. The only differences are that Maddy is a little older and her hair seems to have a mind entirely of its own. (I love her hair!) The story has a secondary plot going on involving a member of her coven who seems to have a shadowy (demon?) figure after her. They mystery involving Manning’s death is concluded in this title. The shadow will continue into the next book. Maddy’s coven life and her detective life are both so interesting that I am unable to choose which I like best. The authors blend them well as Maddy goes about her day-to-day business. All characters are well developed and the scenery is so detailed in some areas that I can almost smell it. I am looking forward to the next case. ****

Authors: J.R. Rain, Matthew S. Cox
Title - The Drifting Gloom (Maddy Wimsey #2)

Detective Madeline “Maddy” Wimsey and her partner, Rick Santiago, are dealing with a serial killer whose MO involves mixing chemicals to kill his victims. Maddy’s seemingly sentient hair continues to save her life while also causing some mischief. Some in the Olympia P.D. say that Maddie should cut her hair (NEVER!) so it would stop doing things such as being caught in doors. But the hair cooperates in tight situations such as not letting an attacker be able to grab hold. It becomes slick.

As for her coven life, one member is being harassed by a shadow figure (demon?) that slipped through a portal to our world while she was younger and trying to summon the spirit of her mother. Maddy’s boyfriend, Caius, finally takes their relationship to the next level (toward the very beginning of the book) with an engagement ring.


**** FOUR STARS! The chemical mixing killer does not simply commit murder. He also tortures his victims physically and mentally. Kids are involved in one, though not killed. Maddy’s hair is still my favorite part of the story. I believe that it really is a sentient entity. It helps in dealing with the case, as well as in dealing with the shadow – which concludes in this title.

New readers will have no trouble understanding and enjoying this story. The characters were well developed in the previous title, but the authors manage to give enough of the information again. I fully admit to being hooked on Maddy’s world. ****

Authors: J.R. Rain, Matthew S. Cox
Title - Convergence (Winter Solstice #1)

Solstice “Sol” Winters has always had a bit of magic, but after purple lightning streaks across the sky one night, the entire world changes. People are starting to actually believe in magic. Of course, it is hard not to since there are now sightings of mythological creatures. Sol’s life certainly changes! She is still a photojournalist for The Spiritualist, a small paper dedicated to magic and the supernatural, but after the purple lightning her physical self has changed. No longer is she a blond, thirty-two year old woman. Now her hair is snow white, her ears are pointed, her eyes are red, she is shorter, and she looks like a teenager. Sol is an elf with an affinity for nature.

Sol’s pictures are now making a stir across the nation, if not the world. (She caught a clear image of the griffin nesting on a roof.) Her fame not only attracts major networks, it also attracts the Ordo Sanguinem Aeternam, a shady group who forcibly insists she help them raise Atlantis; a ritual that will cost Sol her life.


*** THREE STARS! The first quarter of this book is simply getting the reader used to Sol’s world, which only has a little magic in it. After the purple lightning, things pick up as much more magic is noticeable. I could not bring myself to like her boyfriend. Even Sol has doubts about him from the beginning of the story. It is mentioned that when an elf meets her true life’s mate, she will know it instantly. Therefore, I have hope of there being a much better man in her future.

The authors write well together, but this book series is not as written as their latest collaborative work. I recommend their Maddy Wimsey series. (The main character’s living hair is more entertaining to me than having a familiar.) However, this trilogy has promise and I intend to immediately dive into the second title. (Containment.)

Authors: J.R. Rain, Matthew S. Cox
Title - Containment (Winter Solstice #2)

Being the only known elf in the world has made Solstice “Sol” Winters life more difficult. After rescuing her kidnapped sister and escaping the Ordo Sanguinem Aetername, Sol finds herself in Russia. Since she is in Russia already, Sol agrees to help deal with a giant lizard that is eating people, automobiles, and other things. Her magic is not enough to kill it, so she may have to get creative. To make matters worse, the OSA seems to have stirred something up from the Volga River (that resembles a frog-man.) Then there is the Federal Security Bureau sticking their noses into the mix.


**** FOUR STARS! This is the second title in the trilogy and things seem to be heating up quite nicely. There is a lot more action in this installment (and I am enjoying her cat familiar, Mr. Moody.) Sol is still learning what her abilities are. The Russians she meets in the first quarter of the story are very helpful. Again, all the characters, even the secondary ones, are well developed. The authors’ writing styles blend more smoothly this time around too. ****

Authors: J.R. Rain, Matthew S. Cox
Title - Catalyst (Winter Solstice #3)

Someone wants Solstice “Sol” Winters dead. Whoever it is, s/he is using elder magic to send magical assassins that fling sharp blades. While dodging multiple assassination attempts, her friend, Jade, asks for help finding clues to a stolen mummy. Turns out the mummy stole itself. It walked out of the exhibit. Worse, it is kidnapping citizens and mind controlling them to be slaves and killers.


*** THREE STARS! Almost the first half of this book is Sol moping about how long she is due to outlive her family. The magical assassin adds some excitement, but not enough. Once the mummy mystery enters the picture, things perk up a bit. Sol snaps out of her funk to begin dealing with major problems. However, things are so slow in the moping stage that I feel as though the authors are splitting their attention between two (or more) different series and not dedicating enough to this one. ***

Author: Simon R. Green
Title - Ghost of a Chance (Ghost Finder #1)

The Carnacki Institute has many operatives. One special team consists of three operatives. JC Chance is the leader. Bold and arrogant. Melody Chambers is the science-geek techno-wizard who keeps the antisupernatural equipment running and capturing all possible data. Happy Jack Palmer is the Class Eleven sensitive with a gloomy disposition and a pill for everything.

Their current assignment is to investigate the deep underground haunting at London’s Oxford Circus Tube Station. Something ancient is coming; its arrival heralded by a train of horrors and ever changing posters. But the trio must also deal with two assassins sent in to kill them.


**** FOUR STARS! A wonderful beginning to a new (for me and my husband) series. I have learned over time that Simon R. Green writes outstanding stories so I picked this one up without even reading the back to see what it was about. I am very happy that I did so. My husband read it first during a business trip, came home and told me to read it soon. I began it a few hours later and did not stop reading until the story was finished. It sucked me into plot and the horrors described were disgustingly riveting. Recommended for those who like a little jolt with their fantasy. ****

Author: John Passarella
Title - Cold Fire (SuperNatural TV Tie-In)

NOTE: This story takes place during Season Ten, between the episodes of “About a Boy” and “Halt & Catch Fire.”

Posing as FBI Agents, Sam and Dean Winchester, along with Castiel, travel to Braden Heights, Indiana. David Holcomb and his wife, Sally, are very new to the area. With no time to make friends or enemies, David is killed; disemboweled and his eyes gouged out. The medical examiner insists it to be the work of an animal, even after others are killed the same way and no animals are ever seen. The Winchesters and Castiel are having trouble finding a definite connection between the victims. When they do, the trio find themselves dealing with a creature unlike any they have faced before.


***** FIVE STARS! Do not begin reading this book until you have a good chunk of time to devote to it. The novel begins in the middle of a battle and hardly takes a breather before plunging into the main hunt. I only managed to pull myself away once; and only for an hour. I could not stop thinking about the creature and ended up canceling my plans for the evening so that I could keep reading.

John Passarella’s writing style pulls the reader into the SuperNatural universe with ease and paints such a graphic picture that the real world simply fades away and time becomes immaterial. This story is horrific, fascinating, outrageous – and I enjoyed every minute that I spent reading it. *****

Author: Kelly McCullough
Title - Drawn Blades (Fallen Blades #5)

Legend says the gods made a key that could only be used once, and only to resurrect a god. There is nothing in the world that Aral Kingslayer wants to do more than stay out of the affairs of gods, dead or otherwise. Yet when a smoky version of Siri Mythkiller appears out of a hearth and places a wedding band of smoke upon his finger, that is what he signs up for. Aral owes Siri both duty and honor. Had she told Aral that she had need of him to do so, he would make war on Heaven itself. She could ask for his life and he would give it without thought.

Accompanied by his Shade, Triss, and his apprentice, Faran, Aral travels to the Sylvani Empire. Siri had once been sent by Namara, the goddess of Justice, to send a myth (a.k.a. god) back into his tomb. The knife Namara had given Siri was left buried in the god’s chest, per protocol. But this buried god is known as the Smoldering Flame and the knife is slowly burning away. Soon the god will fully waken and he wants the key. But the worst news for Aral, and the only part he really cares about, is that Siri’s soul is still bound to the knife and the Smoldering Flames is steadily devouring her soul.


***** FIVE STARS! Author Kelly McCullough has an eloquent writing style that conveys intense situations and feelings in such a way that they seem REAL. By that, I do not mean that he writes realistically; I mean that I could actually feel Aral’s sense of honor, among other things. Had Aral been a real person, writing up his recent experiences, what I felt as I read this story could not been made any more … well, REAL.

Kelly McCullough’s debut novel blew me away. I recall telling my husband that this author was going to hit the big time. I now feel that the author has proved me correct. Mark my words, if there are any Hollywood producers out there with an ounce of taste, one of McCullough’s books or series will appear on television or the big screen one day. When that day comes, I will celebrate. If you think that I over exaggerate, read this series. *****

Author: Kelly McCullough
Title - Darkened Blade (Fallen Blade #6)

When the goddess Namara was murdered by her peers, the Son of Heaven cult massacred her followers, the Blades. The goddess and her Blades delivered justice to those with the power and money to evade it in the courts. The other gods killed Namara because she considered no one to be above justice, including gods, and the swords of the fully initiated assassins could even bring them down. But some of the Blades escaped the slaughter. One of them is a man named Aral. Aral and his brethren each has a Shade. The two are bound so should one die, so too will the other. The Shade is much like a familiar. It hides in the shadow of its partner and gives the Blade a secret weapon.

Aral has come a long way since his days of drinking away his pain. In fact, Triss (his Shade) is proud to say that Aral is almost back to his old assassin self. Yet in some ways Aral is better than ever. Aral now thinks for himself rather than blindly killing the one Namara directs him to. His decisions often weigh heavy on his soul too. In addition to Triss, Aral also has an apprentice, Faran, who has a Shade but was still young when the temple fell and is not a full Blade. That is one of the first things Aral is determined to correct.

Aral joins up with Jax, a fellow Blade, who has discreetly started training others. Out of necessity, Kelo, the former Blade whose betrayal directly caused Namara’s downfall, is with the group (and every Blade eagerly waits until the time he is no longer needed.) The group heads to Namara’s land to perform the sacred ritual that will tie the students to their swords. Once done the small band would take on one of the hardest tasks in history: bringing justice to the Son of Heaven. Should Aral and his fellow Blades fail, the Son of Heaven’s risen curse (think zombies) will devour the lands.

“Justice the goddess may have died, but justice the ideal lives forever.”


***** FOUR & A HALF STARS! I warn you in advance, stories by Kelly McCullough are highly addictive. All of them! When I picked up my first novel by this author, I was doomed to clamor for all of them. He is also contagious. I cannot begin to guess how many people I have infected by simply telling them about what I was reading. But this is one virus you won’t mind catching.

The character of Aral evolves throughout the series; however, this time around he is not such a lone wolf. Not only does he have his apprentice, Faran, but Aral slowly becomes part of a cadre again. What his character ends up morphing into is something wondrous. As in our reality, plans always go wrong for the hero and his comrades, no matter how much planning is done in advance. Thankfully for us readers, this means a continuously turbulent atmosphere that is very entertaining. *****

Author: John Passarella
Title - The Chopping Block
(Based on the television series Grimm)

When a pile of human bones is discovered in a forest, severed and stripped of flesh, Portland Homicide Detectives Nick Burkhardt and Hank Griffin are put on the case. The two soon learn that the bones were cooked prior to being buried and the pair suspects that the killer is not human. More bones are found, but no one is able to figure out how the victims are chosen. The body count increases revealing bones from various ages, both genders, and multiple ethnicities.

The detectives turn to their friend, Monroe, who is a reformed Blutbad (basically a vegetarian werewolf) for help. Monroe recalls a story from his grandfather long ago about a group of upper crust and snobby cannibals who gather every twenty-five years to gorge themselves on human meat. The gorge fest lasts one month before all members disappear without a trace. Monroe has always believed the story to be an urban legend, but many signs are changing his mind. The three must act quickly to find and stop the slaughter, whether a killer is acting alone or with a group. Should they fail, many more people would die and many more massacres may happen in the future.


**** FOUR STARS! There is more happening than I dare reveal for fear of spoilers. Everything I state in my synopsis is either revealed to readers early on (in my opinion) or is pretty obvious. If you are not a fan of the television show, I do not believe that you will have any trouble what-so-ever. You will still be able to fully understand and enjoy the story and its plot. However, only people familiar with the show’s characters will appreciate the sub-stories involving the girlfriends of Nick and Monroe. Nick’s girlfriend, Juliette, is a vet who is trying to figure out why a family’s dog keeps going into kidney failure. Monroe’s girlfriend, Rosalee, is the owner of a spice shop.

Personally, I have not watched every episode of the television show, but I have watched most of them. Therefore, I can honestly state that the author has managed to perfectly capture the personality of each individual character. This novel is an original story, never before seen on television or published.

Author John Passarella writes stories that will long linger in your nightmares. ****

Author: Sherrilyn Kenyon
Title - Instinct (Chronicles of Nick)

Nick Gautier deals with zombies, demons, vampires, shifters, all sorts of creatures and people every day. Many of those are his friends and allies. Thanks to them, Nick has survived everything that has been thrown his way. Just as Nick begins to hope that his life is finally back to normal, everything goes to hell – literally.

Nick has accepted the demon that lives within him. Now he must learn to control it. This is not an easy task while trying to keep a low profile. The dark gods are still after Nick. Now that those dark gods know where to find Nick, they will stop at nothing to get him.


**** FOUR STARS! Author Sherrilyn Kenyon’s cast of characters are well developed and seem to become more real with each story. Nick’s character in particular is evolving, growing, and I can see glimpses into what Nick could one day become – and it is fabulous! Some secrets of the Primordial gods are revealed in this installment and readers will learn more about Kody, his mother. These characters are not the only interesting ones in the story either. (Not by a long shot.)

It does not matter if you are male or female. I feel that anyone from the ages of teen to adult would love this story. Heck, they would love the entire series. There is very little language, a lot of Nick’s trademark sarcasm, and an ample supply of action. The only real down side (of the entire series) is that each story seems to have cliff hanger endings. It is no wonder to me that this series (and the author’s “Dark-Hunter” series) are soon to be major motion pictures. Tales by Sherrilyn Kenyon are major awesomeness! ****

Author: Wallace F. Brown
Title - The Echo Stones (Book 1)

Set in early England. The people in the Elmet Kingdom prepare to defend themselves against an invading Saxon army. There are spies behind King Certic’s walls and he fears for the lives of his son and daughter. Certic believes Elmet will be able to hold against a siege for awhile, but without help Edwin’s Saxon army will eventually succeed in breeching their defenses. A plan if formed to send Princess Cristin and Prince Brien to the kingdom of his cousin called Craven. Elmet’s only hope is for King Uryen’s forces to come in behind Edwin’s army.

A mystic warrior named Stephan and his giant friend, Liam, lead the small party through woods that are home to dangerous wild men and the moors where they would be in the open and exposed to the enemy. Also in the party is Flann, a servant to the lovely princess who is small in size but full of surprises and courage. As they travel through hostile country, they are pursued and attacked often by many who wish their deaths. When things are bleak, a forest wizard named Timan joins their quest. The ageless wizard possesses great powers and seems able to peer into a mortal’s soul. Thus Timan knows of Flann’s amazing heritage and about a priceless, ancient gift that the princess carries that must not fall into enemy hands.


*** THREE STARS! This fantasy story by Wallace F. Brown begins with an assassination attempt on the life of the princess. It ensnared my attention quickly and set the tone for the rest of the tale. The story never actually stated the ages of Princess Cristin or Prince Brien, but I soon pictured them as young adults. I, as the reader, watched as Cristin always showed her compassion and concern for those around her. I witnessed Brien begin as (a bit) pampered and matures into a battle-hardened man; a man worthy of the crown. Yet the lead character was Stephan, a man once close to his king before being exiled to live in the surrounding wilderness. His mysterious past will be slowly revealed, but not all his secrets will be told.

The leading and secondary characters are pretty well developed. The minor ones are basically glossed over. (After all, why bother to spend several paragraphs telling about someone’s past when he would disappear shortly thereafter?) This gave the author more space in which to weave his web of wonder. The only big problem I had was with all the typos. I noticed them mainly in the punctuations. Questions would end with a period or one of the quotation marks was missing. I mention this because there are many. (I quit counting at twenty-five.) If you are a reader who cringes at such, you may wish to pass on this title; however, I believe those who can overlook these errors will enjoy this book. ***

Author: Kelly McCullough
Title - Blade Reforged (Fallen Blade #4)

Seven years has passed since Aral’s goddess was silenced. Aral no longer turns to the bottle for comfort. He is not fully back to his old Blade self, but close enough for now. After his previous adventures, Aral’s face no longer resembles anything close to what it once was. He is still getting used to the new face in the mirror. When Aral learns that one of the few people willing to help him during his former dark days has been imprisoned by King Thauvik, he knows that he must do something to aid his friend.

Baroness Maylien Dan Marchon is the unacknowledged heir to the throne of Zhan. She is niece to the king. When Maylien brings proof of her legitimacy to the court, King Thauvik’s reaction is swift and bloody. Only Aral’s reflexes keep Maylien from becoming one of several corpses. The king declares Maylien an outcast. Civil war looms in the near future as Maylien, with Aral’s help, begins forming her allies. But King Thauvik has more surprises up his sleeve than previously; he has two former Blades of his own. One of whom is legendary.

***** FIVE STARS! Once again Aral and his Shade, Triss, find themselves in the middle of a royal mess – literally. Yet this time it is assassin verses assassin verses assassin. That alone promises readers some high quality entertainment. But Kelly McCullough adds several twists, backbends, and hand springs that only a mind as devious (or demented) as his could possibly conceive. Then the author explains Aral’s shaky strategies in such a way that I, as the reader, forgets that they are wild, dangerous, and suicidal. Instead, I end up believing that they are just short of brilliant. (All eight steps.)

Is this the last book in the series? That remains to be seen. The author can end it here or continue it on for another book or two. Personally, I want more! *****

Author: Kelly McCullough
Title - Crossed Blades (Fallen Blade #3)

Though he is still known everywhere as the Kingslayer, Aral no longer recognizes the man in the mirror. It has been a month since the bonewright painfully altered his face. His appearance is not the only thing about him that has changed. Six years ago his goddess was killed and her temple fell. Namara’s death had been ordered by another god, but it was the human group called the Hand of Heaven that destroyed the temple. It was the Hand that tortured and killed the Namara’s Blades. Aral is one of the few surviving Blades, but only because he was on a mission far away when it had happened. For a long time Aral would lose himself in alcohol. Now Aral tries to avoid that vice; especially since he has obtained a new ward. Faran was only nine when the temple fell. The teen has not been Aral’s apprentice for long, but she is already deeply devoted to him. Faran is the reason for Aral’s other change. With the responsibility of caring for and teaching Faran, Aral must now think before he reacts. He has always been a strategic thinker, but now he must become an ever better one.

Aral’s heart almost stops when he sees Jax Seldansbane enter the tavern. The former Blade had been his first lover. She needs Aral’s aid to rescue one of their former teachers, Loris, from Heaven’s Reach. But something does not add up. Jax is keeping secrets from him. Aral and Faran learn that the Hand is using Loris and others as hostages to force Jax into betraying Aral to them. At the same time, they learn that Master Kelos Deathwalker, who had been Namara’s right hand, has become one of the traitors.

Jax reveals her secrets before Aral has to force them out of her. Once all the cards are on the table, the group can finally get down to business. For the death of their goddess, for the deaths of their fellow comrades, and for simple revenge, it is time to bring justice to those who deserve it. It is time to spill blood.

**** FOUR STARS! To me, the most spectacular thing about this author is his eclectic storytelling. Though Aral remains a Blade throughout each story, everything else around him changes. None of those changes are similar to any other. One story is full of stone dogs, another has a creature that can glide through the earth, another being is made up of two ladies and three minds, and the list goes on. (In fact, if you have not done so as yet, check out WebMage, where the author blends Greek mythology with modern computer technology.) I find the variety in the author’s stories to be mercifully refreshing.

Master Kelos is an expedient character. Often I was unsure as how to label the man – totally evil or having to do awful things for the overall good. Faran’s character is truculent, but that is normal for teenagers. And Jax, for the most part, is a walking consternation. The Shades, especially Aral’s familiar, do not do as many tricks this time around, but they all seem to have a didactic attitude. This probably helps them keep their bond-mates in line. As you can see, each character has their own type of personality, which makes the story much more realistic.

If you are seeking a fantasy unlike most others, you will not go wrong by choosing any title by this author. Kelly McCullough’s writing style is indefinable, his imagination is creative and unique, and his pot execution is simply exquisite! ****

Author: Kelly McCullough
Title - Bared Blade (Fallen Blade #2)

Set in a coastal city called Tien, the thousand-year-old capital of Zhan. Once he was known as Aral Kingslayer. He was a Blade of Namara, bringing the Unblinking Eye of Justice to those too powerful to find it in the courts. With his goddess dead and most of his order having either been executed or turned traitor, Aral keeps a low profile. Triss is his partner, friend, and familiar. Triss is a Shade, a creature of living darkness who spends most of his time in Aral’s shadow – literally. Only over the past year has Aral been able to pull himself out of the deep depression that his loss had placed him. Now Aral is staying more sober and alert. His skills as a Blade are rusty, but he is slowly returning to what he once was.

Aral and Triss are sitting in a bar, still keeping a low profile, when two foreign women enter. As trouble walks up to the ladies, Triss insists that Aral aid them. As the dust begins to settle, Aral and Triss learn that the two women are Dyad. A Dyad is a collection of three distinct minds and personalities. Stel and Vala each have their own body and their own brain; however, a master entity has also been formed from their conjoined souls, called their Meld. (For the sake of this synopsis and review, let us refer to the Dyad as VoS.)

VoS needs the help of Aral and Triss to locate and retrieve a priceless stolen artifact. VoS had been escorting the item to its rightful place when their group had come under attack. It was only by luck that VoS had been scouting ahead and survived the resulting massacre.

Though his goddess might be gone, Aral is still her Blade and it is his duty to help VoS. But VoS is not the only magical being in Tien searching for the Kothmerk. There is also the Durkoth who look to be made of marble. They are able to move through earth as easily as a human can glide through water. The Crown Guard and the Elite (who are the king’s pet killers with giant stone dogs) are also on the hunt. By helping VoS, Aral and Triss are thrown into a situation that would forever alter their lives – if they somehow survive, that is. The body count is rising, the enemies are closing in, and time is running out.

***** FIVE STARS! The character of Aral is intelligent and audacious. Triss is like his voice of reason. This combination makes for an enthralling adventure and actually caused me to lose an entire night of sleep. By the story’s end, I was introduced to a new character or two, who I eagerly look forward to seeing more of in the next installment. (Book three is titled “Crossed Blades” and due for release at the end of November 2012.) As I was following Aral’s footsteps, I learned a little bit more about the training of a Blade and how one is chosen. It is now obvious to me that McCullough put a lot of thought into the infrastructure of Namara’s Order. I have a much clearer idea of how the temple operated. In fact, it is so precise and becoming structured enough to me that I cannot help but wonder if McCullough is a “method writer”, if there is such a thing. (If so, McCullough owes his family and friends big time for putting up with him.)

After reading the first book of this series (Broken Blade), I did not believe that the author could possibly get any better. Never have I been so happy to be proven wrong. This author seems to get better and more original with each book he has published. I know that I probably sound as if I am gushing, so I want to make it clear to you that I do not personally know this author. I gain nothing by singing his praises and I have absolutely no reason to lie or embellish. Therefore, I strongly urge you to read with caution, because Kelly McCullough’s writings are highly addictive and there is no known cure. *****

Author: Kelly McCullough
Title - Broken Blade (A Fallen Blade #1)

Until a small handful of years ago, Aral had been a Blade of Namara. He had been a human weapon, honed to the finest edge possible by the training of the temple. The Blade of Justice made flesh. His purpose was to bring death to those who deserved it, as ordered by his goddess, Namara. Since he was a child, Aral had been bonded to Triss, a dragon-shaped Shade that lived in his shadow. The powers Triss wielded became an extension of Aral's will. However, five years ago the Emperor of Heaven killed Namara and her followers had been executed. Very few Blades survived.

Aral and Triss now keep a low profile. Aral is a shadow jack, doing occasional shady jobs and drinking himself unconscious. When a mysterious woman named Maylien hires Aral to deliver a secret message for a high wage, he knows that there must be a catch. But Aral is bored and Triss prods him to take the commission. Aral soon discovers that Maylien never intended for him to deliver the letter but rather to witness a clandestine meeting between the Baroness Marchon and Devin Urslan, a former Blade. Until now Aral had believed Devin to be dead. Instead, his fellow Blade is alive and has become a traitor to the priesthood. Worse, having learned that Aral is alive too, Devin intends to coerce Aral into helping him create an army of assassins unbound by any ethical restriction.

In the meantime, Aral is busy helping Maylien gain the baronial seat. Maylien is the true heir to the Barony of Marchon. Currently her wicked sister holds the position and the people suffer because of it. In order for Maylien to take the baronial seat, she must kill her sister in a proper duel. Problem is that Maylien must get close enough to her sister so she can issue a blood challenge.

***** FIVE STARS! This is the first of a new series filled with multifaceted characters, layered plots, and the type of quixotic scenarios that only the imagination of Kelly McCullough could possibly create. The author, once again, crosses genres. (I expect him to break the Fourth Wall [between fiction and reality] any day now.) And though a secret order of assassins has been done by writers in the past, McCullough goes the extra mile. The main characters are magical and each has a unique familiar with various abilities that they share with their human. Of course this also means that any weakness the familiar has could become a serious problem should a foe learn of it.

Stories by Kelly McCullough are one-of-a-kind - just like him. I found Aral's world to be compelling and highly addictive. Brilliant! *****

Author: Cassie Alexander
Title - Shapeshifted (Edie Spence #3)

Edie Spence is a very good nurse with a lot of experience; however, her types of experiences are not ones she is able to write on her résumé. Until recently, Edie served as a nurse at County General on Y4. This is the hidden section of the hospital where the Super Natural beings are tended to. Edie has dealt with werewolves, vampires, dragons, and more. Ti, her former boyfriend, was a zombie. Asher, another former boyfriend, was a shapeshifter. Yet since Edie had been “shunned” her life has changed – again.

Edie’s mother is terminally ill. The only thing that could save her is vampire blood. But Edie had been previously forced to destroy all vampire blood in the region. Y4 is under the Shadows’ yoke and the Shadows refuse to help Edie unless she finds Santa Muerte. Just as bad is the fact that since Edie no longer works on Y4, the Shadows is no longer keeping her heroin-addicted brother clean.

Edie lands a job at a clinic in a bad part of town. Not understanding Spanish is a big problem, but being able to think clearly and quickly under stress (such as gangbangers with guns entering the clinic) makes Edie a valuable asset. As Edie tries to find a powerful being that not even the Shadows can locate, she must also do her best to keep innocent people out of harm’s way. Turf wars are common. One gang, the Three Crosses, is trying to get protection money from Dr. Hector Tovar, who runs the clinic. Her coworkers, especially Catrina, are not very welcoming and are keeping secrets. But friendship and cooperation can come from unexpected people and odd places.

**** FOUR STARS! This may be the third title in the Edie Spence series, but it will not be the last. Each book contains a stand-alone tale. Edie’s life, both private and public, is the only constant running theme. Characters from the previous stories return in this episode; however, a reader does not have to read them in order to understand what is going on here. Author Cassie Alexander is definitely making her mark in the Paranormal genre! ****

Author: Cassie Alexander
Title - Moonshifted (Edie Spence #2)

Edith “Edie” Spence works at County Hospital on the floor called Y4. Y4 is dedicated to the care of the supernaturals. In recent history, Edie helped save Anna, a rare living vampire. On New Year’s Eve, at midnight, the Sanguine will approve for Anna Arsov to ascend during an initiation ceremony. Once done, Anna will be allowed to begin her own House. Reluctantly, Edie agrees to be Anna’s Ambassador to the Sun.

In the meantime, Edie and her coworker/friend, Gina Martin, are just trying to survive each shift on Y4. After witnessing a black truck hit a pedestrian, Edie keeps people distracted so they would not realize that the injured man is not human, but were. Once on Y4, Edie learns that the victim is not just any were; he is Karl Winter, the werewolf king. When the full moon arrives it should heal Winter – unless he is too far gone. It is up to Edie and her coworkers to keep Winter alive.

When not at work, Edie’s life is still not safe. The vampire Dren is pissed-off at Edie for the damage she inflicted while protecting herself from him (during the previous book titled “Nightshifted”). Edie is also being attacked by weres for unknown reasons. To make matters worse, Anna’s driver, Gideon, was assaulted and is staying in Edie’s apartment until after Anna’s ceremony. When Gideon arrived he was little more than a sack of meat, but eventually becomes a cyborg by dismantling and using items in Edie’s apartment. Edie is not sure which way that Gideon is more dangerous. Then there is Veronica, Gideon’s girlfriend, who is currently unconscious in Edie’s closet because she is in the middle of transforming into a vampire. (Who will be very hungry when she finally awakens in a stranger’s closet.) The only good thing lately is that her brother, Jake, is actually trying to turn his life around. But Edie is wary about the “energy supplements” he is selling. Why is nothing ever simple?

**** FOUR STARS! Readers get to see glimpses into the lives of Edie’s coworkers this time around. Edie is on Y4 to keep her brother clean and drug free. Since it looks as though Edie may survive awhile on Y4, her coworkers loosen up a bit. A couple of them tell what deal they made in exchange for their services on the supernatural floor. By the end of this episode, I had a lot of respect for Gina, Charles, and Meaty. Readers also learn more about the Shadows. They, too, have a so-called boss; a higher up they – literally – fear.

Cassie Alexander has given new life to medical dramas by putting a nurse, Edie, into the dangerous paranormals world and yet still lets Edie retain the morbid sense of humor that all emergency personnel develop (in order to remain sane). For those who like to keep up with things, the next title in this series will be called “Shapeshifted” and due for release on June 4, 2013. I see awards in this author’s future. ****

Author: Myke Cole
Title - Fortress Frontier (Shadow Ops)

Colonel Alan Bookbinder has never seen battle. Most of his military career has been spent doing paperwork. In fact, Bookbinder takes great pride in his work. That all changes when he wakes up from a dream where everyone he cares for is drowning. The feeling of suffocation gets worse as the day progresses. A brief trip to the doctor assures him that it is just stress. Yet by the end of the work day, Bookbinder’s magical abilities make themselves loudly known.

Bookbinder is immediately whisked away from his family and transported to a new and dangerous world, where magical abilities are normal and creatures from D&D games are real. It’s not long before he finds himself in command of Forward Operating Base Frontier. When he and his people are surrounded by monsters and about to be overrun, the only hope of salvation lies in teaming up with Oscar Britton, public enemy number one.

**** FOUR STARS! Author Myke Cole blends military, suspense, science fiction, and fantasy to create an exciting story that will long be remembered. I found it fascinating to watch a normal paper pusher transform into someone who could have joined the X-Men. Goblins, trolls, and a mysterious contractor (called the Sculptor) enrich the favor of the story and kept me reading late into the night. ****

Author: Kerry Schafer
Title - Between (Book One)

Vivian Maylor has just broke up with her boyfriend, Jared Michaelson, and moved to a new town to work at Krebston Memorial Hospital. Her mother, Isobel, is mentally unstable and is under special care. Vivian is finally on her own, living in a small apartment and just trying to have a quiet, uncomplicated life. Vivian is unable to sleep and wonders if it is due to the stress in her life or if her mother’s insane rants about Dreamworlds is making her feel a little paranoid. But when an emergency room patient begins sputtering about dragons and then spontaneously combusts before her eyes, Vivian cannot help but begin to wonder if Isobel may be on to something.

Things get even stranger when she meets Zee Arbogast, a bookstore owner, who gives her a book about Dreamworlds. Vivian soon learns that the book had been left with Zee ten years prior for him to deliver when Vivian finally walked into the store. Confused and a bit scared, Vivian begins to accept the fact that she is the last of the Dreamshifters, someone who is able to walk through all three worlds: Wakeworld, Dreamworld, and Between. With no one to teach her, Vivian is doing her best to learn what is needed to do her duty. But a witch, Johenna, has stolen the dreamspheres and is using them for evil as she seeks the key to Forever.

*** THREE STARS! In the movie Hook, starring Julia Roberts and Robin Williams, Tinkerbelle tells Peter Pan that she will be waiting in that bit of space where he is not really awake and not really asleep (Between). In Schafer’s story, Between has no cute fairy. It is where dragons lurk. It is a dangerous place and to be avoided whenever possible.

The story does not start off in the middle of anything. It starts off slowly; however, it begins to pick up the pace after a couple of pages. Later events get confusing as Vivian jumps between the three worlds. Combine this with scene hopping and various characters having flashbacks, it is no wonder that I had to start paying strict attention just to keep the characters, places, and times straight. This means that I could not relax and submerge myself in the story. Reading this began to feel like work. Yet once I finally got a hold on what was going on and who/what each character was, I must admit that I liked the plotline that Kerry Schafer was drawing. Be warned that there is a scene where Vivian is being raped, but the author keeps it very brief and only reveals details of pain and a comparison of animals. I do not believe there is enough to trigger anything within someone who has lived through such an ordeal.

This is not a lighthearted read and the scene hopping is choppy, but author Kerry Schafer shows wonderful talent and I plan to keep an eye on her future work. ***

Author: Josh Reynolds
Title - Road of Skulls (Gotrek & Felix)

Karak Kadrin is in the Worlds Edge Mountains and is ruled by Slayer King Ungrim Ironfist. The Slayer King and the dwarfs of Karak Kadrin protect the gate, fighting off any dark forces that attempt to pass through it. Now the largest Chaos horde to spill out of the north since the time of Magnus the Pious is at their door. Slayer Gotrek Gurnisson and his human companion, Felix Jaeger, arrive to find Karak Kadrin under siege. This is led by the warlord named Garmr Hrodvitnir, who intends to unleash Chaos unlike any known before.

As an army of Slayers head out to fulfill an ancient prophecy, Gotrek and Felix are forced to remain at Slayer Keep. According to the aged priest, should Gurnisson march toward and meet the Chaos army in battle, he will find the death he seeks, but the world will die with him. This, of course, does not sit well with Gotrek.

** TWO STARS! I am a big fan of the Gotrek and Felix series. I look forward to each release, eager to read the next adventure. I have come to enjoy Gotrek’s surliness, his jumping into the middle of any battle, and his scowls – to name only a few traits I adore. As for Felix, I am very familiar with his brave and skillful fighting. I now rely on seeing Felix by the Slayer’s side no matter what comes. The human is a bad a…Well, he is deadly, especially with a sword. Occasionally the pair will have company in their travels. One such companion is Snorri Thungrimsson, a Slayer who is usually crazed and refers to himself in the Third Person. There is no one else quite like Snorri.

This story has all three of these characters that I enjoy so much; however, none of them are portrayed correctly. Gotrek is not as moody and he does not put away the ale like water. Felix spends most of his time in battle on his tail. He barely parries swings from his opponents and is constantly being saved by others. Felix does not seem to remember how to fight until late in the story. His spine finally stiffens about the same time. Up until then, Felix mutters under his breath and when Gotrek asks what he said, Felix actually cringes and apologizes. There are no snarky remarks to earn Gotrek’s displeasure or even much of a scowl. Snorri is not the insane comic relief who goes berserk in battle. In this story he is very serious. He is the King’s hearth-warden, his Reckoner, and his Remembrancer. Snorri is the King’s right-hand. He advises King Ironfist, helps strategize, and is a total bore.

Though the characters do not act normal, the battlefield still runs red with blood. Readers who are not already familiar with the characters will probably love this story, but diehard fans may find themselves irritated. **

Author: William King
Title - Blood of Aenarion (Tyrion & Teclis #1)

Long, long ago, Aenarion the Defender defeated four of the mightiest daemons ever to blight creation. But one daemon managed to survive. N’Kari, the Keeper of Secrets, fled unseen. The daemon’s consciousness was a spark of energy that hid within the mighty Vortex constructed by the Archmage Caledor Dragontamer on the Isle of the Dead. The Vortex saved the world, but the ghosts of Caledor and all the other mages who participated in the ritual magic are trapped within, continuously performing the spell for the rest of eternity. N’Kari’s presence went unnoticed as he slowly regained his power. It would take several millennia, but eventually N’Kari would find a way to escape the Vortex. Then he would have vengeance on all of Aenarion’s descendants.

Princes Tyrion and Teclis had grown up in the wilds of Chrace. They are twins and about to turn sixteen years of age. Tyrion is physically superior to his brother. Tyrion is able to see the patterns on a battlefield with hardly a glance. He is a natural when it comes to weaponry and a brilliant tactician. Teclis is weak in body, constantly ill. But he is superior to his brother in intelligence and the magical arts. He remembers everything he reads and is wise beyond his years. The brothers are close, but when their aunt, Lady Malene, and one of the Phoenix King’s elite guards, Korbien Ironglaive, arrive, the twins’ lives would forever change.

Tyrion and Teclis are escorted to the Phoenix King’s court where they are to be tested. They must learn the arts of war and the mysteries of magic, as well as the secrets of survival in the Phoenix King’s court. Soon it becomes obvious that a daemon is on a path of death and destruction. Signs point to the daemon called N’Kari. The twins are hunted by N’Kari’s assassins and beset by treachery on all sides. The brothers must fight to survive if they are to have any hope of claiming their destiny as the greatest heroes of the age.

**** FOUR STARS! The first in a trilogy, this tale begins where all great stories do – at the beginning. In the prologue, readers watch as Aenarion battles the four daemons. Then readers stand witness as the Archmage Caledor and the other mages sacrifice everything, including their eternal peace, to save the world. I was riveted!

From the first page of the first chapter, I found the characters of Tyrion and Teclis to be intriguing. As a long time fan of William King’s, I could easily see the author’s indefinable writing style on each page. The plot line runs smoothly and subplots are subtly planted beneath (for blooming in the future titles.) Though the twins have yet to reach their full potential, the author still manages to keep readers thoroughly entertained. ****

Author: Mike Lee
Title - The Rise of Nagash
(Time of Legends/Nagash Omnibus)

Author: Sarah Cawkwell
Title - Valkia the Bloody

As the story opens, Valkia has lived but ten years. She is the pride and joy of her father, Chieftain Merroc. Though considered to still be too young for it, she becomes a shield bearer and fights for her people, the Schwarzvolf.

Valkia knows only unending warfare. Once Valkia seizes power for herself, she becomes the leader of the tribe. The warrior queen begins to strengthen her people by conquering and absorbing the other tribes under a single banner. Valkia becomes the acknowledged champion of Khorne, the Blood God. After defeating Locephax, Demon Prince of Slaanesh, Valkia nails the demon’s living head onto her shield and vows to travel North, to the lands of the gods, and place the trophy at the base of Khorne’s skull-throne herself. Valkia is in sight of her goal, mere steps away from her lord, when betrayal causes her to fall. But Valkia hold the patronage of the Ruinous Powers, and Khorne will not allow death to flee with his chosen queen.

Khorne’s consort emerges reborn. She is the right arm of slaughter personified. With Khorne’s blessing, his unholy queen will lead her new dark army into battle. As for the Schwarzvolf, vengeance comes.

***** FIVE STARS! This author holds back no punches as she tells, in detail, about the life of Valkia the Bloody. From almost the very beginning, every page rings with the loud sounds of battle, whooping war cries, and the moans of the dying. Women and children are slaughtered more than once, but those massacres are not too graphic. They are mainly implied. (Such as Valkia sending her right hand out to locate the caves in which they are hiding and to kill them all.) Still, if you have an imagination as vivid as mine, it is grizzly. (Hey, I blame my imagination on gaming. Due to all the D&D and on-line MMORPGs, it has become quite fertile.)

Sarah Cawkwell has an intense writing style. Almost manic. Being within Valkia’s mind for several hours left me craving for the next battle. After all: “It matters not from whence the blood flows. So long as it does flow.” *****

Author: Nathan Long
Title - Bloodsworn (Ulrika the Vampire #3)

Ulrika Magdova Straghov had been turned into a vampire against her will by Adolphus Krieger. Instead of dying beneath the blade of Slayer Gotrek’s axe that night, she had become a daughter in darkness to Countess Gabriella, a Lahmian vampire, for training. Ulrika had left the countess for awhile, but now returns to Nuln. Yet as Ulrika enters Nuln she finds the Lahmian vampires preparing for war. Across the Old World, their rivals, the sinister von Carsteins, attack their strongholds, lead the witch hunters to their hidden lairs, and are amassing an army to strike. Only a few hours back in Nuln, Ulrika finds herself leaving her mistress – again – and being hunted by her sisters – again. But this time Ulrika is determined to prove herself by bringing back the head of their enemy. However, Ulrika sees red when the humans strike down the only vampire sister she cares for. Angry at the entire sisterhood for treating her as a prisoner and wanting vengeance upon the whole human race, Ulrika forms an uneasy alliance with the von Carsteins.

Count Grigor von Messinghof of Sylvania is who masterminded the vampire revolt, but that was only the beginning. Von Messinghof plots the assassination of Emperor Karl Franz and to use the Lahmians as scapegoats. Once the Empire has been destabilized, the most ancient and evil of mankind’s enemies will return from the grave to drown them all in an ocean of blood. Mannfred von Carstein lives! And Ulrika’s vengeance would be glorious!

***** FIVE STARS! The brilliantly warped mind of Nathan Long is impossible to predict. As a vampire, Ulrika has been just as honorable as when her heart still beat. Throughout this series (as well as the times she spent fighting beside Gotrek Gurnisson and Felix Jaegor), I have tried to remain understanding of Ulrika’s thinking and reasoning. Until now, I would never have believed Ulrika capable of snapping and releasing her inner bloodlust. For such a strong character to break, the author has to expose her weakest link and then ruthlessly crush it. Nathan Long succeeds in doing exactly that. I totally understand how Ulrika’s character, with her need for justice and revenge, would jump at the Sylvanian’s offer.

Eventually the author has to let Ulrika cross blades with Emperor Karl Franz and his champion, Ludwig Schwarzhelm. Once again Nathan Long excels at keeping each character realistic. The Emperor is very wise; an honorable man among men. And of course his champion is the best warrior-knight in the land and has the best gear. Anything else would have been laughable. I was eager to see how the author would handle the clashing of these three mighty beings, as well as the final outcome. To say that I am pleased would be an understatement.

Nathan Long seems to write with a pen filled with venom. I hope the cure is long in coming. *****

Author: Anton Strout
Title - Alchemystic (Spellmason Chronicles #1)

Alexandra “Lexi” Belarus is a struggling artist living in New York City. She is not a starving artist though, because her family owns a lot of land. But when her older brother, Devon, has a building fall on him, Lexi has no choice but to quickly begin learning about the family’s real estate empire. When Lexi is attacked on the dark streets and saved by a massive winged figure, she begins to learn the truth about the Belarus history.

Lexi’s great-great-grandfather, Alexander, was a Spellmason. Spellmasonry is alchemy, using arcane chemical processes to imbue materials with different properties than they would normally have. For example, Spellmasonry can give life to stone. Lexi’s GGF had dark forces conspiring against him and his kin, so he left a spell of protection on his family. Now that Lexi is in danger, the magic has awoken Stanis, a stone gargoyle. Stanis has been standing sentinel for ages. The family’s stone ally had even saved Lexi’s father long ago. But why did Stanis not waken months ago, when Devon was murdered?

As Lexi searches for Alexander’s hidden tomes of knowledge, she learns that Stanis once had four soul stones. For an unknown reason, Lexi’s GGF removed them and hid each somewhere in the city. Riddles have been left to their locations. Lexi vows to restore the stones to Stanis so he would be at full power to help protect the family.

With Lexi is her closest friend, Aurora “Rory” Torres. For years Rory has toned her body through dance. She soon discovers that dance and gracefulness is perfect for fighting. Marshall is Rory’s roommate. Marsh is no fighter, but he is a geek. His years of playing Dungeon and Dragon games have made him into a brilliant tactician. With the stones often surrounded with magical traps, Marsh is actually the most experienced. As a gamer, Marsh is eating this stuff up!

As the secret order trying to kill Lexi and her parents close in, the race is on to find and restore the gargoyle’s soul stones. All the while, Lexi must quickly learn to become a Spellmason.

***** FIVE STARS! Wow! Just…WOW! This is the first time that I have had the pleasure of reading any story by this author; however, he has already made a fan in me! This story will greatly appeal to fans of Fantasy and/or gaming (on board, PC, or consoles), as well as fans of action movies, such as X-Men, Indiana Jones, and Tomb Raider. If any of that fits you, then you will instantly be a perspicacious reader. But no worries, the author explains everything in such a way that non-gamers will totally understand and enjoy.

The story is set in the present. No one knows or believes in magic. Yet any reader who actually lives in New York may find his view of the city to become a bit warped. The characters show themselves to have the same indomitable spirit of those that (in reality) reside in the great city. The author exposes some of the abandoned underground areas, painting the scenery so vividly that I actually began to feel a prickly sensation at one point. The best I can describe Strout’s writing style is to say that he seems to write with a patience coupled with ferocity. I eagerly wait for the next installment of this series. Exhilarating and highly recommended! *****

Author: John Passarella
Title - Rite of Passage
(Supernatural TV Series Tie-In)

Sam and Dean Winchester consider Bobby to be their honorary uncle. After dealing with some harpies, the trio travel to Laurel Hill, New Jersey. On the surface, the small town seems to be having a horrible run of bad luck. In truth, the unfortunate town has been infiltrated by an invincible creature that specializes in orchestrating bad accidents and causing the spread of diseases.

Sam still has a daily struggle to maintain a vise-like grip on his sanity. Occasionally Sam has trouble distinguishing between what is reality and what is “Lucifer-vision”. Dean does all he can to help his brother cope. Often Sam will squeeze the scar on his left hand, prompting real-world pain to push reality back to the surface of his mind. But Dean worries that someday he may lose his brother to madness. In addition to his problem, the Winchester brothers recently had a couple of dark doppelgangers created of them by the Leviathan. These doppelgangers had gone on a cross-country killing spree. Sam and Dean must continually keep looking over their shoulders in case somebody made them as the infamous serial killers. Therefore, Bobby uses his Fed disguise to work with the local police, while the brothers go undercover as insurance claim adjusters so that they may talk to witnesses of all the bad accidents and deaths.

Sumiko Jones is known in school as the Lion Truth Blogger. The teen is intelligent and extremely observant. She uses these talents to blog school happenings that most fail to notice. Her boyfriend is Ryan Bramble. Ryan has been having trouble with his grades this year. Sumiko is helping by tutoring Ryan; yet Ryan feels that it is a worthless endeavor. It does not help that Ryan has been suffering lately from horrible migraines. If the tension headaches are not enough, Ryan is beginning to experience insane rages. He has no idea what is happening to him. The answer is far worse than he could ever imagine. As the chain of misfortunes escalates, Sumiko expands her blog to include all the recent supernatural events in Laurel Hill. Eventually her blog investigation catches the eyes of Sam and Dean.

***** FIVE STARS! This novel is a media tie-in to the hit CW series “Supernatural”. This is an original story and has never been seen on television. You do not have to be a fan of the series in order to fully enjoy this adventure; however, for those of you who do keep up with the television show, this tale takes place during season seven, between “Time for a Wedding!” and “How to Win Friends and Influence Monsters”.

Author John Passarella is well known for writing some dark, twisted, and creepy stories. I have often wondered about this author’s mental stability. That possible imbalance is probably what gives each of his stories their surreal aura. Whatever talent, dark imagination, or paranormal ability this author has, he definitely used it in spades for writing this adventure. I ended up reading the entire book in a single sitting. (Thank heavens I was on vacation and did not mind losing so much sleep!) Unforgettable! *****

Author: Tanya Huff
Title - Blood Price (Blood Series #1)

Victoria “Vicki” Nelson had recently been diagnosed with Retintis Pigmentosa. She is slowly going blind. She already has no vision at night. Unable to settle for a desk job, Vicki turned in her badge at the Criminal Investigations Bureau of Toronto. Though Vicki no longer works in Homicide, she cannot give up investigating; therefore, Vicki is now a private investigator.

Bodies drained of blood are beginning to show up around the area. Coreen Fergus is the girlfriend of one of the victims. The newspapers have been claiming that a vampire is the cause of the recent murders and Coreen agrees. Vicki is hired to investigate the death of her boyfriend, find proof that a vampire killed him, and to eliminate the threat. Vicki takes the case. The facts do point to a vampire, but the creatures are only a myth. Vicki figures that Coreen simply needs closure, so she would find out who killed the boyfriend of her client. But Vicki’s world tilts when she finds a vampire standing over the latest body.

Henry Fitzroy was born in the sixteenth century and raised a good Catholic. He is the illegitimate son of Henry VIII. When Vicki finds him with the killer’s latest victim, he has two choices: Kill Vicki or talk to her. Surprisingly, it does not take Vicki long to accept that the impossible is actually possible. Henry is a vampire. Vampires do not want mortals to know they exist. This means Henry wants the killer stopped. Permanently. Working together, Henry and Vicki discover that the killer is a demon feeding. To stop the demon, they must find the mortal summoning it.

Homicide Detective Michael “Mike” Celluci had not wanted Vicki to leave the police force, but he also understood why she did. They had four years of friendship and occasionally slept together. Vicki had acted as Mike’s safety valve and he had done the same for her. The situation has changed; however, being there for each other does not need to. And even though Vicki is now a civilian, she is still a valuable resource and highly respected by most in the force. If Mike cannot keep Vicki from snooping around, then he can at least help her and keep her safe. As for the new man in her life, Henry, Mike does not like him at all.

**** FOUR STARS! An excellent beginning to the Blood Series. I would have given the story five stars had there not been to many typos. (At least in the Kindle version I purchased the typos are everywhere.) The three main characters are Vicki, Henry, and Mike. The villain in this first story is a demon. It will be interesting to see whether each story has a different paranormal creature or not. According to the book cover, this series has been made into a television show called Blood Ties. (I do not know if it is still aired though.) From what I can gather, the Blood Series is six books long. The first five titles are available in print and electronic formats; however, the sixth title is paperback only. (At the time of this review.) That last book is simply a collection of short stories. The only short story not in the sixth book is in the anthology titled A Girl’s Guide to Guns and Monsters.

Tanya Huff has a creative writing style that is also easy to read. All character backgrounds are well developed. Each of the three main characters has unique personalities and their own set of quirks and pet peeves. I can only hope that the rest of the series is this fantastic! ****

Author: Tanya Huff
Title - Blood Trail (Blood Series #2)

Victoria “Vicki” Nelson became a private investigator after her eye disease (Retintis Pigmentosa) forced her off the Metro Police. Her best friend of over four years is Detective-Sergeant Michael “Mike” Celluci. Though Vicki is no longer with the Metropolitan Toronto Police Department, she and Mike still help each other blow off steam. Doing so often leads them to the bedroom. Their relationship is loose. They each see other people. Recently Vicki met Henry Fitzroy. Mike has no idea that Henry is a vampire or that the creatures even exist. Mike only knows that he does not like the man.

When Henry asks Vicki to help some of his friends with a problem, she knows that the problem may not be what most would call normal. Vicki and Henry travel to a sheep farm just north of London, Ontario. The sheep farm belongs to a family of werewolves. Vicki’s job is to find the person, or people, involved in trying to kill them.

Between Vicki investigating during the day time and Henry during the night, good headway is being made. But then Mike shows up unexpectedly. Mike has been doing some background checking on Vicki’s new boyfriend and he is convinced that Henry is involved in organized crime. Vicki is furious of course, but before she can get him to leave Mike learns what her clients are. Mike world not have believed it, except that he had seen a demon trying to kill Vicki only a month or so prior.

**** FOUR STARS! This is the second title in the Blood Series. Last story had a demon in it. This time it has werewolves. The love triangle finally finishes forming during this case. Mike and Henry realize that they both want an exclusive relationship with Vicki, and that neither are willing to give her up. As for Vicki, she is learning not to judge her clients by human standards, no matter how human they seem most of the time.

Huff has another winning story in this book. There are many typos (in the Kindle version that I purchased), but not as many as in the first story. Well done! ****

Author: Tanya Huff
Title - Blood Lines (Blood Series #3)

After being diagnosed with an eye disease, Victoria “Vicki” Nelson left the police force and became a private investigator. Since then, Vicki has become physically involved with Henry Fitzroy, a vampire. Vicki still has a relationship with Detective-Sergeant Mike Celluci, a homicide investigator with the Metropolitan Toronto Police Department. Last April the trio had to deal with a demon, part of August had them associating with a pack of werewolves. This time it is a mummy.

After spending three centuries in the dark, locked immobile inside a sarcophagus, the last remaining wizard-priest of the god Akhekh emerges. The sarcophagus and the mummy it contained have only recently become the official possession of the Royal Ontario Museum. Those few who saw the mummy are quickly killed or have their minds wiped. Though Mike did not see the mummy, he is positive that he had been told it existed. Yet suddenly the mummy is gone and the person who had informed him of its existence now claims that they never said so. Mike’s boss, Inspector Cantree, soon forbids him to continue his personal investigation. With his hands tied, Mike hires Vicki to locate the missing mummy.

For over four hundred and fifty years Henry has not seen the sun. Now he sees it in his mind every night when he wakes. Henry fears that it means he may walk into the sunlight and end his existence, even though he does not want to die. Vicki promises to be there with Henry each morning, when the dawn reaches out to take him. She would fight with him. For him. She would not let him burn. In the meantime, Vicki spends her days searching for a mummy that walks the streets of Toronto, a mummy who brought with it the power of ancient Egypt. It goes by the name of Anwar Tawfik and somehow it has gotten control of the Solicitor General, the police force, and is working on more.

Unless the mummy is stopped, all of Toronto will quickly fall into its hands, followed by the rest of the world.

*** THREE STARS! When it comes to the love triangle, Henry no more wanted something in common with Mike than Mike wanted with him. Except, of course, the one thing (Vicki) that neither of them is willing to give up. So I found it very entertaining to watch Henry and Mike hate, yet grudgingly respect, each other during this third episode. Both men are ready to take their relationship with Vicki to the next level, but Vicki still has a serious commitment problem.

In my opinion, there is too much time spent on describing who, why, and how the mummy will manipulate/entrance next. I actually found myself skimming these sections after awhile. (Something I seldom do for fear of missing anything vital.) This is not the author’s best work, but I still found it to be very entertaining. ***

Author: Tanya Huff
Title - Blood Pact (Blood Series #4)

Vicki Nelson, Private Investigator, is having a difficult time dealing with the men in her life. During the day there is Mike Celluci, a Detective-Sergeant with the Metropolitan Toronto Police Department. During the night there is Henry Fitzroy, the vampire who had once been a prince, a duke, an earl, and a Knight of the Garter. Normally Vicki answers her mother’s phones calls; even when she dreads to. Then comes the night that Vicki has had more than enough drama for one day. When Marjory calls at the worst time possible, Vicki simply cannot deal with listening to her mother too. So for once, Vicki does not answer the phone. This means the guilt hits Vicki hard the next morning, when she is informed that Marjory has died.

Vicki travels to Kingston without telling Mike or Henry anything. Of course, when the two figure out where Vicki went and why, they follow. To offer comfort, if nothing else. Vicki’s guilty conscious keeps her dry-eyed as she moves through the necessary process of dealing with her mother’s funeral and estate. When Vicki opens the casket to find Marjory’s body missing, Vicki is livid! Vicki shuts everything out of her life except the need to find the person or persons who had taken her mother’s body. The next time Vicki sees her mother body, it is standing at a window looking in at Vicki. The body is dead. But part of Marjory is trapped within. Before Vicki can get outside, the body snatchers had already grabbed Marjory and left. Someone is responsible for turning her mother into Frankenstein’s monster. More than likely, the culprits are from the university. And Vicki will not stop until she finds out who is responsible and can finally put her mother to rest.

**** FOUR STARS! This episode Vicki has to deal with mad scientists trying to reverse death. The story has the equivalent, or flavor, of the book/movie titled Frankenstein. For all those who have been waiting for Vicki to – finally – be Changed, this is the episode where it happens. (It has been obvious from the first story that it would happen eventually.) I will say nothing else about it. ****

Author: Tanya Huff
Title - Blood Debt (Blood Series #5)

Private Investigator Vicki Nelson has only been a vampire for two years. She spent the first year in Vancouver with her sire, Henry Fitzroy, as he helped her learn to survive. But every vampire knows that once you create another of their kind and spend a year teaching it, the two must part ways due to their territorial natures. So after one year with Henry, Vicki returned to Toronto and her mortal lover, Detective-Sergeant Mike Celluci, who welcomed her back with open arms.

When Henry calls for Vicki’s help, Mike takes time off from the Metropolitan Toronto Police Department to go with her. A ghost is appearing to Henry as he wakens each night. (And only to Henry.) Henry can ask only one question and if the answer’s yes, it disappears quietly, and if the answer’s no, it screams. When it screams, Henry senses a multitude of dead voices and an innocent person nearby dies. The ghost is scaring people to death.

Vicki and Henry have no choice but to work together if they are to lay this specter to rest. As the pair attempt to overcome their territorial natures and investigate the possibility of organ-legging, Mike does his best to keep Vicki and Henry from killing each other.

*** THREE STARS! This is the last full-length story in the Blood Series. For those wanting more, there is a book (anthology) of short stories titled Blood Bank. (Available only in paperback at the time of this review.) Vicki and Mike also make an appearance in one other anthology (one story among thirteen total) titled A Girl’s Guide to Guns and Monsters.

Author Tanya Huff puts her unique spin on the urban legend of someone waking to find one of their kidneys missing. In this story, a secondary character explains to readers why the odds of it ever happening for real is slim-to-none. The paranormal element involved this time around is a ghost who plays twenty questions with deadly results. If nothing else, this series definitely shows the author’s interest in myths and urban legends. And this is a good one to end the series with. Well done. ***

Author: Jim C. Hines
Title - Libriomancer (Magic Ex Libris #1)

Isaac Vainio is a libriomancer. He has the ability to reach into books and create objects from their pages. Every libriomancer has a specialty. Isaac’s is sci-fi. A little over two years ago, Isaac snapped and broke some serious rules. Therefore, Isaac was yanked out of the field, banished to Michigan and forbidden from using magic unless it was an emergency. During the last two years, Isaac has been working in a library, secretly cataloguing books for their magical potential. So when he is attacked by three young vampires while at work, Isaac is surrounded by books that he could open and pull out all sorts of sci-fi weapons. But Isaac is rusty. The vampires believe Isaac has been killing their kind and intend to return the favor. Luckily for Isaac, help arrives in the form of Lena Greenwood.

Lena is a dryad and her choice of weapon is a pair of wooden swords. She proves to be excellent at helping to beat down various magical and undead threats. She also seems to be very interested in spending some alone time with Isaac.

Along with a neurotic fire-spider named Smudge, Isaac and Lena set out to find and stop whoever is behind the attacks. Should they fail, they could be looking at a worldwide war with the undead. Complicating matters further is the fact that by using his powers too often in a small amount of time, Isaac could end up losing control of them and actually wipe himself from existence. But if Isaac is to have any hope of preventing that war, he may have no other choice.

***** FIVE STARS! I have not had this much fun reading a fantasy book in quite awhile. As soon as I saw the author’s name on the book cover, I knew that I was in for a treat. Only recently did I read “Jig the Dragonslayer” the Dragonslayer” and that omnibus made me a fan of this author. For the readers out there who have not read the Goblin’s series (and I feel bad for anyone who has not), Isaac’s fire-spider, Smudge, comes from there.

I have never heard of a libriomancer, so I must guess that the author made this type of mage up from his own fertile imagination; however, it is the first magical power that I really wish I could get. Of course, anyone who truly adores books will be unable to resist envying libriomancers. I fully expect to see other authors in the future mimic this type of mage. Hines drops the names of several authors and titles, such as Anne Rice and Robert Heinlein, but a few are not real. A list of the titles used in this story is listed in the back and reveals which are real titles and which are not. Some devices are used without mentioning which book they came from. But most readers will instantly know from where libriomancer plucked the object. (For example: At one point Isaac is holding a thermal nuclear detonator. I bet most of you out there immediately thought of the book/movie it may have come from.)

This story is fast paced, imaginative, humorous at times, and thoroughly entertaining! This author may now add my name to the list of his fans. Brilliant! *****

Author: Tate Hallaway
Title - Precinct 13 (Alex Connor #1)

Alex Connor has recently graduated college and is thrilled to have been elected as the Hughes County coroner/medical examiner in Pierre, South Dakota. When Officers Jones and Stone brings in a dead body and makes some cryptic remarks about it, Alex believes they are messing with her. But during the autopsy, a huge snake jumps out from behind the man’s heart, wraps around the entire length of her arm, and becomes a living tattoo. By the time Alex pulls herself together, the male body has already sat up, picked his liver up from the weighing scale, and walked out the door.

Due to her past mental history, Alex has to work up the courage to report the missing body. Alex is sent to Precinct 13, a secret team of paranormal cops. This is where Alex learns that she was never insane or hallucinating in the past. Fairies, vampires, golems, witches – all the myths – actually exist. Her new coworkers are paranormals just like her. They encourage Alex to learn about her abilities, which includes speaking to the dead to solve crimes. In return, perhaps Alex could help Precinct 13 locate the missing body of a necromancer and figure out where all the zombies are coming from.

***** FOUR AND A HALF STARS! Other than being a bit predictable at times, this story is extremely well done. In fact, this is probably the best Urban Fantasy story that I have read all year. The characters surrounding Alex are made up of a wide variety of creatures, humans with special paranormal abilities, and half-breeds. (An example would be the werewolf/vampire.)

Tate Hallaway has a crisp writing style which managed to reach out and grab me by the throat. Once I picked up this book, I never set it back down. I can only hope that the author learns to write faster, because I want the next installment NOW! Incredible! *****

Author: Andy Chambers
Title - Path of the Renegade (Dark Eldar, W40K)

For millennia, the great tyrant Asdrubael Vect has ruled the dark elder city of Commorragh. Vect crushed any who dare to cross him and made public examples of those he wished. The last who dared an attempt to overthrow Vect had been Archon El’Uriaq, three thousand years ago. The doomed archon not only failed, but brought about a Dysjunction. His entire kingdom was destroyed and has only been filled with the curse ever since. Very few survived the Dysjunction. Now Vect’s reach is even longer, he is even more powerful, and he believes his position is unassailable.

Archon Nyos Yllithian of the White Flames Kabal has a well deserved reputation as a master manipulator. The ambitious archon believes he has discovered a way to unseat the tyrant. Yllithian seeks an alliance with two others to aid him: Archon Xelian, mistress of the Blades of Desire, and Archon Kraillach, lord of the Realm Eternal.

The trio unite to begin gathering the two items needed for the resurrection of Vect’s former rival, Archon El’Uriaq. As events get under way, the three archons keep close eyes upon each other, ever wary for any sign of betrayal or that Vect has discovered their treachery. But by resurrecting El’Uriaq, the three conspirators may bring about another Dysjunction.

**** FOUR STARS! It is not often that a worthy story about the Dark Eldar makes an appearance; however, Andy Chambers has succeeded in accomplishing this difficult endeavor. Readers who enjoyed the Malus Darkblade graphic novel or trilogy will especially find this story appealing. Quite often I tasted the same type of rotten flavor seeping through. Andy Chambers writes with a similar semi-bitter taste. The story is full of dark elder conniving schemes and each of the three participating archons would not hesitate to toss the others to the wolves (or into the battle arena) if a chance presented itself.

The story caught my attention almost immediately and held onto my interest until its…disturbing…end. I now have a yen for more of this author’s bittersweet flavor and intend to keep tabs on his future. ****

Author: Chloe Neill
Title - Biting Cold
(Chicagoland Vampires #6)

Twenty-eight-year-old Caroline Merit had been turned into a vampire about a year ago. Since then Merit has found her way into Chicago’s vampire underground. There are more supernaturals than the human public could possibly imagine. Over the past year Merit has trained hard and earned a position as Sentinel of Cadogan House. Protecting the House and her liege, Ethan Sullivan, means everything to Merit. She takes her duties very seriously.

Mallory Carmichael was the best friend and like a sister to Merit. But the little sorceress now has a black-magic problem. Mallory intends to cause great harm on the world by releasing an ancient evil from its prison. The vessel containing the evil is a powerful book called the Maleficium. Merit and Ethan charge across the American Midwest to stop her from unleashing the book’s horror. They both succeed and fail, depending on how one looks at it.

Merit and Ethan return to their House in Chicago to be confronted with political spite and numerous enemies. The GP (Greenwich Presidium) exists to protect the interests of all vampires in the United States and Western Europe. The GP refuses to assist in cleaning up the mess they so tidily made and has, basically, failed the House in a multitude of ways. Yet the GP seems to blame Cadogan House for everything and is actually considering kicking the House out. Should the GP remove their accreditation, Cadogan House would have to watch its back against attacks from their previous allies. While Ethan tries to deal with all the political messes, Merit must deal with her duties as Sentinel. That duty includes dealing with a fallen angel who is big on justice and retribution.

**** FOUR STARS! There are many good reasons for the Chicagoland Vampires series to be six books in length and still growing. My reason for reading them is because Sentinel Merit is honorable, reliable, trustworthy, and fully capable of kicking some serious bad – uh, butts when needed. This is not a series a new reader can simply jump into. These books must be read in order; however, each one is fascinating. All the characters are compelling and have well developed backgrounds. Just like the normal human governments, the paranormals have a chain of leadership. This makes Chloe Neill’s dark world very believable. Also, since the characters make mistakes and must suffer consequences, the entire series comes across as very realistic. In a word: Wow! ****

Author: Josh Reynolds
Title - Knight of the Blazing Sun (Warhammer)

The Knights of the Blazing Sun are a noble order of templars dedicated to the warrior-goddess Myrmidia. The order crushes their enemies with not only sword and pike, but also with wisdom. Myrmidia was the Goddess of Knowledge, even as she was the Mistress of War.

When communications cease from a group of knights, Sir Hector Goetz is sent to the distant island of Svunum to investigate. It soon becomes obvious that someone does not want him to reach the island. Brother Goetz must battle trolls and dodge assassins as he slowly makes his way toward the Brother Knights. Once he is reunited with his comrades, Goetz must help battle vicious pirates and raiders.

Goetz has been having horrific nightmares and they are becoming increasingly disturbing. At the same time, Goetz cannot help but notice that there is more going on than meets the eye. As Brother Goetz tries to figure out what is happening within the order, northern savages lay siege to the island, revealing a deadly secret.

*** THREE STARS! I found the pace of this story to keep varying in flux. As I read, I came to notice that the story could be divided into four sections. The first quarter introduced me to Sir Goetz, let me view him in battle, see how honorable he was, and gave me a little information about the plot. The second quarter was full of mystery as the knight tried to get an idea of what could be happening. The third quarter was full of action as Goetz dodged assassins, creatures of Chaos, raiders and more. The fourth quarter was almost non-stop with adventure as surprising answers were revealed, everything began to come to a head, and final battles clashed. Though the story did not flow smoothly, its concept was terrific and kept my attention until the very end. ***

Author: Jim C. Hines
Title - The Legend of Jig Dragonslayer
(All 3 Goblin Series Novels)

Author: Cassie Alexander
Title - Nightshifted (Shifted #1)

Edith “Edie” Spence has been out of nursing school for only a year. When her brother, Jake, overdosed on heroin for the third time, she was ready to pull her hair out. That is when Edie was approached and asked if she would like to see Jake clean. Edie has no idea how, but Jake is now unable to get drunk or high. And in return, all Edie had to do was accept a nursing position at County Hospital. Sounds like a dream come true, right?

Now Edie is the newest nurse on Y4, the secret ward hidden in the bowels of County Hospital, off the records and off the charts. The pay is lousy and the patients are … different. Floor Y4 caters to the supernatural creatures that others do not know about: werecreatures in their mortal phases, the daytime servants and donors of the vampires, zombies (No, not the horror-movie-eating-brains type), shapeshifters, and more than you can possibly imagine. Edie is just trying to learn the ropes so she can get through her latest night shift unscathed.

When a vampire servant turns to dust under her watch, Edie’s life takes a dangerous turn. (Well, more dangerous than normal for a human nurse on Y4.) The man’s dying words - Save Anna - haunts her. Soon Edie finds herself on a mission to rescue Anna from the undead. Crashing a vampire den is just the beginning. Anna is a nearly hundred-year-old, but nine-year-old-looking, vampire. And because Edie rescued the feral vampire, she must now fight for her soul.

**** FOUR STARS! This is not only the first of a new trilogy, but is also Cassie Alexander’s debut novel. And I am very impressed! The author has combined two things I highly enjoy: Urban Fantasy and a hospital setting. To make this story even more alluring to me, zombies are added. (Because every Gamer out there knows that everything is better with zombies.) But Cassie does not stop there. She has decided to do away with the normal type(s) of hero by giving the human heroine a zombie boyfriend. But wait, there’s more! Let’s toss in a mysterious potential boyfriend who is not human and only gives his first name. Are you ready to buy now? Well there is even more! Edie also has a CD player that is haunted by Grandfather. Too bad she does not speak German. By blending all these ingredients together, this author has created one tasty dish.

This story, as you can tell by the title, deals mainly with vampires. The next book (due to come out in November 2012) is called Moonshifted. The last book (due for release in 2013) will be named Shapeshifted. If those future stories are as good as this one is, this author will have earned her stripes. One thing is for sure, Cassie Alexander is an author that I will be keeping an eye on. She has a very bright future ahead of her. Highly recommended! ****

Author: Kalayna Price
Title - Grave Memory (Alex Craft #3)

Alex Craft is a grave witch. She solves murders by raising the shades of the dead. A shade is unable to lie because it is (basically) just the memory of the body. Alex has been on friendly terms with Death himself since very early childhood. Their relationship has been heating up and becoming more personal; however, due to recent events, a romance between them is forbidden. They can have no direct contact. The only other person that Alex has any interest in is Agent Falin Andrews, who is completely bound to the Winter Queen, making him untrustworthy.

As the story opens, Alex is showing one of her best friends (and soon-to-be business partner) the new office for “Alex Craft and Rianna McBride: Tongues for Dead Investigations”. Rianna has been forever changed by her time spent captive in Faerie, but she is looking forward to this new venture in life. They do not have to wait long. Alex is hired to investigate the death of James Kingly. The shade has no memory of his death or for the three days prior in which he was missing from home. Despite his public suicide, this is murder. Could some sort of magic – a type unknown to Alex and Rianna – overcome the human will to survive? Or perhaps it is some type of virus that is causing the sudden rise in numbers of recent suicides? Whatever the cause, searching for answers may very well cost Alex her own life.

**** FOUR STARS! Kalayna Price has crafted a magical world filled with a cast of such intriguing characters that readers may wonder if they have been glamoured. (I sure did.) The author does not just stick magic in Alex’s world and then stop. Instead, the magic has its own set of laws – much like physics does – and the author explains them so logically that they make total sense. Very believable. And down-right bespelling! ****

Authors: Various
Edited by: Christian Dunn
Title - Gotrek & Felix: The Anthology

Within this novel readers will find ten stories based on the characters of the Gotrek and Felix series. Below I list each title, author, give a synopsis, star rating, and a very short review. Overall, I would give this novel a three star rating. Gotrek and Felix are not the main characters in every story. In my opinion, fans of the dwarf/human team will be disappointed in about half of these tales. On the plus side, the two stories by Nathan Long are worth the price of the entire book. You will also meet a few of the favorite secondary characters, such as Snorri Nosebiter, Grey Seer Thanquol, and Ulrika Magdova. You do not have to be a fan of the series to enjoy this novel, but it sure does make the stories more fun!


(1) Slayer's Honour by Nathan Long

After their misadventures in the Black Gulf left them stranded south of the Dragonback Mountains, Slayer Gotrek Gurnisson and his rememberer, Felix Jaeger, decide to go after the dread spider known as the White Widow in the dwarf hold of Ekrund. It is said that the spider is as big as a steam tank and would be a grand doom for a slayer. But to go after the giant cave spider, the duo must first help get rid of the greenskin menace that stands in their way.

***** FIVE STARS! Once again, Nathan Long does his best to grant Gotrek the doom he desires so much. This time the dwarf and human face a huge spider, but the author throws a lot of various enemies in their path first. Slayer Agnar Arvastsson and his rememberer, Henrik Daschke, join the pair in battles against orcs, skaven, and more. Non-stop action and suspense kept me glued to the pages until the very end. Awesome! *****

Author: Steven Harper
Title - The Doomsday Vault (Clockwork Empire #1)

Set in London. (Seems to be the Regency Era.) After the plague. Before the secret at the end of the world.

The Honorable Alice Michaels is caring for her dying father, Arthur, Baron Michaels. They are basically penniless and, as the daughter of a baron, it is socially forbidden for Alice to find paying work, no matter how many useful skills she has. Most of her family died from the clockwork plague, so Alice is not considered to be a good choice for one to wed. At the age of twenty-one, Alice has an unladylike interest in automatons. Alice is surrounded by little automatons that she has assembled. (Her interest in engineering is another unladylike habit.) The automatons had arrived in pieces for Alice to assemble from Aunt Edwina over the last five years. Alice's companion (and favorite automaton) is Click, her clockwork cat.

People are used to seeing plague zombies stumbling around, especially at night. Zombies are to be avoided at all costs. One touch from a zombie can pass the plague. Every so often, perhaps one time in a hundred thousand, the plague did not destroy the brain. Instead, it makes the brain work with a wondrous efficiency. Mathematics, physics, biology, chemistry - even some forms of art - become mere toys to these rare and particular plague victims. The geniuses are called "clockworkers". They create amazing inventions, many of which defy universal laws. Clockworkers create with great glee and do not think about repercussions. This is why a clandestine organization, the Third Ward, searches them out, gives these geniuses a place to create their gadgets, and keeps their work in check. Of course, all the inventions are harvested to serve the Empire. (England rules most of the known world.)

High above the earth, Gavin Ennock works on an American airship. After an attack by privateers, he finds himself stranded in London. Gavin has a rare musical talent and uses it to survive. Without warning, Gavin is kidnapped and is trapped in a tower for two weeks. This is when he is rescued by Alice and Click.

When Aunt Edwina disappears, Alice inherits her estate. The house is full of deadly traps. While rescuing Gavin from its tower room, Alice finds one last gift from her aunt, a clockwork valet named Kemp. Alice's inheritance attracts the attention of the Third Ward. The organization is very interested in Edwina. They also want to recruit Gavin, for his astounding musical talent, and Alice, for her multiple talents. But the Third Ward has its own dark secrets. When Alice and Gavin discover them, a choice must be made between the world and the Empire, no matter the risk to all they hold dear.

***** FIVE STARS! There is more going on in this story than I reveal in my synopsis, but to tell more may reveal spoilers. Click, the clockwork cat, has abilities in which Alice is unaware. The author managed to throw me a curve ball more than once with this sleek feline. As for Kemp, this manservant reminds me A LOT of C3PO, from the "Star Wars" saga. Often I would find myself amused by the human emotions these two automatons seem to mimic. The only thing about the story that grates on my nerves is the amount of times Alice decides to join the Ward, only to change her mind and back out. For someone so intelligent, this was a little unbelievable for me to accept.

To me, this story is some kind of mash-up between Science Fiction, Fantasy, and with a healthy dose of Regency Romance injected within. Loose strings are left for continuation in the next title, The Impossible Cube (May 2012). This is a well written tale with a solid foundation upon which the author may build. The potential for this series is vast. And though I have never read a story by this author before, I can easily see that Steven Harper has an extraordinary writing talent and his characters, human or not, are all addictive as sin. An eclectic story that I cannot recommend highly enough. *****

Author: Steven Harper
Title - The Impossible Cube (Clockwork Empire #2)

The year is 1857. Baroness Alice Michaels and Gavin Ennock are aboard the airship "The Lady of Liberty" being pursued by Lieutenant Susan Phipps. With Alice and Gavin are Gabriel Stark (a clockworker who calls himself "Dr. Clef"), Feng Lung (the son of China's ambassador to England), Kemp (Alice's mechanical valet), and Click (Alice's windup clockwork cat). They have fled London and are en route to China, which has its own surplus supply of clockworkers, and may have a cure that can restore Gavin's fading sanity and save his life. Upon Alice's left hand sits an iron spider. The spider wraps from forearm to fingers. Its legs end in claws that tipped Alice's own nails, and tubules running up and down the spider's legs flowed scarlet with her blood. Alice is able to cure anyone infected with the plague with one cut from her iron claw, but each scratch costs Alice precious energy. The iron spider, however, cannot cure the people who have become clockworkers, so she cannot cure Gavin. And the spider can never be removed. It has basically become a part of Alice.

Having released a cure for the plague in London (via fireflies that will randomly bite people, injecting the cure), Alice and Gavin plan to do the same in China. Their actions in London set off a chain event, meaning that all residents will eventually become plague-free. Only the rare clockworkers will remain and they seldom live longer than one year. The Third Ward, led by Lieutenant Phipps, is unable to stop the cure from spreading. Though the organization has been disbanded, the Crown has sent Lt. Phipps (and two others) to bring Alice and Gavin back for trial. This means our group of heroes and automatons must evade their pursuers. Disguising the airship, our heroes hide as members of the Kalakos Circus.

According to Dr. Clef, who is about one step away from total insanity, Gavin only has about three months before he goes from being a musical and engineering genius to becoming completely mad. Death would quickly follow. By the time they reach their destination and manage to locate the Dragon Men (China's name for their clockworkers), it would be too late. Knowing they need more time, Dr. Clef is driven to find the Impossible Cube, a device he invented previously but vanished (in The Doomsday Vault, Book 1). If Dr. Clef gets his hands on the Cube, the entire universe will face extinction.

**** FOUR STARS! If you did not read the first book, The Doomsday Vault), I highly recommend that you do so. The author impressed me several times with his mix of science fiction, fantasy, and warped physics - which he managed to make sound as logical and complete sense! However, if you (for some odd or insane reason) do not wish to read the previous title, the author has three pages at the beginning of this book which summarizes the story thus far. (Also great as a refresher for those of us who did read the first book.)

In this story, readers follow Alice's group, but there are a few, short sections that are titled "Interlude" in lieu of a chapter number. During these short Interludes, the readers get a glimpse into what Lt. Phipps and her people are up to. Alice's various automatons are reduced to minor characters and play only small roles this time around. Hopefully they will have more time in the spotlight, as well as more important functions, in the third installment. (Book three is titled The Dragon Men) and due for release on November 6, 2012.) And on a personal note: even though I do not care for "steampunk" novels in general, author Steven Harper (Piziks) has made a fan in me! ****

Author: Cynthia Garner
Title - Kiss of the Vampire
(Warriors of the Rift #1)

Every seventy-three years a dimensional rift happens, caused by a certain comet making its journey through the solar system. Each time the rift occurs, many incorporeal beings from the other dimension makes their way into this one. Each being takes possession of a human body. The combination of the two essences determine what kind of creature the host will become. (Vampire, shapeshifter, demon, elf, pixie, etc.) The entire world now knows about this, but few - if any - are happy about it. The next rift will occur in two years.

Most of the entities that come through the rift are criminals, but not Tobias Caine. Tobias came through the last rift chasing a criminal who had assassinated the leader of his people. Five years ago, Tobias had been dating Nix, who is a half-breed. Believing himself to be a bad influence, Tobias left her five years ago. Uncertain he could stay away from her, Tobias left the state. And had his close friend, Amarinda "Rinda" Novellus, not asked him to return, Tobias would never have come back to Arizona.

Half-demon, half-human, Nix de la Fuente is accepted by neither and mistrusted by both. Nix did not come through the rift. She had been born on Earth. Nix's mother had been one of the succubi. After Nix's mother ended up killing her father, she dropped Nix off at her paternal grandmother's house and disappeared. So Nix had been raised by a woman that hated her. Today, Nix devotes herself to solving crimes between the world's mortals and its "prets". When Nix arrives to the scene of a murder and finds the victim to be her friend, Rinda, her world tilts. Then Nix learns that Tobias has been called in to help with the case. The hunger Tobias and Nix had felt for each other is still there. As they work to solve a string of violent murders, their feelings for each other begins to intensify.

*** THREE STARS! This is Cynthia Garner's debut novel and the author shows great promise. Most of this book follows the main couple (and Nix's partner) as they search for clues to the killer's identity. No real danger enters the story until far into the tale. There are a few secondary characters that will (no doubt) reappear in the next segment of the series to cause trouble, such as Nix's superiors on the council. It will be interesting to see what the author does with them. Various characters in the story have complex, yet compelling, backgrounds that kept the story intriguing to me as I read. It slows down a bit in the middle, but most stories do. As for the ending, AWESOME! I wondered if something similar to it would happen, but did not really expect it. I closed the cover of this book while wishing that the second title was available for me to dive immediately into. I am eager to see what happens to Nix and Tobias next. ***

Author: C.L. Werner
Title - Thanquol's Doom (Thanquol & Boneripper #3)

Grey Seer Thanquol has survived Nuln. He returns to the Old World and quickly feels himself being dragged down into the treacherous drama of inter-clan politics. Finding himself caught between Clan Skryre and Clan Mors, Thanquol must lead an army against the dwarfs of Karak Angkul. Seerlord Kritislik, one of the most powerful skaven in the Under-Empire, sends Grey Seer Skraekual with Thanquol. The old grey seer seems to be insane, but there are moments when Thanquol believes the decrepit ratmage is anything but senile. However, all is not lost. Thanquol seeks an artefact of incredible power, a Hand which may assure his ascension to the Council of Thirteen. At first, Thanquol believes this to be easy because Ikit Claw has given him a new Boneripper. This time Thanquol's rat-ogre is a huge mechanical brute. But when the egotistical skaven sorcerer tries to use his new bodyguard against Clan Skryre, he learns that Ikit Claw had been devious enough to install a safety valve, prohibiting Boneripper from causing harm to any Skryre ratkin. Worse, Ikit Claw is in the process of creating a Doomsphere.

Karak Angkul is renowned for its engineer clans, but there is one bold genius that stands out. His name is Klarak Bronzehammer. Klarak brings great pride, progress, and/or dismay to the Engineers' Guild - depending upon whom you asked. Klarak has been sent a warning of the unspeakable destruction Grey Seer Thanquol represents. The dwarfs cannot simply defend their home by repelling the skaven attacks. They will need to be more proactive and go on offense. Unless Klarak's kin can thwart the Skaven menace, the entire dwarf kingdom would be lost.

**** FOUR STARS! Dwarf Mordin Grimstone was a slave in a previous title. Because Thanquol killed his brother, Grimstone took the Slayer Oath and now seeks vengeance. While Grimstone was a slave of the skaven, my respect for him was lower than for other dwarfs. After all, it is demeaning for a dwarf to allow himself to be taken alive. Grimstone's desire to slay Thanquol is greater than the honor and duty to his home. Often Grimstone had to be reminded that duty comes before vengeance. Never before do I recall having witnessed such lack of duty from a Slayer. I cannot help believing that this character has been made too shallow for a dwarf.

Speaking of Slayers, Gotrek Gurnisson and his human companion, Felix Jaeger, have no roles or cameos in this story. However, the author spiced up things up by showing how much Thanquol still fears the duo. More than once Thanquol scans for a dwarf with a human nearby or tries to detect their scents. Well done!

There are some new characters, on both sides, that may be utilized in future episodes. All are well developed with decent backgrounds. In my opinion, C.L. Werner has another epic win on his hands. ****

Author: Graham McNeill
Title - Sons of Ellyrion (High Elf #2)

Our story picks up where Defenders of Ulthuan left off. Years ago Eldain, Lord of the Éadaoin family, had left his brother, Caelir, to die at the hands of the druchii so that he could wed Rhianna. Now they know that Caelir is alive. While Caelir had been a prison, the Hag Sorceress Morathi used her dark powers to shape him into a living weapon. Though Caelir had no knowledge of the dormant traps within him, he still bears the guilt of having done much harm to Lord Teclis, Alarielle the Everqueen, and others. Now Eldain and Caelir yearn to make things right somehow.

Lord Malekith, the Witch King of Naggaroth, leads his warrior host against the elven defenders of Lothern. At the same time, his mother, Morathi, marches on Ellyrion at the head of an army of dark elves. Ulthuan's greatest defenders stand against the approaching evil. However, the powerful traps, detonated from within Caelir, has crippled the defenders, giving the Witch King and the Hag Sorceress a huge advantage. Malekith seeks to rule all, but Morathi seeks even more. She wants revenge for a defeat from five millennia past.

The fate of Ulthuan rests on the shoulders of Eldain and Caelir who must obtain forgiveness and the chance to defend their homeland. The noble warriors of the high elves must overcome their dark kin, or else face the complete extinction of their race. And as both sides clash, in the far distance, the ancient dragons still sleep and a powerful group of mages (that have kept a magical vortex going) continue to chant.

***** FIVE STARS! This title concludes the story that began in the book titled "Defenders of Ulthuan". The first title had originally been released in (or around) 2008. It is to be released again so that readers may purchase both titles simultaneously and read them back-to-back. This is exactly what I urge you to do, because the first book ends with a major cliffhanger.

As with the previous story, this one has a cast of many. Yet the author's writing style - somehow - breaks up the characters, groups, and events in such a way that I never began to feel overwhelmed. Graham McNeill describes the divided factions so well that I could almost feel the taint surrounding Malekith and Morathi. Whenever the Everqueen appeared, I could almost see the flowers blooming in her footsteps. To me, the story was vivid, clear, and enticing. Very well done! *****

Author: Dianne Sylvan
Title - Shadowflame (Shadow World #2)

Set in the present day in Texas. Miranda Grey-Solomon has been the Ninth Queen of the Southern United States for only a few months now. Over their first year together, the new Pair will be visited by the Primes, Queens, and Consorts of the other world territories. In the meantime, Miranda is kept busy as she tries to juggle her budding music career, her new royal duties, and her combat training. Life with her new husband, Prime David Solomon, is still in its honeymoon stage.

Prime David spends most of his downtime going over the latest diagnostics of his various (geeky) inventions. David is a genius. Since he became Prime everything was beyond state-of-the-art, because if David did not have the technology he wanted, he simply created it. But when an unknown assassin begins to target his Queen, Miranda's safety gets his full attention.

Being Queen to a Prime is not the only new role in Miranda's life. She became a vampire only a week or so prior to the Signet proclaiming her to be David's Queen. Miranda still has much to learn about being a creature of the night. The attacks could not have started at a worse time either. (Not that having a target painted on your back could ever be considered a good thing.) Prime James Hart of the Northeast United States comes to visit the new Pair. He brings along his harem of vampire women whom he terrorizes into obedience. The women are only given enough blood to survive. They are kept near starvation. The last thing Hart expects is for one of his women, Cora, to get brave enough to ask Queen Miranda for asylum or for it to be granted. Being female automatically makes Queen Miranda less than dirt in Hart's eyes, but for Miranda to actually consider herself to be his equal is an insult. Prime David supporting his Queen is simply too much.

David and Miranda hardly have time to catch their breaths before another royal Pair arrives. Prime Deven O'Donnell of the Western United States and its adjacent territories is welcomed to the Haven. Miranda already knows that David and Deven have long been friends; however, she did not know that they had been lovers for several of those years. When Deven's Signet had proclaimed Jonathan Burke to be his Consort (same as Queen, but male), David had been devastated and fled the territory. David and Deven had parted company with no closure, so the current visit begins awkwardly, but is not intolerable. For various reasons, Miranda and Deven often find themselves clashing; however, both silently agree to give friendship a chance to develop for David's sake. After all, time is one of the things that vampires have an abundance of. Surprisingly, Miranda and Consort Jonathan become instant friends. It is Jonathan to whom Miranda goes to for personal advice when things become strained with David.

Even though the assassin from Auren's Court had been dealt with, another has come forward, aiming at Miranda. But this time the Red Shadow is involved. It is the most notorious network of assassins in the world. Deven and Jonathan may be able to help David figure out who sent the evasive assassin. Things get worse when David and Deven give in to their feelings for each other. The momentary lapse in good judgment causes only a minor ripple between Prime Deven and his Consort, but threatens to crumble the fragile bond between David and Miranda.

** TWO STARS! This is the second story of the Shadow World series. If you have not read the previous title, Queen of Shadows, you may find yourself lost often. As with the first tale, this one has a brief physical assault scene and not all of the relationships between various characters are male/female. There is also adultery. Consider yourself warned.

More of David's history is revealed, but so is a major lack of moral strength. As the reader, I have lost all respect for Prime David. Several new characters are introduced to the series. One or two will obviously cause problems for David and Miranda in future stories, but some will just as obviously e allies. (I would enjoy seeing Cora again someday.)

All-in-all, the story does not move forward much, but new characters and subplots are set up and placed in position to cause chaos in the next story. **

Author: Dianne Sylvan
Title - Queen of Shadows (Shadow World #1)

Set in the present day in Austin, Texas. Unknown to most humans, vampires walk among them. The world is divided into territories. Each territory is controlled by a Prime, and ideally by a paired Prime and Queen, who set the law which is enforced by their warriors. Primes were powerful and had many arcane abilities the average vampire did not. If a Prime has found his Queen (who would have a different set of abilities), they share a bond which enables them to share their power, but in doing so they also share their fates. Should one die, the other would also within a couple of minutes.

Twenty-seven-year-old Miranda Grey has a natural talent for music. From her late mother, Miranda also has the unwanted gift of Empathy. Unable to block out those around her, Miranda is slowly slipping into insanity, just as her mother once did. Miranda avoids crowds, doing most of her shopping late at night and remaining isolated in her apartment. She earns her pay by playing gigs down at Mel's a few nights per week. Miranda best controls her power when she plays her music. Usually it is on her guitar. Mel's is not normally crowded, so her mind is not usually too bombarded by the thoughts and feelings of others. When she plays, Miranda's gift flows and she is able to manipulate the feelings of those around her. (If Miranda plays a sad song, by its end there is not a dry eye in the bar.) Then comes the night that a small group of thugs physically assaults Miranda in an alley. The men use her body, but before they can kill her, Miranda's powers go on autopilot in self defense. She slaughters them all with her mind. Before Miranda can come to terms with what has happened, a strange man in a black trench coat appears. He is gently holding Miranda and barking orders to others as she succumbs to the encroaching darkness.

David L. Solomon, Prime of the Southern United States, is over three hundred and fifty years of age and has an ice cream addiction. While standing in line to pay for a pint of ice cream, David encounters a human female with the most powerful gift of empathy he has ever seen. He also notices that she is untrained. Her mind has zero shields and he could see the road she was headed down. David is following Miranda the night of her attack, but an emergency calls him briefly away. David returns to find Miranda surrounded with the blood and body parts of her attackers. By striking down those humans with her power, Miranda inadvertently crossed a border into the Shadow World. Prime David takes Miranda to the Haven, a sort of vampire stronghold located deep within the Texas Hill Country. There, surrounded by his trusted Elite, Miranda will heal. Then David will be able to teach her how to shield her mind from others and to control her gift.

Meanwhile, Prime David and his warriors are dealing with rogue vampires who are murdering humans. The human victims are left with the Seal of Auren upon them. (Auren had been David's predecessor, a bloody ruler.) The Shadow World's denizens were not known for their good behavior toward humans, and it was Prime David's job both to keep the human people safe and to keep his people safe from discovery. (Note: Select humans in the world's various governments and law enforcement know all about the Shadow World and work with the Primes to maintain order and balance.) Unless Prime David and his Second in Command, Faith, can stop it, the Southern United States would become a dead zone.

**** FOUR STARS! This is the first story in Dianne Sylvan's series about the Shadow World. I understand that some readers find it difficult to read stories with certain elements within them. Therefore, I am informing you, up front, that there is a brief physical assault scene and that not all of the relationships between the various characters are male/female. Knowing that, if this is still sounds like one you may enjoy, then I urge you to take a chance on this title. The author has constructed a dark and deadly vampire world, with its own body of hierarchy that coexists with the human one. The characters are well developed, but some sections of Prime David's past are unclear. Perhaps the reasons of why will be told in a future tale. Still, as the first title, this story sets a strong foundation upon which the author may build several enticing adventures. The future of the Shadow World actually vibrates with potential. ****

Author: Nathan Long
Title - Bloodborn (Ulrika the Vampire #1)

Ulrika Magdova had been the daughter of a Troll Country boyar until she died two weeks ago. Back then her closest friends and companions had been Max Schreiber (a wizard), Felix Jaeger (poet, fighter, and lover), and two dwarf slayers named Gotrek Gurnisson and Snorri Nosebiter. They had traveled far to rescue Ulrika from the vampire who had abducted her, but they had been too late. The vampire, Adolphus Krieger, had already given Ulrika his poisoned kiss. Denied their goal of rescuing Ulrika, her companions decided it best to put her body to rest. However, the men had (reluctantly) teamed up with another vampire, Countess Gabriella von Nachthafen, in order to rescue Ulrika and destroy Adolphus. Gabriella convinced the men to allow her to take Ulrika under her wing. Gabriella promised to teach Ulrika to do no harm. (These events happened in Gotrek & Felix #6: Vampireslayer.)

As this story opens, Ulrika is still struggling to control her thirst for blood. Gabriella is a firm, but fair, mistress. If Gabriella had the choice, she would have kept her new protégéé at Nachthafen castle until Ulrika had adapted to her life in darkness. But the vampire queen commands Gabriella to go to Nuln and assist her dark sisters. (They are called the Lahmian sisterhood.)

Something is preying on the vampires in the city of Nuln and threatening to expose their existence to the nation. A witchhunt has begun and the people are becoming more and more violent. When Gabriella and Ulrika first arrive they learn that the two highest ranking vampires are dead. Lady Hermione von Auerbach is now the senior Lahmian in Nuln. Problem is that Gabriella and Hermione have a history, so Gabriella cannot expect complete and/or cordial cooperation from her vampire sisters. As events escalate, Hermione's paranoia (of looking bad to the queen) gets worse. So while Ulrika and her mentor, Gabriella, are trying to find the killer, Hermione's actions keep hampering them.

While out spying for her mistress, Ulrika runs into an Imperial Witch Hunter. Templar Friedrich Holmann soon believes Ulrika to be a fellow vampire hunter. (Seeking revenge for her sister.) As long as Friedrich does not learn the truth all will be well.

**** FOUR STARS! For those who may not have read the Gotrek & Felix series, the first paragraph of my synopsis tells how Ulrika ultimately became a vampire. (The events happened in Gotrek & Felix #6: Vampireslayer by William King. The Gotrek & Felix series is still ongoing. Nathan Long has taken over as the author for the series.)

Though William King wrote the Gotrek & Felix stories in which Ulrika appeared, as well as the tale of her rebirth as a vampire, I feel that Nathan Long has managed to capture her warrior's spirit. Long has his own, unique, writing style and he utilizes his talent to bring Ulrika's story to vivid (un)life. Before Ulrika's transformation, the character was portrayed as a brave and honorable fighter. Nathan Long clearly shows the inner struggle the character must now deal with. Ulrika has to overcome a lifetime's worth of weaponry training and fighting in order to survive as a vampire, which demands that she retreat often and use human pawns to do much of her work for her. In short, Ulrika must become the exact opposite of what she once was. The author clearly depicts the vampire fledgling's turmoil in such a way that I bounced between feeling sorry for her and pride in her accomplishments, no matter how minor those triumphs may have been.

Warhammer stories by Nathan Long are so brilliantly done, they seem to actually leap off the pages. This is one trilogy that should not be missed! ****

Author: Nathan Long
Title - Bloodforged (Ulrika the Vampire #2)

Three weeks have passed since the champions of Chaos had attacked the Lahmian sisterhood in Nuln. Ulrika Magdova Straghov of Kislev has been a vampire for less than two months. Her mentor/mistress is the Countess Gabriella von Nachthafen of Sylvania. Though both women would prefer to return to Sylvania, the vampire queen wishes Gabriella to remain in Nuln. Gabriella and hermione, the leader of the Lahmian vampires in Nuln, are dealing with obtaining new names, disguises, positions, and the ever present animosity between each other.

When Gabriella proves that she does not trust Ulrika's honor, the vampire fledgling rebels and sets out on her own. Ulrika heads for the city of Praag. The friends and companions from her former (human) life had been headed there to help defend the area against the spring return of the Chaos hordes. Ulrika is unsure whether her old friends would welcome her or not, but Ulrika wishes to give her undead life meaning by slaying Praag's enemies. On her arrival, she finds the invaders repelled and no enemy army to fight. Thus Ulrika decides to protect the weak by turning her attention to the human predators within the city. Ulrika soon spies a Slaaneshi cult that intends to claim dominion in Praag. Before Ulrika can do much, the city's Lahmian sisters interfere.

Evgena Boradin rules Praag by order of the vampire queen. She has held the position for over two hundred years and turns out to be as bad as Hermione. Evgena is so concerned with defending her dominance she could not even allow Ulrika to exist. Ulrika's choices are to pledge herself to Evgena, leave Praag immediately, or die. When Ulrika mentions the cult, Evgena refuses to even believe it could ever be a real threat.

Yet there is another vampire in the city that may be of service. Stefan von Kohln has come to Praag to avenge the death of his blood father. The killer is Konstantin Kiraly, a vampire who, ironically, has come for vengeance against the woman who had once betrayed and tried to kill him, Evgena. Ulrika and Stefan stand together. In order to, not only survive, but also triumph, the pair must call upon all of their cunning and savagery.

***** FIVE STARS! For those who read the Gotrek & Felix series, this story takes place after Gotrek and Felix have gone through a magical door in one of Sylvania's hills. Therefore, the pair are battling the beastmen elsewhere and do not have roles to play in this adventure. You will be pleased to know that Ulrika does have a brief conversation with Snorri Nosebiter and that Max Schreiber is distantly seen at times.

This story is the second in the series. If you have not read the previous title, Bloodborn, you will not find yourself totally lost. However, I strongly recommend that you purchase and read it, because at the end of this story startling information is revealed which connects the two books together and sets the stage for the third title. (The title of Book Three has not been announced as of the time of this review; however, its publishing date should be around the Summer of 2012.) In all stories involving Ulrika, the character has been very honorable. Therefore, Gabriella's distrust in Ulrika keeping her solemn vow is worse than a slap in the face or a knife in the back. Nathan Long could not have chosen a better reason for Ulrika to rebel than this soul-deep humiliation. Brilliant! At the same time, Ulrika still feels a warm connection with Gabriella. After all, the countess has been like a mother to her. This nagging sense of kinship helps solidify the foundation for the third and most climatic story.

This excellent fantasy saga, set in the Warhammer universe, overflows with powerful and compelling characters that quickly captured my imagination and refused to release it until the last page had been read. I eagerly look forward to Ulrika's next story. In a word: Magnificent! *****

Author: Aiden James
Title - Blood Princesses of the Vampires
(Dying of the Dark #3)

It was only last year that Txema Eriea Ybarra had left America with her group of immortal protectors. Since then so much has happened. Txema is in a serious relationship with Racco St. Germaine, her ancestral cousin who is both human and immortal. Alaia, Txema’s precious daughter, is around one month in age. Alaia is what some would call an “old soul”, and came into this life with advanced knowledge and abilities that put her far beyond her age. Mother and daughter are perceived as the very life source for Gustav’s kingdom of civilized vampires. As such, they are hated by the growing empire of Chupacabra vampires. Should Txema and Alaia die, the whole world would be overrun by the Chupacabra vampires and the human race would be reduced to an enslaved vampire food supply and nothing more.

Txema’s group travels to a remote fortress in the Tien Shen Mountains, where the daughter of Racco and Chanson has resided for over three hundred years. Marissa St. Germaine is the last of the semi-immortal breed. Around Marissa’s neck is an amulet that has protected her from unwelcome vampire attacks for almost two centuries. Racco had built the massive fortress and crafted the amulet for his daughter’s protection long ago. Now Racco plans to replicate the amulet for Txema and Alaia. Marissa has no hard feelings toward Txema; however, she has plenty towards her father.

Huangtian Dadi is amassing an army of older vampires and shifters from all of Asia and Europe to attack the fortress within the week. Vere Kuningas and his band of vampires are too. As their enemies begin closing in, Txema cannot help but wonder if she would be able to survive the upcoming battle or how she could at least ensure that Alaia does.

**** FOUR STARS! Written in the First Person, this book is Txema’s third journal in her ongoing chronicle about the Chupacabra menace. All events within this book happen in only ten days. Txema travels from Bangalore to Almaty, and to Tien Shan and finally Paris during that short time frame. Most of the story is set in the Tien Shan fortress though. Those ten days are filled with non-stop adventure, mystery, suspense, and death.

While the author, Aiden James, keeps me fully informed on what is happening in the vampires’ civil war, he also makes sure that I understand what is going on with those closest to Txema. Txema is mortal while Racco is immortal, so she worries about their relationship lasting. Racco and his daughter, Marissa, clash almost constantly. (After all, Racco is proving himself to be a horrible father.) Gustav, the vampire king, is under tons of stress, fearing the extinction of his civilized vampire kingdom. Alaia is making more of her amazing abilities known. Txema’s once human friend, Tyreen, is still adjusting to her life as a vampire. The list goes on and one. I explain all of this so you can try to imagine the vast amount of details, drama, and battles crammed into one journal that only covers ten days. When I say this story is non-stop, I mean it!

If you have not read the first two novels of this series, you will not fully appreciate and enjoy this story. The author gives a brief recap whenever it is needed, but there is still much untold. Marissa’s character may be over three hundred years in age, but her actions fluctuate between those of a teenager and those of an adult. (Of course, it is not like she has had a lot of social interaction due to her isolation, so this is understandable.) By the end of this story, Marissa’s character matures – in more ways than one. Her character threatened to steal the spotlight often. I hope to see more of her in the future.

Author Aiden James continues to prove that he is very talented in the art of crafting dark fantasy. ****

Author: Yvonne Navarro
Title - Highborn (Dark Redemption #1)

Brynna Malak is known in Hades as Astarte. She is a fallen angel wanting redemption. Lucifer may be unforgiving, but God is not. In the hope of earning redemption, Astarte leaves Hades and goes to dwell among the humans. She has no idea where or how to even begin turning over her new leaf. The concept of empathy, sympathy, or simply caring for anyone besides herself are totally foreign to Brynna. So much so that when the man she is speaking with at the drug store is shot in the head by a sniper and dies horribly in front of her, Brynna does not even blink. Brynna, still covered in the man's gore, calmly walks through the screaming people and leaves.

Modern man has moved beyond the days of spells and lengthy travel times. Now there is electricity, airplanes, computers, and all types of phones. But Brynna is proof that science and technology will not, cannot, protect you from what is really out there. There are things that existed eons before God created this very planet. Therefore, Brynna has trouble believing that humans, with their very short life spans, are worth even as much as cockroaches. Her view begins to change when she enters a rundown restaurant. Before Brynna can order her food, she has to deal with the thugs robbing the place. She does so only out of selfishness. Yet the owner is grateful and repays Brynna for her "kindness" by finding her a place to sleep.

Detective Eran Redmond and his partner, Bheru Sathi, are trying to locate a serial killer who is terrifying Chicago. Problem is that no one can find a link between the victims. The sniper looks to be picking his targets at random. The only witness is a strange lady who seems to have something off about her. Sathi may have an open mind when it comes to some people having visions or certain feelings about situations, but Redmond believes only in facts. Brynna cannot possibly speak every language fluently and she is simply a fast healer. However, Redmond admits he is attracted to Brynna and that he needs her help to find the killer. The trail leads them to demons.

Nephilim are the mortal children of angels. These humans have no idea that they are special. Each nephilim has a special task, or destiny, to fulfill. It is up to Brynna to convince the stubborn cop that, even though it is a human pulling the trigger to ill these special people, the real problem is the demon manipulating him. At the same time, Brynna must keep a low profile because Lucifer's Hunters are searching for her.

***** FIVE STARS! A fantastic beginning to a new series! The author succeeded in making me view Brynna as a powerful being with zero compassion for the finite humans around her. Well, at least in the story's early stages. I am astounded at how easily I came to believe that Astarte's existence could be real (in Heaven, Hades, and then on Earth). My attention was caught after reading the very first sentence of the Prologue. My imagination quickly took over. Unable to pull myself away, I read the entire story in a single afternoon. I do not regret doing so in the last. It is as if Yvonne Navarro somehow penned Brynna's story with adrenaline-ink. An exciting, compelling, and highly addictive tale. *****

Author: Yvonne Navarro
Title - Concrete Savior (Dark Redemption #2)

Brynna Malak, a fallen angel in human form, is trying to earn redemption. Currently Brynna is living with Detective Eran Redmond, a Chicago cop that she has become involved with. After helping Eran and his Indian partner, Bheru Sathi, stop a sniper, Brynna has managed to become self employed. Since she is able to fluently speak all languages, even those long forgotten by mortals, Brynna works as a translator. Bheru still does not know that Brynna is inhuman, but due to having an open mind, he instinctively understands that there is more to Eran's new girlfriend than meets the eye.

A mysterious "hero" is saving Chicago citizens from certain death. No one seems to know who the man is (because he never stays around for praise or glory) or how he knows when and where he would be needed. The consequence of each rescue is dire. It does not take Brynna long to realize that dark forces are behind these amazing events. And sometimes it takes an immortal to stop an immortal.

**** FOUR STARS! The demon manipulating events in this story is not the same one from the previous title, "Highborn". If anything, this demon is more devious. After all, saving the life of a mere human should not be something a demon would ever consider doing. Ah, but we have all heard about no good deed going unpunished, and Yvonne Navarro has taken that Murphy's Law and expounded on it. An intense walk on the dark side that will keep readers up way past their bedtimes. Yvonne Navarro's new series downright sizzles! ****

Author: Karina Fabian
Title - Neeta Lyffe, Zombie Exterminator

Set in California. The year is 2042. No one is sure exactly when or where the first zombie "Zombie Zero" happened. Some believe it all began around 2009, but the first zombie infestations were actually discovered in 2019. The OSHA regulations concerning the make of protective gear, tools and general working environment were first set in 2020 and it has never been updated since then to reflect what has been learned about zombies. This is part of why Neeta agrees to host a reality television show.

Twenty-six-year-old Neeta Lyffe is the host of Zombie Death Extreme (ZDE). Over the past six weeks, Neeta has been training apprentices on zombie extermination. As with most reality shows, these apprentices are out to win the one million dollar prize. However, by the end of the season all of them would be ready to begin working in their chosen career. Neeta's company, Lyffe Undeath Exterminations, has financial problems due to a law suit and the show will help her pay part of it off. But Neeta is growing to loathe Director Dave Lor, who only cares about the show's rating and nothing about the safety of the players. (In fact, Sharon, Dave's assistant, is so stressed out that she keeps her DoDroid SuperSmartPadPhone tuned in to anything about bunnies. They are safe, cuddly, and soothing.) Neeta could care less about glamour or glory. She even refuses to sponsor products for money. Neeta only wants to teach her plebes everything her late mother had taught her, to keep her plebes alive, and perhaps teach Joe and Jane Public that if a zombie invades their home, their best line of defense is not the butcher knife on the counter, but the household cleanser under the sink.

As the story opens, Neeta and her seven plebes are battling zombies in Warehouse Eight. Bernie has been too cocky and it is currently costing the hot surfer-dude his life. Director Dave, of course, wants to exploit Bernie's death, as well as the emotional after effects the horrific death has on the other plebes. One plebe is unable to take any more and walks off the show. The turnover rate is sixty-five percent a year in the exterminator business. Neeta is determined that her remaining five plebes will not only survive, but flourish. As the public watches, the plebes will learn to use various methods in dealing with zombie-ism. Whether it be using a chainsaw to decapitate a zombie, tossing napalm bombs/grenades, or using the delay tactics of undiluted household cleaners, Neeta is a hard core trainer. And after every epidsode's "challenge" each plebe must get on the ZDE web site and post a video blog. There is also a ZDE forum where viewers chat about the show and swap gossip on the ZDE cast members.

But when a horrible road accident has hundred os shuffling zombies en route to a civilian buffet, can Neeta and her plebes rescue the living from the walking undead?

**** FOUR STARS! Usually I tell if a book is funny, serious, or whatever. Well, this book is funny, serious, or whatever. I opened this book expecting something along the lines of a cheesy B-Grade movie. Though this story does have a bit of that tongue-in-cheek flavor, it is written in a serious tone. The ZDE forum breaks in on the story at times and I found these sections to be realistic of how today's on-line forums read. Each forum member has a handle with a small avatar/icon. The ZDE forum even has the typical, ignorant troll that everyone loves to hate and gang up on. (Note: The wrong icon is used once for the troll. At least, it is wrong in my Kindle version. Rigromortis's avatar is used in error.) The author tosses in some well known name brands, but gives them a futuristic tag. (Example: Neeta's chainsaw is a cheap Craftsman Treesplinterer 5000. Then there is mention of a PeopleSpace fan page, the 2041 Jaguar, the H5 [Hummer], and even a 2042 HumVan Sport.)

Producer Alberts is only given limited time in the story; however, other non-plebe characters are given time in the spot light. Many chapters begin with Gary Opkast, one of the show's writers, typing up a documentary, The Zombie Syndrome. Personally, I believe Gary's documentary sections to be a stroke of genius on the author's part. It gives the entire story a touch of realism, as does the forum threads. When it comes to ZDE's cast of plebes, each player has his/her own personality and set of personal quirks. They each have a well developed background which is slowly revealed as the story progresses.

All-in-all, I thoroughly enjoyed this insane look into the world's future zombie problem. Ignoring the spelling and grammar errors (that are on purpose) from the forum's troll, the only real irritating thing I noticed is that the editing got worse during the last quarter of the story. If I recall correctly, no promises though, it begins somewhere around the area that the troll's avatar/icon is wrong. Still, I am happy to be able to highly recommend this tale to zombie-genre fans, whether they prefer the movies or the books. Author Karina Fabian has a sassy, take-no-prisoner writing style that will keep you hooked from page one. ****

Author: Kelly Armstrong
Title - Haunted (Women of the Otherworld #5, Reprint)

Eve Levine is a half-demon black witch.....and a devoted mother who just happens to have been dead for 3 years! Eve is also obsessed with contacting her teenage daughter, Savannah--which is totally against the rules of the Ghost World. Savannah's father, Kristof Nast,-- sorcerer, is also dead--killed trying to protect Savannah. Eve had cut a deal with the Fates in order to send Savannah's guardians back to the land of the living...leaving her owing the Fates a favour. When a particularly nasty Nix escapes imprisonment, the Fates call in their marker....after several failed attempts by others (including an Angel driven mad), they decide it must take a "bad girl" to catch a bad girl. Unfortunately, the Nix decides to get to Eve by killing Savannah's guardians and setting up Savannah to take the blame. From an Angel's living quarters to a serial killer's hell, Eve must find the strength and cunning--and acceptance--to find and capture the Nix in time to save her daughter.

***** FIVE STARS! What an incredible writer Kelly Armstrong is! "Haunted" is one of at least 10 books in her "Otherworld" Series and I can't believe I haven't known of her before now. The Otherworld is populated by ghosts, witches, demons, vampires, sorcerers and werewolves (among others) living often perfectly normal lives among humans. This world is so well fleshed out and believable that it seems that it's being written from a first-hand point of view. "Haunted" is the first book of the series that I've discovered and I couldn't put it down! Incredibly well-written thriller that had me hooked from the beginning. From obsessing over the living to acceptance of her place in the world of the dead, Eve is such a strong character she'll have you wondering about her long after you've finished this book. Thank goodness there are more! An absolutely fantastic, hang-on-to-your-hat read! Wow! *****

Author: Jenna Black
Title - Dark Descendant (Descendant #1)

Nikki Glass can track down anyone or anything. The skill comes in handy in her line of work as a private investigator in Virginia. Her latest client, Emmitt, turns out to be a true descendant of Hades. Thanks to Emmitt, Nikki discovers she cannot die. Though Nikki had never believed before that the ancient gods were real, she is a believer now. Nikki learns that she is the true descendant of Artemis. Unlike before, Nikki has suddenly become a supernaturally good shot. She hits the bulls-eye without even trying. Descendants of Artemis are extremely rare, and therefore valuable.

The Olympians believe that with great power comes great privilege and no responsibility whatsoever. From their perspective, they are better than everyone else, and that is the natural order of things. For centuries, they have hunted mortal Descendants. They kill all adults and all children over the age of five. The Olympians are led by Konstantin, who claims to be the king of the Liberi Deorum. Nikki's ability to hunt people makes her the perfect person to help them locate mortal Descendants (so they and their families may be disposed of). Nikki had been adopted by the Glasses at the age of eight. Unless Nikki agrees to join and aid Konstantin's people, they will kill her sister, Stephanie.

Nikki goes with option number two. Anderson's small group of immortal Descendants has a treaty with Konstantin. Anyone living in Anderson's massive mansion is considered to be one of his. Konstantin's people will not harm any of Anderson's people or their mortal family members. (Unlike the Olympians, Anderson's group believes that with great power comes great responsibility.) To protect Stephanie, Nikki agrees to join Anderson's group of immortals and help Anderson locate a member who had gone missing ten years prior. The problem is that most of Nikki's new "friends" believe that she killed Emmitt to steal his immortality. A couple of them even believe Nikki to be a spy for Konstantin. Living in a massive mansion with "friends" who vary between suspicious and openly hostile, Nikki is caught between two warring factions of the Liberi Deorum. And this true descendant of Artemis refuses to bow down to anyone.

***** FIVE STARS! This high-adrenaline adventure kept me rooted to my seat for hours. I ended up reading this entire book in one sitting, growling at anyone who dared to approach me.

There is a rigid dichotomy between the groups led by Konstantin and Anderson. Yet even though Anderson's people share a strong camaraderie with each other, it will take Nikki some time to prove herself worthy of their trust and loyalty. Both groups are unmitigatedly lethal and the author steadily builds up the tension until it results in a wild, cataclysmic encounter toward the ending. I do not know if there will be a romantic element introduced in future titles of the Descendant series; however, there is none within this one. I do see one or two possibilities though. And I am very interested to see in which direction the author will steer this story.

Backgrounds of the major players are well developed. Players with little or no impact on this story are glossed over, so readers do not waste time learning information about characters that really do not matter. The cast of characters for this series is larger than most, but again, time is only spent on the more vital names.

If you are hunting for a spectacular tale with an unprecedented story line, then you simply MUST purchase this book. Jenna Black's imagination is incomparable! *****

Author: Ryk E. Spoor
Title - Digital Knight

This title can be purchased from Amazon in print form, but (at the time of this review) interested people may read this entire novel FOR FREE at the publisher's web site (Baen.com). In fact, I found many, many titles posted at Baen for free reading. An astounding number of the titles are well known and from well known authors. You may either read them from Baen's site or download them to your computer. If you have a Kindle, Baen will even send the free titles to your Kindle. (How is THAT for user friendly?)

This novel is a set of six stories. Each story has the same main characters and picks up where the last left off. Though the novel ends wonderfully, I was hoping to find more novels with this cast. Unfortunately, this book seems to be all there is. For this review, I will list each story's name, give a synopsis, an individual star rating (between one and five, with one being poorest and five being best), and my humble opinion on it.


Gone in a Flash

Jason Wood owns and operates Wood's Information Service. ("Need info? Knock on Wood!") He has created a photo enhancing system to aid with any photo touch-ups he may need. Currently Jason is using the system to help Lieutenant Elias Klein clear up some fuzzy pictures he intends to use in a drug case. The men in the photo are Assemblyman Connors and Verne Domingo. Lieutenant Klein believes he can use the picture to finally bring down Domingo, who is a major drug supplier. After a loud BANG! on the door, Jason opens it to find a bloodless corpse. Before Jason knows what is happening, he finds himself kidnapped and meeting Domingo face-to-face. One thing is certain, Domingo is anything but human.

**** FOUR STARS! The plot is pretty interesting but the "twist" is too predictable. Still, I enjoyed the story. A good beginning for a business relationship between Wood and Domingo. ****


Lawyers, Ghouls, & Mummies

When Verne Domingo decides to stop peddling illegal drugs, the vampire-like being needs a new source of income to provide for his people, and, perhaps, find some small way to rejoin humanity. Domingo turns to Jason Wood for information and possible ideas.

In other news, there are people upset that Domingo has quit drug running. Unable to penetrate Domingo's residence, one decides to go after Wood, who Domingo has recently begun thinking of as a close friend.

** TWO STARS! The relationship between Wood and Domingo solidifies more; however, this story is low on excitement. **


Photo Finish

Jason Wood stumbles into the realm of the paranormal once more. This time werewolves enter the picture. Virigar, King of the Wolves, is an ancient enemy of Domingo's. One that even Domingo is not sure he can kill.

***** FIVE STARS! The modern world of the 21st Century meets the magical era of the Dark Ages in this story. From beginning to end, this tale overflows with action, danger, and suspense. *****


Viewed in a Harsh Light

Due to the events within the last story, now dubbed "The Morgantown Incident", the world has been enlightened to the existence of Werewolves. Jason Wood, with his brain always tinkering with "what if" scenarios, has been piddling around with a way to detect the Wolves. But the main concerns on Jason's mind are the heavy Cosmic revelations he and Sylvia Stake, his girlfriend, have been learning.

Jason's most recent case is to locate the foster father of Mr. Tai Lee Xiang. It takes Jason only a few minutes of speaking with Tai to conclude that Domingo is the missing foster parent. Shortly thereafter, Jason realizes that Tai (a.k.a. "Kafan") is wanted by an international task force. But when Jason and Sylvia rush to rescue Domingo from the psycho killer, they learn that all the news propaganda is a pack of lies. This is when Tai and Domingo reveal approximately half a million years worth of amazing history, most of which has been erased by powerful beings. The most important part is that Tai needs Jason's help to acquire him a new identity and to help locate his missing family. The family had been taken by mad scientists for experimental genetic modifications. (Sounds crazy, right?) The scientists still have his mate and daughter somewhere in Vietnam; however, Jason is able to locate Tai's two sons. Seb (renamed Jackie) and Tai Jr. have recently been adopted by US Senator Paula MacLain. Yet even as Jason is dealing with all of this, he cannot help but note that something is physically wrong with Domingo. For some unknown reason, Domingo is slowly dying.

**** FOUR STARS! The character of Jason has morphed from computer geek to private detective in the past. Now that he has become some sort of paranormal magnet, Jason has become a part time inventor. Jason comes across to me as a Paranormal Guardian or Supernatural Sentry. Instead of detecting a known virus before ti harms your computer, his gadgets help you to detect Werewolves.

This story sets up the players and various plots for the rest of the novel, informs readers of a time-displaced background in history, and introduces new villains. ****


Live and Let Spy

With all the weird, paranormal mess that keeps coming to Jason's door, not to mention that he is now high on the hit list of several nasties, Jason decides that it is time to learn as much as he can about the paranormal beings he is aware exists - and then add in the creatures that he does NOT know about, just in case he ends up having to deal with any of them later. To this end, Jason sets up a database for the weird on his laptop and begins spending more time with Domingo, who is helping fill in the blanks. Domingo's foster son (who I will call Kafan from here on, so no one ends up confused with his son) is residing in the home too. Jason is meeting with Senator Paula MacLain to discuss Kafan's two sons, Jackie and Tai.

**** FOUR STARS! The Jammer shows up, in the flesh, and brings his boss, Mr. Achernar, along for a face-to-face meeting with Jason. Readers learn a lot about Mr. Achernar's special task force, but much is still kept hidden. In addition, Jason and Sylvia take their relationship to the altar. Scattered throughout this story is Jason finally popping the question, the wedding plans, and then the actual event. However, the Wolf King pokes his snout in once just to remind everyone that he is still around and watching. ****


Mirror Image

The newlyweds, Jason and Sylvia Wood, choose to begin their honeymoon in Venice, Florida. Once again they find themselves stuck in another set of strange circumstances. Seems that the Werewolves have taken over the town. Most of the few humans remaining have become their allies too. But when a Maelkodan (Medusa-like creature that is also able to take the form of the last person it turned to stone) is known to be on the loose, the Wolves need the Woods' help. Werewolves are defenseless against such a being and an Elder Wolf appears to make the Woods a deal.

***** FIVE STARS! This story ends the entire novel. Only a few minor strings are left dangling. Should the author decide to do so, he may create another book with this same group of characters or he may publish some type of spin-off story from it.

I am very impressed with the way Spoor's mind works. His writing style seems simple at first (as if he is using the K.I.S.S. method), but it gradually morphs into something huge and spreads like a computer virus on crack! No matter how bizarre events become, the author eventually shows that they ARE possible. After reading "Digital Knight", I intend to keep an eye out for more books by this author. (Personally, I think it takes a twisted mind to think up some of this stuff, and I loved every minute reading it.) Ryk E. Spoor has an amazing writing talent that will leave you begging for more! *****

Author: Charlaine Harris
Title - Dead in the Family (Sookie Stackhouse #10)

In Bon Temps, Louisiana, Sookie Stackhouse's life has become an endless series of dramas. Her telepathic ability is a major cause of this. Sookie cannot hear the thoughts of vampires and only receives bits and pieces from weres, therefore, she steers away from dating anyone not of two paranormal groups. This is not too difficult for Sookie because normal humans consider her to be creepy. Uncomfortable in her presence, few have ever had the courage or self-confidence to ask Sookie out for a date.

Currently Sookie is still dating the handsome Eric Northman. He is the sheriff of Area Five. He also owns and operates a nightclub, Fangtasia. Sookie is recovering from being almost tortured to death recently. Eric feels guilty because Victor Madden (the new vampire leader of Louisiana, appointed by Felipe de Castro, King of Nevada) delayed Eric in rescuing Sookie - even though Sookie is Eric's wife by vampire law. Madden is making Eric's life as difficult as possible for his own reasons. To make matters worse, Eric's sire, Appius Livius Ocella, has come for a visit. And Appius has not come alone either. Alexci Romanov is his new protégé, who has a striking resemblance to former Russian royalty. Eric has not seen Appius in one hundred years and cannot help but fear whatever is bringing his maker to town.

Though Bill Compton is a former vampire boyfriend of Sookie's, she still considers him a close friend. During a recent war/invasion, Bill had been bitten by someone with silver-capped teeth. Bill does not seem to be improving from the silver poison and refuses to locate the one vampire that could save him. Sookie is wondering if and how she should help her reluctant friend.

Now that the fairy portals are closed, Sookie's only fairy relative around is her cousin, Claude Crane. As the only surviving triplet from the recent war, he is dearly missing his sisters. Claude's impertinent attitude toward humans has drastically altered. Not only does this surprise Sookie, but she is absolutely astounded when she opens her door to see Claude standing there with a bag of his clothing. Claude says he is lonely for fae company and even the small amount of fae within Sookie is soothing to him. Sookie is reluctant at first, but with her audacious personality Sookie finally agrees.

Thanks to Sookie's (fae) grandfather pulling some high and powerful strings before closing the portals, the FBI agent, Tom Lattesta, is no longer allowed to gun for Sookie. But that does not keep Agent Lattesta from snooping on her non-human friends. When Alcide Herveaux, the Long Tooth packleader, hears that humans are camping where the pack normally runs, he fears they may be government spies. Therefore, Sookie gives Alcide permission for his pack to use her land this time. Sookie soon learns that there are two bodies buried on her land. The old corpse is Eric's handiwork. But the new one that turns up shows Alcide that there are problems within his pack which must be dealt with. But first, the were body must be removed swiftly. There is no doubt that someone wants to frame Sookie for murder and an anonymous tip to the law enforcement is imminent.

*** THREE STARS! Due to the numerous titles within this series (and still growing), the author has to spend much time reminding the reader of previous events, characters, and problems. The information is spread throughout this story, but I still feel as if almost (if not more than) a third of this novel are refreshers/reminders and updates.

Unlike early novels of the series, Sookie is not present for most of the battles. She either walks into the bloody aftermath or hears about events later. Yet Sookie is present for the most important ones. After all, she tends to be a catalyst for many of the problems, events, and/or battles. The author still develops the backgrounds of new characters, but new readers will not fully understand the backgrounds of the main characters. (Let's face it. There is no room to spell it all out and doing so would become tedious to readers who are keeping up with the series.) And even though I believe this story is a good addition to the series, I cannot honestly say that it is anything special. The story line does not really move forward. If you are a fan of the Stackhouse series, you will enjoy this installment. ***

Author: Charlaine Harris
Title - Dead Reckoning (Sookie Stackhouse #11)

Set in Bon Temps, Louisiana. Sookie Stackhouse's telepathic gift has always seemed more of a curse to her. This is why she never dates normal humans. She does not hear a lot from shape-shifters and picks up absolutely nothing from vampires. Currently her boyfriend is a vampire. Eric Northman is the sheriff of Area Five. He owns and operates Fangtasia, a vampire nightclub in Shreveport. Sookie continues her life unmolested only because Eric had hoodwinked her into marrying him in the eyes of the vampires. Through the blood bond they share, each knows if the other is in peril. They can feel any high emotions, such as fear or anger. (Handy at times when Sookie does not have her cellular phone and is in trouble.)

Recently all the fairy portals have been sealed. Sookie's fairy cousin, Claude Crane, is living with her. Since the death of his two sisters (the three siblings were triplets), Claude claims that he is lonely for the company of other fairies. Even Sookie's small bit of fairy blood seems to sooth him. Also in Sookie's house is Dermot, her great-uncle who is half-fairy and half-human. Sookie cannot help but wonder if there is another motive for her fae relatives wanting to be close to her. But there is simply too much happening in Sookie's life for her to stop and think about why they want to live with her. Besides, most nights they remain in Monroe after the club, Hooligans, closes.

Victor Madden is the Louisiana proxy for Felipe, King of Nevada, Arkansas, and Louisiana. Victor has it in for Eric and, by extension, Cookie. Victor is trying to provoke Eric into doing something rash so he can kill the vampire sheriff without having to justify it to Felipe. Recently Victor has opened two new places of business. Vic's Redneck Roadhouse is luring away a lot of customers from Merlotte's, where Sookie works. Her friend and boss, Sam Merlotte, is actually worried about being able to keep his diner open. It does not help that some customers left because Sam is a shifter. Victor's nightclub, Vampire's Kiss, is luring customers from Fangtasia too, but not enough to really make Eric worry. Sam's diner is in much more dire straits. Especially since someone tossed a Molotov cocktail through Merlotte's window. This is followed by four guys (high on vampire blood) struting in, determined to cause major destruction to the property and to murder Sookie. Sookie also has a problem in the form of an insane human named Sandra Pelt. The psycho-female has been released from prison. She is sure to show up sooner or later with a burning desire to kill Sookie. Can anything else possibly go wrong?

**** FOUR STARS! Unlike the last title (Dead in the Family), this time the story actually moves forward some. Sookie is cleaning out the attic and comes across various items that reveal much about her life and kin. Readers will learn about the men in Sookie's grandmother's life; not all of whom were human. Sookie also discovers where her telepathy powers come from!

Several characters from various past titles make appearances. Most of these have only brief roles to play, yet the author still details their backgrounds more than necessary. (Three pages of background material, followed by two pages of action roles, before the minor characters disappear from the story again.) However, I must admit that the author has included a lot more danger and fighting in this installment. To me, the last few stories had been slow, tedious, and even boring in spots. Not this time!

Readers following the series cannot afford to miss this title. There are major events that will cause drastic changes for all future books. Victor and Eric finally have their major battle-to-the-death. Sookie learns a secret that Eric has been keeping from her. The results of that secret threatens their relationship - much to Bill Compton's delight. And there are a few other twists and events dealing with some secondary characters and sub-plots that I can say nothing about without spoilers. I believe it is okay for me to admit that Sandra Pelt will not be causing any problems for Sookie in the future. I am disappointed in how that came about though. Too easy. Too clean.

I am very happy that Charlaine Harris is finally moving onward with the story line, as well as tweaking some ongoing plot lines. The Sookie, Eric, and Bill triangle may be altering too. I find myself actually eager to see which way the author will take events. Things are starting to look up! ****

Author: Chloe Neill
Title - Hard Bitten (Chicagoland Vampires #4)

Humans used to at least tolerate the vampires which among them, but ever since shapeshifters announced their presence to the world, humans have been rallying against all supernaturals. Caroline "Merit" has not been a vampire long. She is still learning to be the best vampire soldier she is capable of being. Merit had been dying when the sexy Mast of Cadogan House, Ethan Sullivan, found and turned her into a vampire. Merit is now a Sentinel of Cadogan House and she takes her guard duties very seriously. Then the mayor of Chicago calls Ethan and Merit to a meeting and informs them about a violent vamp attack against humans. Mayor Seth Tate gets his message across: Do something to stop the psycho-vampires or else.

Merit is given the task of finding out what is really going on. Having to deal with humans picketing outside of Cadogan House, a mayor who is threatening Ethan's House, and violent raves where insane vampires are slaughtering humans, the last thing Merit needs is for Darius West to arrive. West is the head of the Greenwich Presidium "G.P." It is headquartered near London. Ethan may be Master of his House, but West is Master of all Houses. So Darius's arrival in Chicago could not portend anything good. To top it all off, some kind of G.I. Joe-wannabe organization, led by a man named McKetrick, has decided to make themselves known. And McKetrick's people will not rest until all vampires have left Chicago. Merit needs help in order to get to the bottom of the psycho-vamps and their bloody raves, but she cannot tell who is on her side. So Merit secretly calls in a favor from Jonah and his underground vamp group. Unless Merit can halt the escalating events quickly, things will devolve until humans become less than cattle to all vampires and the Chicaco streets run red.

**** FOUR STARS! The author has done a terrific job of ensuring that a new reader does not feel lost or confused. (I know this for a fact because I am new to this series.) However, readers that have read the previous titles of the series are in for a major shock! I can state little about the event without giving away spoilers; however, I feel safe in saying that this shocking event may change Cadogan House forever.

Merit's story comes across as an undead version of a television show involving homicide detectives, but with a supernatural flavor. The case (raves and violent psycho-vamps) begins and mostly ends here. However, a few strings are left dangling so that they may be woven into the next story. Even so, I am not left with the feeling of being cheated. Chloe Neill's writing style is much like Laurell K. Hamilton's, smooth and with a dark touch. A terrific addition to the Chicagoland series. ****

Author: Kelley Armstrong
Title - Waking the Witch
(Women of the Otherworld #11)

Savannah, who recently became of legal age, had a tenacious determination to prove that she can successfully resolve a triple murder investigation while her guardians, the head of a supernatural detective agency, are on vacation. Especially, since the requestor was an easy-on-the-eyes half-demon PI from Seattle. There are various twists and turns as to who is hiding valuable information and secret relationships. Accusations are rampant among the town's inhabitants especially since the clues seem to point towards ritual killings as chalk marks, blood and other supernatural clues have been put in Savannah's path. Who else will die as Savannah gets closer and closer to solving the case? Who is the evil doer behind these murders and will Savannah's supernatural powers be strong enough to save her?

**** FOUR STARS! This fantasy murder mystery, with interspersed romantic interludes, was a fun and quick read. ****

Author: Nick Kyme
Title - Honourkeeper (Warhammer)

Return to the ancient days of the Old World, long before the time of men. Dwarfs and elves usually kept to their own. But now King Bagrik of the dwarfs and Prince Ithalred of the elves are forging a trade pact. As the agreement is being chiseled, a mighty horde of northmen attacks Tor Eorfith, the elf settlement. When King Bagrik's son is found dead, Northmen arrows still protruding from his young body, the dwarfs demand a bloody retribution and join forces with the elves.

The heathen warlord, Ulfjarl, and his dark shaman, Veorik, will meet the stoic resilience of their enemies with powerful sorcery and daemons/demons. The Norscan warlord and his horde are bent towards one aim. To destroy all.

***** FIVE STARS! Nick Kyme does an admirable job whenever he spins an Old World tale. His rendition of the dwarf culture is always spot-on. Be they male or female, these mountain-dwellers are harder than granite and just as unyielding when it comes to honor/honour, battle, or ale. Kyme does not go into such deep detail with the elf culture, however, the author still manages to show their appreciation of luxury and their more sumptuous life style. Their grace and elegance are often used to conceal some type of mischief or treacherous strategy.

This story is most told from the dwarfs' point-of-view. Quite a bit is also told from the elfs'. (With just a few, brief sections from the Norscan warlord's.) Do not expect to read just one side's view point. The difference is that the view from an elf often contains subtle innuendoes, while the view from a dwarf is open and straight forward.

The entire story is riddles with deceptions. More than half of these are predictable. Yet I must admit that I never suspected the biggest deception of all, and when it was finally revealed at the very end, I began thinking back through the entire story. I actually felt as if a light bulb turned on above my head. It was totally unexpected by me and I suddenly saw several scenes in a new light. Nick Kyme is a master storyteller with a head full of sneaky twists! *****

Author: Kelly Meding
Title - As Lie the Dead (Dreg City #2)

Evangeline "Evy" Stone took full possession of her current body only two hours ago. (How? Why? A week ago she had been tortured to death by goblins. Three days ago she had been resurrected into the body of Chalice Frost, recently deceased via suicide.) As this story opens, Evy and the members of other Triads have just finished battling Halfies, one elf, and an ancient demon.

Evy head home (Chalice's home) and is looking forward to relaxing, if not taking a long vacation. Instead she finds herself promising Phineas el Chimal "Phin" and his two Owlkin companions protection. These three are the survivors of an ill-advised Triad raid from a week ago. Evy was the reason that their complex had been burned to the ground, killing over three hundred Owlkins. The female of the trio, Aurora, is pregnant and due to give birth any moment. Evy's vow of protection for the three will end once Aurora's baby is born. Therefore, Evy must postpone her down-time until her company leaves.

Immediately after giving her vow Evy learns that Phin is seeking justice for his lost brethren. The Fey Council is on Phin's side. But the one Phin demands the life of happens to be one of the few people Evy is close to. If that is not bad enough, someone is now organizing the goblins and Halfies. Their collective status has just gone from Irritant to Public Enemy Number One.

*** THREE STARS! This is the sequel to 3 Days to Dead and picks up immediately where the previous title left off. (I mean that too. This story begins while they are still cleaning up all of the evidence and bodies from the battle at the end of the first book.) This time most of the story flip-flops between battles and the father of Chalice's late boyfriend who is searching for his son. I do not believe this installment is as good as the first, but Evy does get two more boyfriends by the ending. Most events that were supposed to be shocking were instead very predictable. Yet this series still holds great potential. ***

Author: Jennifer Estep
Title - Spider's Bite (Elemental Assassin #1)

Her main cover ID is Gin Blanco. Unknown to all, except an elite few, she is the infamous assassin-for-hire called the Spider. In her down time she works in the Pork Pit, cooking up the best barbecue in Ashland. As a Stone elemental, she can hear everything from the whispers of the gravel she walks upon to the Appalachian Mountains.

The Appalachian Mountains cut through most of the city. It makes for a beautiful place. But looks are deceiving, more often than not. Take Mab Monroe for example. Mab is a young, lovely woman. She is also a powerful Fire elemental. Mab runs this town. Heck, Mab OWNS Ashland. Her true nature is hidden behind fund raisers, charity donations, and winning smiles. Mab never hires assassins, like the Spider, to do her dirty work. Mab prefers to personally deal with anyone stupid enough to cross her. In fact, Mab could kill someone in front of a room filled with cops and walk away without any interference.

Gin stays out of Mab's way. The Spider is NOT stupid. She has a few morals left. Gin never kills children or animals. Gin's handler has chosen her assignments for well over a decade. He is one of the few she trusts with her life. So when an Air elemental double-crosses Gin and kills him, Gin is out for revenge. Gin will find out who is behind it all, one body at a time.

Detective Donovan Caine is probably the only cop in Ashland that is not corrupted. Donovan wants the Spider dead for personal reasons; however, he agrees to help he assassin for even more personal reasons. But once this is over all promises will be null and void. The Spider will continue her deadly trade and he will do all in his power to arrest the assassin and put her behind bars forever.

***** FIVE STARS! Wow! This is the first of a new series featuring the Spider, an assassin-for-hire. I have to sympathize with the reasons of why Gin learned the trade and I admire the few morals she has. Author Jennifer Estep has created a remarkable and very different type of heroine that kept me reading far later into the night than I should have. But watching Detective Caine and the Spider interact reminds me quite a bit of watching Bruce Wayne and the Catwoman on television as a kid. they are very attracted to each other, but on opposite sides of the law. This is one walk on the dark side that I was too tempted to resist! *****

Author: Jennifer Estep
Title - Web of Lies (Elemental Assassin #2)

Gin Blanco is the Spider. She is the most feared assassin in the South. She retired from killing people two months ago, after she killed the ones responsible for the torture and murder of Fletcher Lane. The old man had taken her in off the streets, shortly after she had witnessed the slaughter of her family and survived being tortured herself. Thanks to Fletcher, Gin now owns and operates a barbecue restaurant. She does not need to though, because Fletcher also left Gin his home and more money than she could possibly spend in her lifetime. And since Gin is a Stone elemental with a little Ice magic thrown in, she could very well live longer than most people. But every now and then something happens, forcing Gin to briefly come out of retirement. After all, some people are so bad that they just need killing.

When two punks attempt to rob her restaurant, Gin and her Goth dwarven cook, Sophia Deveraux, give them an attitude adjustment. One of the punks is the son of Jonah McAllister, Ashland's highest priced and most successful lawyer. However, their legal threats and veiled talk of bodily violence does not interest Gin. She will deal with the McAllisters later. Right now Gin and her interesting group have agreed to help out an old friend of Fletcher's. Warren Fox and his young granddaughter, Violet, need help to protect their property from an evil coal mining tycoon. Going to the police is pointless. It seems as though only one cop, Detective Donovan Caine, is not corrupted. The honest cop is having a hard time dealing with his attraction to Gin. Perhaps Gin can help him get over that problem - at least temporarily. For now, the Spider has people to kill.

**** FOUR STARS! The author has given Gin a second male admirer. Now her affections could go to either man. After finishing this story I find myself still undecided as to which guy I prefer. Gin's private life is not the only thing getting more interesting either. Gin has a talent for making enemies of powerful people. Granted, she kills many of them off in exceptional ways (imagine my wicked grin here), but even Gin is no match for a few of them. It will be interesting to see how the author plays out the ongoing plot about avenging the deaths of her family members. One secret is revealed in this episode; the identity of the killer. But readers will not be surprised as to the answer. Full of suspense, a small bit of romance, and a lot of kick-butt action, this story will keep you glued to your seat. Jennifer Estep delivers! ****

Author: Jennifer Estep
Title - Venom (Elemental Assassin #3)

To be a true elemental a person must be able to create, control, and manipulate one of the four elements - Air, Fire, Ice, and Stone. Some people could use offshoots of one of the four elements. Metal was an offshoot of Stone. Electricity was one of Air. It is rare for a person to be able to utilize two or more elements.

Mab Monroe is said to be the most powerful Fire elemental born in the last five hundred years. She is the head of a Mob-like empire and runs the southern metropolis of Ashland as if it were her own personal kingdom. Her number-one enforcer is a giant named Elliot Slater who thoroughly enjoys his job since it gives him power and often means he gets to kill anyone who irritates Mab. Currently Mab has all her goons, including the lawmen in her pocket, to seek out the identity and whereabouts of the female that had assassinated a guest at one of her parties.

Seventeen years ago her name had been Genevieve Snow. At the tender age of thirteen her life changed forever. As Genevieve watched, Mab and several henchmen entered her home to slaughter her family. After witnessing the deaths of her moth and older sister, Genevieve raced to her little sister, Bria, and managed to hide her before being captured herself. Refusing to tell Mab where Bria was hidden, Mab tortured Genevieve by placing a silverstone rune necklace between the teen's palms and melting both metal and skin. By the end, Mab believed the last two Snow sisters were dead; however, Genevieve had survived.

Today her name is Gin Blanco. Until a few months ago Gin had been an assassin. Everyone has heard of the Spider, the assassin with infinite patience who kills her target and disappears before the body hits the ground. Very few know that the infamous killer is Gin, owner of a small barbecue restaurant. Gin is a rare type of elemental. She has two elements at her command, Stone and Ice. She can even keep most other elementals from sensing her magical abilities, something that is almost unheard of. Gin still intends to someday kill Mab, but there has never been any rush. The Spider is patient. Yet now Gin must step-up her pace because the Ashland Police Department has had a new detective transferred in from Savannah, Georgia. Gin had recently learned that her little sister, Bria, is alive. After being beaten to a pulp by Slater, Gin comes face-to-face with Detective Bria Coolidge. It is bad enough for Gin that Mab's minions were hunting for her, but it is worse to learn that Mab knows that Bria Coolidge is actually Bria Snow. To save her sister, it is time for the Spider to declare open war against Mab - starting with the giant Slater. After all, some people just need to be killed for the good of the public.

Gin Blanco. Restaurant owner. Stone and Ice elemental. Former assassin. It will be just another normal evening of murder and mayhem.

***** FIVE STARS! I am happy to know that this is not the last of trilogy. Unlike most urban fantasy series, this one is just too good for readers to let fade away. The cast of support characters around Gin have changed, keeping things fresh instead of going stale. Even the main man in Gin's life has changed. By letting me see Gin fall in love and eventually part ways from the man the series began with, Gin's character is much more believable to me. Not all of the good guys and/or bad guys survive to fight another day either. With casualties on both sides, and the corpses are not always minor ones, the elemental world becomes more REAL to me. Now that the Spider has declared war (in flaming run glory) and Bria has entered the picture, the author will be hard pressed to keep the adventure high - and the stakes even higher.

Author Jennifer Estep did not simply carve herself a chair in the Fantasy genre, she chiseled out a throne of Stone. *****

Author: Christina Henry
Title - Black Wings (Madeline Black #1)

Madeline "Maddy" Black is an Agent of Death. An Agent is responsible for escorting the souls of the newly deceased to the afterlife. Agents are alive. They simply have some magical abilities and black wings which they keep tucked away. When an Agent dies, the next person in the Agent's bloodline is activated to duty. There is no choice, and there is no escape. Since being an Agent is a 24/7 job that did not help pay bills, Maddy rents out the bottom apartment of her flat in Chicago's west Lakeview neighborhood. The bottom apartment has been empty for quite some time now. So Maddy is happy when handsome Gabriel Angeloscuro agrees to rent it. The cranky, popcorn-loving gargoyle, Beezle, does not like the new tenant but can tell no reason as to why.

As soon as Gabriel moves in, demons appear on the front lawn and an unholy creature is rampaging around Chicago. Turns out that Gabriel is not exactly human. And Maddy begins instinctively using powers she never knew she possessed. With Gabriel's help, Maddy must quickly learn how to summon and control the unexpected manifestations of her new powers. This is even harder to do since no one seems to know how many new magical abilities are just waiting to pop out. Worse, Maddy learns that her powers are linked to a tainted family legacy.

**** FOUR STARS! A terrific beginning to an exciting new series involving life, afterlife, demons and an unusual woman stuck in the center of them all. Each time I thought I understood everything about Maddy's new powers, one of them would morph or another would suddenly appear - and with chaotic results. But it is Maddy's bloodline that blows my mind away. Unknown to her at first, Maddy has the most unique family tree ever.

Though this title leaves a few strings dangling for the next installment, I do not feel as if I am left hanging. (I detest cliff-hanger endings!) Instead, this book ends with all the major problems resolved. To be fully honest, I must say that the loose ends of this story as though they will be continuously-running subplots for at least two more titles. At this time, I do not know whether "Madeline Black" will be a trilogy or a longer series. What I do know is that Christina Henry has made a fan of me! I eagerly await the next installment of Maddy's extremely interesting life...or afterlife...or whatever would be correct. ****

Author: Jeaniene Frost
Title - This Side of the Grave (Night Huntress #5)

Cat and Bones never seem to have any downtime. Now they head to Cat's old home state, Ohio, where there are rumors of Masterless vampires disappearing and ghouls are beginning to cause problems.

Apollyon is a ghoul who has lived for several centuries. He has waited six hundred years for a half-breed, such as Cat, to appear. He intends to use Cat's oddities as kindling to bring about war between the ghouls and the vampires. This is not for any benefit to his species, but for his own personal power gain.

Cat and Bones will need the aid of their friends (and not just from the vampire variety) if they are to stop a civil war.

*** THREE STARS! History fans will enjoy the fact that Marie Laveau plays a vital role in this episode, as does Vlad. However much of this story is simply Cat traveling to meet numerous powerful beings, somehow explaining to the reader who s/he is, and also of any special abilities the inhuman may have. There are even a few lulls in the story while Cat learns to fly and other skills, but the author has made Cat's training sections extremely interesting.

Cat's mother and uncle are in the story this time around too. Her mother has only a brief cameo or two. Looks as though Cat will be interacting with her mother and old team members in future titles. But Cat's uncle, Don, has been sick in the previous stories and readers finally find out what is wrong with the man. I will not say more for fear of revealing spoilers. All-in-all, I enjoyed this story; however, there is not as much suspense as in Cat's prior stories and readers that have not read the previous titles will be lost. ***

Author: Taylor Keating
Title - Game Over

Chase Hawkins "Hawk" is a Guardian. It is a Guardian's duty to protect the Fae at all costs. A Fae soul is the most valuable thing in the universe, because without the Fae, there would be no life. Hawk is tasked to find out why Fae soul numbers were dwindling. He allowed his mind and soul to be separated from his body in order to search for the lost souls. The Guardians' scientists can care for his body safely for a year. However, Hawk's mind/soul was trapped by the Dark Lord. For several months Hawk has been a captive.

Long, long ago the Dark Lord had been incarcerated in a virtual world by the Guardians and the Fae. When a young software engineer on Earth somehow taps into his prison with her fully immersive virtual reality game, the Dark Lord takes interest. The Dark Lord offers Hawk his freedom. All Hawk must do is enter a virtual world, watch a certain girl, and probably bring her back to the Dark Lord. But after being with the Dark Lord for so long, Hawk knows that something is not right about it all. Hawk agrees and enters the virtual world, but fully expects the girl to simply be another trick to torture him further.

River Weston is ready to sell her soul to smooth out the glitches in her latest virtual reality project. Then she finds herself trapped in the world she thought she had created for her game. Sever, the NPC (non-player character), is the character River designed to help Player One (the person playing the game) fight his or her way through the game for a chance to defeat the final boss named the Soul Man. Even with her almost superhuman stamina and reflexes, River has yet to win the game. However, this time Sever is no longer acting as she programmed him to. Sever claims his name is Hawk. It soon becomes obvious that someone had altered her game. HER game! And now he was making it personal. River has no intention of being beaten at her own game. But should River lose the battle against the Soul Man this time, the Dark Lord would claim her soul for real.

Hawk slowly comes to realize that River is no ordinary human. She is half Guardian and half Fae. River's Fae magic is tied to her soul. If the Dark Lord wins River's soul, he would be able to use her magic as well and escape his prison.

**** FOUR STARS! The plot of being trapped in a virtual video game has been done too many times to count. Still, Taylor Keating adds a unique twist with the Fae and the Guardians. With just enough realism to make it believable and enough fantasy to give it spice, this series has the potential to become something truly fantastic. I especially liked WHY the heroine made the fully immersive virtual reality game. (People with physical handicaps, such as missing or paralyzed limbs, would be able to feel whole or normal because they would have full use of all their limbs.) For me, this made River a compassionate human yet still tied in to her dual Fae/Guardian persona. This author is one to keep an eye on. ****

Author: Laura Bickle
Title - Embers (Anya Kalinczyk #1)

Lieutenant Anya Kalinczyk is an arson investigator with the Detroit Fire Department. Due to economic problems, the city is having higher spikes of crime. This means the DFD is kept busy. As the story opens, it is two weeks before Devil's Night (the night before Halloween). Devil's Night always seems to bring out the city's criminal scumbags. But this Devil's Night is raring up to be a nightmare. Anya is tracking a serial arsonist.

On the side, Anya is a reluctant member of DAGR, the Detroit Area Ghost Researchers, a group of paranormal investigators. Anya is only called when DAGR believes a malicious spirit may be involved. This is because Anya is the rarest type of psychic medium, a Lantern. Ghosts are drawn to Anya and - if needed - she devours the souls with a single breath. Every by her side is her familiar, Sparky. Sparky is a hellbender, a fire elemental salamander that only a special few can see. Things become complicated when Anya accidentally picks up a demonic hitchhiker. This evil demon is ancient and has managed to get tangled in Anya's aura.

The situation worsens when Anya realizes that the serial arsonist is another Lantern, Drake Ferrer. Drake and Anya are attracted to each other, but Drake seems to have no moral ethics. He devours all spirits, not only the bad ones. He is setting blazes, consuming spirits, and killing people to get the attention of Sirrush, the dragon daddy of all reptiles who has been content to sleep deep underground since around the time of ancient Babylon. Should Drake succeed in waking Sirrush, Detroit would burn.

**** FOUR STARS! This is the author's debut novel. After reading this, I believe that Laura Bickle has a long and bright career ahead of her. Anya and Sparky are surrounded by interesting secondary characters. One of them is a handsome, pragmatic geek on the DAGR team and I hope to see him and Anya build a relationship some day. The author not only keeps events moving along with Anya having to deal with her internal demon parasite and an enticing arsonist, but tosses in a few subplots as well. (A certain male chauvinist detective really pushed my buttons and I REALLY look forward to seeing him get his comeuppance. Oh please, oh please, oh please.)

If you want a story that will make your reality totally disappear for several hours, look no further than this gem. Laura Bickle is an author to keep your eye on. ****

Author: Laura Bickle
Title - Sparks (Anya Kalinczyk #2)

Lieutenant Anya Kalinczyk is an arson investigator for the Detroit Fire Department. She is also the rarest type of psychic medium, a Lantern. Ghosts are drawn to Anya and if she decides a spirit is malicious, Anya devours them with a simple breath. On the side, Anya is a reluctant member of the Detroit Area Ghost Researchers (DAGR). The group only calls Anya when they believe she will be needed to exterminate a harmful spirit. Around Anya's neck is a torque/necklace shaped like a small salamander. When out in public, Anya's familiar, Sparky, naps within it. Sparky is a hellbender, a fire elemental salamander. He only bothers to wake himself up under three conditions: when it suits his preternatural whims, when ghosts are around, or when danger is near. To most people, Sparky is invisible and, other than Anya, he can only affect energy fields. He especially loves to play with electronic equipment.

Captain Marsh, her supervisor at DFD, calls Anya to the home of elderly Jasper Bernard. Jasper had been within the house when it was consumed by flames. Anya is stunned to find a lack of Jasper's remains. It looks as though Jasper's actual cause of death was spontaneous human combustion. Captain Marsh believes Detroit has too many bizarre things happening already and orders Anya to find a way - any way - that could explain Jasper's death to be normal. Anya finally links the event, and a few others, to Hope Solomon, head of Miracles for the Masses. Hope is a celebrity psychic who promises miracles for money to Detroit's poor. Hope is entrapping spirits and forcing them to do her bidding. After meeting Anya, Hope decides that she also wants Sparky and the fire elemental's freshly hatched newts.

**** FOUR STARS! Laura Bickle may be one of the newest authors within the Urban Fantasy circles, but she is quickly making a name for herself. With this, the second Anya Kalinczyk story, Laura has proven that she has what it takes to survive and thrive in the publication world. Intriguing characters, fresh plot materials, and Sparky, the unusual sidekick, gives this series a combination of flavors that you won't find anywhere else. I expect big things in the future from Laura Bickle. ****

Author: Darius Hinks
Title - Warrior Priest
(An Empire Army novel / Warhammer)

Warrior Priests are the crusaders that travel the Empire destroying unholy entities with a mighty warhammer in their hands and the righteous words of Sigmar on their lips. Brother Jakob Wolff and his protégé, called Ratboy, are seeking von Raukov's army, the Ostland Black Guard, to inform them of the traitor within their ranks. That traitor also happens to be Jakob's brother, Fabian. The duo enter a town to find its people burning a Sister of Shallya, claiming her to be a witch. They are being goaded by Otto Sürman, an insane man who considers himself to be a High Priest of Sigmar. Jakob has met the vile man once before. Sürman manages to escape while Jakob and Ratboy are rescuing Anna Fleck from the flames.

Erasmus is tending the garden at a temple of Morr when a corpse seemingly comes to life. Once well enough, Sürman learns that Anna has survived and becomes fixated on her destruction. That means he must follow Jakob and wait for his chance to nab Anna.

Meanwhile, Jakob's group has run into an army from Averhiem, led by General Obermarshall Hugo von Gryphius. The general has come to the province of Ostland for the thrill of unknown dangers and the glory of chaotic battle. Though the general obviously enjoys his comforts, he is no meek dandy when the time for battle comes. With von Gryphius's army by their side, Jakob's group will have to delay the hunt for the Ostland Black Guard in favor of dealing with Mormius and his unholy minions. Every village and temple Mormius crosses is being annihilated, it population massacred. No matter how much the warrior priest wishes otherwise, killing Fabian must wait.

**** FOUR STARS! The author has done a wonderful job on the character of Jakob Wolff. I could almost feel the warrior priest's confusion, guilt, and righteous fury as they were clashing within him. However, the character of the general came across to me as hollow and flat. Even after learning of his past, von Gryphius simply did not come to life for me.

As you can probably tell, several subplots run continuously, keeping the story moving along at a good pace. The background of each primary character is vividly painted and well developed. I found myself intrigued with, not only Brother Wolff, but also with Anna and Ratboy. This author is one to watch! ****

Author: C.L. Werner
Title - Wulfrik
(Warhammer Heroes)

Before our story even opens, Wulfrik the Warrior had been promised by King Viglundr of the Sarls the hand of Princess Hjordis, among other things, should he kill King Torgald. Wulfrik did the deed. However, he made the biggest mistake of his life when he uttered a drunken boast claiming himself to be the equal of any warrior in the mortal world or in the realm beyond flesh. That night, as he slept, the offended gods branded Wulfrik's skin with their signs, altered his human teeth to those of a wolf, and explained their curse.

Now Wulfrik receives visions in his dreams, a portent of things to come. They guide him to the offerings the gods demanded of him. The gods bestowed a blessing upon Wulfrik called the Gift of Tongues. By focusing his mind, he can understand the speech of any creature, no matter how strange. He can even speak the language back to them. Wulfrik cannot wed the princess he loves until his curse has been lifted.

King Viglundr has no intention of ever allowing Wulfrik to wed his daughter. The king plans for Hjordis to marry Sveinbjorn, the Aesling prince, and cement their alliance. Yet Wulfrik would not let anything hold him back from claiming Hjordis as his own. Not the cruelty of the gods and not the schemes of King Viglundr.

***** FIVE STARS! Spawned from his diseased-ridden imagination, the stories by C.L. Werner never fail to send icy chills down my spine. Wulfrik's tale is no exception. More than once I felt those cold fingers travel the length of my vertebrae. Wulfrik kept his men on their toes, and me on the edge of my seat, as he stormed across mystical seas upon a ship powered by his own blood. This stand-alone story will keep you captivated from the first page until the last. *****

Author: S.L. Wright
Title - Confessions of a Demon

Allay had been born human. But ten years ago, as a teenager, she stumbled across a dying demon and ended up absorbing its essence. Since then, Allay has been the only living hybrid. She resides in New York City, working as a bartender on the Lower East Side, where she draws energy from her patrons' pain. Drawing the energy not only comforts her customers, but also feeds Allay. Allay is not the first hybrid, but few survive long due to their tendencies to go insane. The essence of a hybrid is extremely sweet and lures demons from all over. To survive, Allay has the protection of Vex, one of the most powerful demons in the world. To earn Vex's protection, Allay passes off payments from the Fellowship of Truth to various individuals, who in turn deliver them to many of the city's high-powered businessmen. The Fellowship of Truth had been founded by Vex long ago, as churches are often above even the law.

Shock was Allay's first demon friend. She is still the only demon Allay full trusts. Like Allay, Shock feeds from her clients. However, Shock is an EMT, easing the pains of her patients as she feeds. Allay is worried when Shock arrives radiating fear and pain. In Allay's apartment above the bar, Shock "splits", creating a new demon. Shock wants Allay to absorb (a.k.a. kill) it. This would renew Allay for two centuries - and Allay is in dire need of replenishing. But Allay refuses to commit murder, even to save her own life. Thus Shock's offspring, Petrify, disappears into the night.

The birth of a new and vulnerable demon quickly lures other demons to the bar. The demon Pique looks like a harmless geek, but he openly attacks Allay in front of many humans. Allay lives only because a human, Theo Ram, manages to break Pique's hold. Allay now has Ram and Shock recovering in her apartment as she begins trying to contact Vex. (Pique is one of Vex's line.)

Throughout history there have been unexplained disappearances of demons. Long ago one demon briefly survived to tell of a demon with the unheard-of ability to conceal his signature essence. Since no demon could possibly mask his signature from others, the entity became a bogeyman among the demons. Few believe the stealth-demon is real; however, after Allay twice saves Shock from an assassin with no signature, she decides to leave Shock in a secure place while she goes to see Vex in person. Dread, Vex's second-in-command at the Prophet's Center, gives Allay a luxury suite as she waits for Vex to return within the next day or so.

Meanwhile, Theo Ram has decided that Allay needs a bodyguard and has taken the position whether Allay likes it or not. The attraction between Allay and Ram sizzles, but Allay refuses to be responsible for placing Ram, a fragile human, in danger. Yet upon Vex's return, Allay learns why Vex has always protected her and keeps her close. Allay and Ram find themselves in the middle of a brewing war between Vex and Glory, who rules Harlem.

***** FIVE STARS! A fascinating and thrilling look into a hidden demon population. The author shows that, just as with humans, there are both good and bad demons. The power structures and demon hierarchy are simple to comprehend, making it easy for me to understand what is going on in Allay's world. Suspense, lies, and betrayals run amuck while unexpected twists and turns kept me reading far too long into the night. Downright captivating! *****

Author: S. L. Wright
Title - Demon Underground
(Sequel to Confessions of a Demon)

Half human and half demon, Allay is a bartender in New York City. The bar resides on the Lower East Side and is where Allay draws (a.k.a. feeds off) energy from her patrons' pain. Doing so does not harm any of the humans. In fact, it actually helps to ease and comfort them, often enticing the customers to return on their next night out. Recently Allay "split" and now Bliss, her new and fully formed demon offspring, resides in Allay's apartment above the bar. Allay's demon friend, Shock, keeps a close eye on Bliss because new demons are usually unstable and unpredictable. Allay feels responsible for Bliss. Shock feels protective of Allay, her only trustworthy friend among demonkind. Bliss seeks only to please others and to feed on their ecstasy energies.

The trio tries to stay out of demon politics. With Vex gone, Dread has taken over the Fellowship of Truth and intends to show humans a religious miracle live on television. This consists of beheading a church member (demon) and allowing the world to view her resurrection. Dread intends to "prove" that humans can achieve immortality from the church. When rogue demons begin stalking Allay and her companions, help comes from an unexpected source. Mystify takes them underground, through the abandoned tunnels that run beneath the city.

Glory, who rules Harlem, and Dread had been considering a truce. But their actions end up having a different effect and the world learns Allay is a demon. The upheaval begins to turn into a political, as well as a religious, scandal. Through it all is Ram, who keeps to the shadows as he watches over Allay's safety.

**** FOUR STARS! Once again S.L. Wright gives a tantalizing glimpse into the demon world which lurks within NYC. More twists, turns, and surprises kept me feeling a bit off balance as I watched Allay's personality slowly change. The characters of Bliss and Mystify are enigmas. Each takes over the spotlight at various times, giving the story a bit of mystery as I wondered what their futures would hold. Though this episode, for lack of a better word, is not as suspenseful as the previous title, Confessions of a Demon, I still found myself enthralled with Allay's demon world. The author reveals Ram's background, including what had happened with Hope, the hybrid he loved long ago. Ram's past is soaked in blood and darkness, yet at times I could not help but feel pity for this character. I am totally hooked on Allay and Ram and I eagerly await the next story in the remarkable series. ****

Author: Kalayna Price
Title - Grave Witch (Alex Craft #1)

It has been seventy years since the Magical Awakening, the day the fae decided to announce to the world that the people of folklore actually existed. Alexis "Alex" Craft is a grave with, able to speak to the dead. As a private investigator and consultant for the police, Alex has seen a lot of dark magic. She has even known Death for over eighteen years thus far - who looks hot in his black shirt and jeans. Death keeps his secrets tight and he never interferes in Alex's work. Until now. Had Death not shoved her out of the path of a bullet, Alex would no longer be breathing.

Alex is investigating a high-profile murder, a favor for the family that no longer claims her as a member. Alex ends up being attacked by the "shade" she is raising, which has never been heard of before. Worse, the wound is infected with a dark spell and it is spreading like a virus.

To solve the case Alex must team up with a new homicide detective on the force, Falin Andrews. The tough detective is obviously hiding something and keeps his secrets locked away almost as tightly as Death. Though Falin does not seem to like Alex and could hardly even tolerate her presence, he needs her help as much as she needs his. They have until midnight on the Blood Moon to stop a killer from casting magic so malevolent that it would cost Alex her soul and bring about massive destruction.

***** FIVE STARS! Author Kalayna Price has created a unique world for readers to submerge their imaginations in. Alex Craft's world still resembles what we (readers) are used to, so I still felt a sense of connection to the environment; however, the various types of magic, and their users, adds some serious ZING! to the whole experience. The character of Alex is bold, brave, honorable, and a totally down-to-earth woman that I could easily call a friend had she been real. This series is more addictive than chocolate. Totally yummy! *****

Author: Nancy A. Collins
Title - Right Hand Magic (Golgotham #1)

"Tate" may have grown up filthy rich, but she refuses to do what is expected of her. Instead of playing rich-girl and marrying a rich man, she is an aspiring artist. Tate works in metal, sculpting fully articulated, life-sized human figures out of electrical conduit, transmission parts, plumbing pipes, and twenty-gauge steel. Her snobby parents declare that she is wasting her time. On the contrary, Tate has just landed a show in Chelsea at Templeton Gallery.

Like most Manhattanites, Tate is always looking for a good rental deal. Lucky for her, just as her ex-boyfriend, Roger Price, is moving into her building, she is moving out. Tate has found a larger flat to rent and it actually costs less. It is located in Golgotham, the city's strangest neighborhood. For centuries werewolves, Valkyries, Amazons, centaurs, and countless others have crowded the streets. (Not including the Dwarf race that resides below Manhattan.) However, the most notable citizens are the Kymerans, a race of witches who provide humans with charms, spells, and curses. Tate's new landlord is "Hexe", a Kymeran sorcerer that only practices Right Hand (good) magic. Hexe is the son of Golgotham's Witch-Queen, Lady Syra, but like Tate, he is determined to build his own reputation without using his mother's connections or using Left Hand (bad, such as curses) magic. Tate is just getting used to Scratch, Hexe's winged, hairless cat familiar (which loves to eat Purina Familiar Chow - when he is not taking a bite out of living creatures), when she finds herself being stalked by a mad were-cougar. Hexe and Scratch rescue Tate from being mauled-to-death. Once he is no longer under the influence of a drug, the young, teenaged were-cougar explains that his name is Lukas and he had recently escaped from being forced to fight in Boss Marz's pit fighting ring.

As Lukas slowly heals, Hexe hides the teen for the Kymeran version of the Mafia and Tate continues working on her sculptures for her upcoming show. But Boss Marz has spies everywhere and it is only a matter of time before he finds Lukas and then deals with those which gave the were-cougar sanctuary.

*** THREE STARS! This is the first book in Collins's newest series about Golgotham, a neighborhood filled with a non-human population. This title basically sets the foundation on which the following stories may be built upon. Readers are exposed to various magical races and learn about Tate and Hexe. However, over a dozen characters, their names, their abilities, and hints about their backgrounds are given. Even keeping notes beside me, I was overwhelmed. (Vinnie, Faro, Phoebe, Mr. Manto, Uncle Esau, Lafo, Chorea, Kidron, Hildy, Lyta, and the list goes on and on.) Yet even so, I had a hard time pulling myself away whenever the real world interfered with my reading. This story is a great beginning to what appears to be a fantastic new urban fantasy series. I look forward to reading the second story to see what the author does with this incredible and complex neighborhood. ***

Author: Nathan Long
Title - Zombieslayer (Gotrek & Felix #12)

After stopping a great evil that might have caused the downfall of the Empire, another has immediately sprung up in its place. Dwarf Trollslayer Gotrek Gurnisson and his human companion, Felix Jaeger, had helped end the former evil. Now they help with the new enemy, a necromancer named Heinrich Kemmler. Being pursued by Kemmler's dark forces, the pair arrive at Castle Reikgard.

Though Felix had been oath-bound to remain by Gotrek's side until the slayer met his doom (so he could record the doom in an epic poem), Gotrek has released Felix from it. In its stead, Felix is to accompany Slayer Snorri Nosebiter to Karak Kadrin, where the slayer is to pray at the Shrine of Grimnir for the return of his memory. Should Snorri not remember the guilt that made him take the Slayer's vow before his doom, he will not be admitted into Grimnir's Halls. But the dead arrive at Castle Reikgard too soon and they are trapped within as an ever-growing legion of zombies lay siege to the castle. Help is six days away and an unknown saboteur from within has crippled their defenses. Gotrek and Felix must somehow unite the forces within the stronghold, as suspicion and paranoia run rampant, while also keeping Snorri from finding his doom - which is extremely difficult since Snorri keeps forgetting that he has forgotten his memories.

**** FOUR STARS! This story picks up where the last left off. The name of the enemy has changed, but the Empire may still fall. Though this episode only covers around a week of time, it is non-stop chaos. Among all the fighting and troubles within the castle, the character of Snorri occasionally brings a bit of humor to break the tension. However, the character of Felix began to grate on my nerves around the third or fourth time he lost all hope and began giving Gotrek a "So this is goodbye" speech.

As always, author Nathan Long has crafted a fabulous slayer adventure that kept me reading long after I should have gone to bed. ****

Author: Charlotte Boyett-Compo
Title - The Wyndmaster's Lady (Dark Fantasy Romance)

When Commander Sierran Morgan of the Ibydosian Forces disobeys a direct order to slaughter an entire city of innocents, he is sentenced to be a prisoner of Dragonmoor until he dies. However, everyone knows it is really a death sentence because the laird of Dragonmoor Keep is Charles Henry Allen, who has predilections for murder, mayhem, and mutilation. Since the Dungeon Master is a member of the Justonian Royalty (he is King Edmond's brother), no one interferes in how he treats the prisoners within his dungeons.

Lady Anna Celeste Allen is the only child of Lord Charles. Celeste's father has basically kept her a prisoner all her life. She is not allowed to leave Dragonmoor Keep, not allowed to enter various areas of her home, and no one is allowed to look at or speak with her. The only company Celeste receives is when she dines with her father, who she believes to be a physician in the local clinic. Celeste is the most precious thing in her father's eyes and he has kept her totally innocent in all ways.

When Sergeant Vargas DuMond and his men storm Dragonmoor Keep to liberate their commander, Celeste finally learns that her father is the total opposite of her beliefs. After having spent a long time under Dragonmoor Keep as the Dungeon Master's entertainment, Sierran had given up on being granted a quick and merciful death anytime soon. But then Vargas arrives with Lord Charles and Lady Celeste in tow. Celeste gets to see the results of the torture inflicted upon Sierran by her father. Noticing the Dungeon Master's rage of Celeste seeing the truth, Sierran orders that Lord Charles and Celeste be taken with them as they travel to Vista del Mar, his home on the island of Zykanthos.

While the Dungeon Master's evil imagination dwells upon the horrors that may be forced upon his daughter, Celeste is tending to the wounds that are covering Sierran's entire body. But as Celeste and Sierran fall in love, the commander's cruel family (who reside in Argonne, a few miles away from the island of Zykanthos) are brewing plans of their own.

***** FIVE STARS! Author Charlotte Boyett-Compo has created strong and compelling characters which quickly grabbed me by the throat and refused to let go. This story is not set on our world, but the setting reminds me of our Regency Era. I warn readers that this, in my opinion, is Dark Fantasy Romance. As in reality, the good guys do not always win every battle or confrontation. Rescue does not happen before torture. Anyone who cannot handle reading of torture and a brief sexual assault should not read this story. For those who are still brave enough to open this book, you will be rewarded with a tale that will stroke your imagination and have you sitting on the edge of your seat as you cheer the good guys onward to victory. An absolutely stellar story! *****

Author: C.L. Werner
Title - Temple of the Serpent
(Thanquol & Boneripper #2)

After a series of failures (all the fault of his incompetent and treacherous underlings, of course), Grey Seer Thanquol stands before the Council of Thirteen. Once dismissed, Thanquol still finds himself worried because the Lords of Decay have yet to decide his fate. It is the Nightlord Sneek of Clan Eshin that offers Thanquol a chance to redeem himself. As leader of the Skaven assassins, Sneek could have Thanquol killed with a twitch of a whisker. So when he asks Thanquol to join an expedition he is sending to the foreign land of Lustria, Thanquol knows that to decline would mean his death. However, Thanquol is as much a back stabber and schemer as any other Skaven. If he is crafty enough, Thanquol may be able to return as the victorious and sole survivor. He may even return with enough riches to keep the Lords of Decay from skinning his pelt.

Nightlord Sneek has entrusted the murder-master Shiwan Stalkscent and the sorcerer Shen Tsinge with the task of killing Xiuhcoatl, the dread Prophet of Sotek. The snake-prophet dwells with his lizardmen deep within the deadly jungles of Lustria. The only task Sneek gives Thanquol is to accompany the expedition and ensure their success. Unknown to them, one of the other Skaven lords has also sent someone to Lustria. Chang Fang seeks vengeance from Grey Seer Thanquol. His orders are to kill Thanquol and make sure that Sneek's expedition fails at any cost.

All of these beings, as well as a handful of humans shipwrecked on Lustria's coast, are being moved like game pieces on a chess board. They are observed and studied by an ancient and all-powerful creature who seeks to better understand The Great Math.

***** FIVE STARS! Fans of Warhammer's Gotrek & Felix series already know Grey Seer Thanquol and his numerous rat ogre bodyguards (each named Boneripper). But readers do not need to have read a single story of that series in order to fully enjoy this unique spin-off. Due to the twisted mind of author C.L. Werner, Thanquol's character, not to mention the Skaven race's culture, is evolving and readers cannot help but become hopelessly addicted to this fantasy series as more and more of the Skaven world is revealed. Werner's creative writing style conjures vivid, and sometimes disturbing, images in the imagination. It is always a pleasure for me to read a story by this author. *****

Author: Ann Aguirre
Title - Killbox (Sirantha Jax #4)

The Conglomerate does not have the ships or resources to patrol and respond to cries for help as Farwan did. Therefore, most of space has become a playground for pirates, raiders, Farwan loyalists, and the Syndicate. To make matters worse, the Morgut (flesh-eating aliens) are attacking stations on the outskirts of space.

Sirantha Jax, a woman who possesses the unique genetic DNA to navigate faster-than-light ships through grimspace, quits her ambassador post. Conglomerate Chancellor Suni Tarn accepts Sirantha's decision, but immediately offers her lover, March, the title of commander and the task of building an armada in any way he sees fit. With the Morgut mustering at a previously unseen level, March shoulders the task of saving humanity. The ex-merc sends out a message on a smugglers' channel offering profit and amnesty to anyone interested. Soon March is deputizing outlaws to uphold the law.

Lieutenant Commander Jax soon learns she is able to jump anywhere in space instantly, but doing so almost kills her. Therefore, Doc and a lovely scientist begin the monumental task of figuring out how Jax can manage impossible jumps without suffering an aneurysm and how other jumpers could do the same.

While the new armada begins to slowly form, cobbled together from the dregs of society, Chancellor Tarn engages the services of a new shady contact. But exactly who is this anonymous person?

**** FOUR STARS! Consider yourself warned that this book has a cliff-hanger ending. I enjoyed watching Sirantha Jax get back some of her kick-butt, no nonsense attitude. March is in the spotlight more often than previously. In fact, a surprise concerning one of his (biological) family members pops up. This twist will obviously be continued in the next title. If you have not read the first three titles in this series, you may find yourself lost once or twice. A few characters from the past reenter the picture. Even a few new characters join the adventure for what may be the long haul. But as in reality, some of the people around Jax must depart and not everyone survives. Ann Aguirre's multifaceted universe and compelling characters will keep you reading late into the night. ****

Author: James Swallow
Title - Nemesis (Horus Heresy #13)

Two years had passed since the betrayal at Isstvan, the event that opened the way to Horus's insurrection against the Imperium and his father, the Emperor of Mankind. During that time Horus's forces had steadily crossed the galaxy and gathered momentum. His number of followers grew ever larger with every system that Horus passed. These systems either swore fealty to Horus or they burned.

Within the confines of the Emperor's Palace is a chamber in which the Officio Assassinorum convenes. Under the Assassinorum's orders, for the first time ever, all of the Clades will work together. An Execution Force made up of six assassins, one from each prime clade, is formed. Kell, of Clade Vindicare, is to locate and assemble those selected by the Officio Assassinorum. Iota, of Clade Culexus, is a psyker girl with a rare null-aura. From the Clade Eversor comes a rage-killer known as The Garantine. Soalm of Clade Venenum is the mistress of poisons. Koyne of Clade Callidus is a shade. Tariel of Clade Vans is an infocyte.

Once assembled, the Execution Force chooses the planet Dagonet on which to lay their trap. They will lure the Archtraitor Horus to Dagonet and either assassinate the war-god or die in the attempt. But what they cannot know is that Horus and his dark allies have already embarked on a sinister plan of their own.

***** FOUR AND A HALF STARS!Author James Swallow captured my interest quickly and then slowly began weaving a plot, and subplot, that steadily built until its climatic ending. At least once, a minor character is introduced and has a detailed background told only to be killed off within a few pages. However, this will not bother most readers. You do not have to read the previous books to fully enjoy this story either. It stands alone, yet still manages to add a bit more flavor to the Horus Heresy series. Excellent! *****

Author: Kasey MacKenzie
Title - Red Hot Fury (Shades of Fury #1)

Fifty years ago, arcanes had begun emigrating to the mortal realm en masse because most of the Otherrealms were dying. But trying to conquer the mortal realm only caused a war - The War. One arcane race, the Sidhe, managed to alienate mortal and arcane alike in the last few battles of the War. However, the arcane species had not intended to assist the mortals in completely eradicating the Sidhe (elves/faeries). This event made the arcanes realize that they must actually negotiate with mortals as equals and allowed the Furies to finally get both sides to the bargaining table. The peace treaty, known as the Accord, is still shaky between mortals and immortals. To this day, the Sisterhood of Furies keeps an eye on both sides.

Marissa "Riss" Holloway is a Fury, an ancient bloodline sworn to protect mortals and immortals from those who would use magic to harm them, even if it meant sacrificing her life. As Chief Magical Investigator of Boston, Riss is the one contacted when the body of a sister Fury washes up in Boston Harbor. Yet when Riss reports that the corpse's identity had been magically altered, she is immediately - and inexplicably - suspended from the police force. The instant Riss exits the building, a human sniper tries to assassinate her. After concluding that someone is trying to stir up trouble between arcanes and mortals, Riss becomes even more determined to learn the truth of what is happening.

Without the support of the police department, Riss turns to the one man she can trust to watch her back as she investigates, Scott Murphy. Scott is a shape-shifting Warhound, but he is also her ex-boyfriend and they did not part on good terms. Yet since this is Sisterhood of Furies business, Scott's mercenary family will help her. Riss must somehow keep a lid on the supernatural rage that feeds her Fury powers, as well as on the hot passion that still smolders between her and Scott, if she has any chance to figure out what is going on and keep the Accord from shattering. And when even the spirits of those involved withhold vital information, things become really dangerous, because if there is one cardinal rule in the arcane community it is this: Never piss off a Fury unless you kill her first - even if you are dead!

Author: Seressia Glass
Title - Shadow Chase (Shadowchasers #2)

Shadowchaser Kira Solomon's patron goddess, Ma'at, has elevated Kira's status. She is now the Hand of Ma'at. Upon Kira's throat is a feather tattoo, the symbol of her new position as Ma'at's Chosen. Kira and Khefar, an immortal warrior, have recently defeated a Fallen that had plans for world domination. Kira still grieves deeply for the loss of her friend and handler, Bernie Comstock. Though dead two weeks, Kira is still able to communicate with Bernie through his pocket watch which she now keeps in her possession.

Kira and Khefar temporarily leave Atlanta, Georgia, and head for London to meet with Bernie's lawyer and deal with his personal effects. Kira has not even gotten settled into Bernie's London flat before Balm needs her services. When Balm pays a visit to Gilead London, she finds it in near-complete disarray and the section chief has resigned. Balm appoints a new chief and the two begin some serious housecleaning in the personnel. Balm needs Kira's help in locating Pavel Gunderson, the Shadowchaser responsible for most of Western Europe. Gunderson and his handler have dropped off the grid. Worse, word has it that the Chaser has stolen an Egyptian artifact, the Vessel of Nun.

By Kira's side are Khefar, a spider demigod called Nansee, and the Marlowes (a married couple with military backgrounds). It is up to Team Kira to track down Gunderson and learn if he has gone rogue, recover the Vessel of Nun, return the artifact to where it rightfully belongs, and save Egypt and the world from a flooding of biblical proportions.

** TWO STARS! I do not usually bother to write up reviews for stories I deem worth only one or two stars, out of a possible five. Yet since I reviewed book one and intend to review book three, I feel it only right. I still think the heroine, Kira Solomon, is an awesome character. However, unlike the previous story, this one is mainly made up of filler pages. Until Chapter Eight (on page 109) nothing really happens. These pages are dedicated to Kira thinking about or visiting various characters from book one, who have absolutely nothing to do with this episode. (I see no need to mention Section Chief Sanchez, how much she hates Kira, bad guys from the previous book, or a lengthy visit to Demoz and Yessara at the club.) The plot, which is everything mentioned on the book's back cover and/or in my synopsis, is not even hinted at until Chapter Eight. This is where Kira no longer has time to mope and the story line begins. This is where things become interesting.

Though Bernie's spirit offers little, if any, help to Kira this time around, I found it intriguing to see Bernie appear and offer words of wisdom to Kira. (Much like Obi Wan Kenobi to Luke Skywalker, but instead of the Force a pocket watch is used.) The danger, suspense, and battles do not begin until past the half-way point of the book. These scenes and events are well written and as outstanding as I have become accustomed to reading from this author. Some new characters are then introduced and Balm is forced to answer many of Kira's questions about her heritage. However, to be perfectly honest, readers will not miss anything if they skip this title. I have no doubt that all of Balm's revelations will be retold at the beginning of the third book. **

Authors: Tracy & Laura Hickman
Title - Song of the Dragon (Annals of Drakis, #1)

Once humans had magic and alliance with dragons. Now they and other races have been enslaved by the elves of the Rhonas Empire. The elves suppress all the slaves' memories with regular House Devotions, using the magic of Aether Wells. These various races of slaves have all heard of the Drakis Prophecies. It is about a human named Drakis who will be a slave but will break his own bonds. The man will come out of the south and journey across the waters to bring back the glory of humanity that was lost and destroy the oppressors of the land. Yet House Devotions keep that memorable legend suppressed.

Drakis, a human warrior-slave of House Timuran, comes across a hiding dwarf named Jugar, who claims to be a simple jester. It is during this campaign that Drakis is troubled by a song. The melody plays within his mind and conjures visions of mythical dragons. Ignoring the tune, Drakis returns to his master with his prisoner. Then the Aether Wells shatter. All suppressed or altered memories surge forward. Most slaves go mad and several elven Houses fall.

The Ibilisi are the most dreaded hunter of the Empire. Keeper Ch'drei charges Inquisitor Soen with the task of finding out what happened in the Western Provinces. Soen is soon hunting Drakis and the six others that fled with him. The small band travel northward, following the song's lure. But even should they survive the long and dangerous journey, will they find dragons, a place to call home, or oblivion?

**** FOUR STARS! I have seldom seen a stranger group of refugees than this one. Three humans, a pair of manticores, a dwarf, and a chimerian struggle to find sanctuary in the far north. One of that group, known as the Lyric, may not be sane since her personality changes almost daily. I found that character to be the most interesting of the bunch. The authors keep the scenery changing, along with the type of perils Drakis must face. This keeps the pace brisk and the story interesting. Of course, being the first of a new series, many strings are left dangling for the second title to pick up. Readers need not fear of a cliffhanger ending. In my opinion, the story halts in a good spot. Yet I am eager to continue the journey to see what other surprises the authors have in store. A solid beginning to a new fantasy series. ****

Author: Cat Adams
Title - Blood Song (Blood Singer #1)

Bodyguard Celia Graves is an ordinary human, unlike her deceased sister, that protects those who can afford her from mortal and supernatural threats. In this modern world, everyone knows magic is just as real as technology. In fact, colleges teach about both. She is hired to protect Prince Rezza, heir to the throne of a small but politically vital nation, while he tours Los Angeles's least savory hot spots. It all goes wrong: Celia is attacked by a master vampire and feels herself die.

Celia wakes up to learn that she has become an Abomination. "Abomination" is the term used for the small group of persons who should have died or been turned, but instead survived with only partial physiological changes. The good news is that she still has her memories, except for the day and evening of the attack. She also seems to have no problems when it comes to the usual anti-vampire stuff. She can tolerate shady sunlight, has no trouble with running water, holy water, or crosses. In fact, Celia has gained superior eyesight, strength, speed, sense of smell, and faster healing. The sight or smell of blood makes her hungry; however, she is able to control (barely) it. But being bitten by a bat also seems to kick in any latent magical abilities that had not manifested in human form. Celia is about to learn some shocking surprises about her family history.

With the help of a small group of friends (including Bruno DeLuca [the man she loved in college], Detective Karl Gibson, and a sexy werewolf named Kevin Landingham), Celia must get her act together and figure things out - FAST! Because the master vampire that bit her is now hunting her, numerous enemies are trying to kill her, and a lesser demon is wandering around the metro area.

*** THREE STARS! This story is non-stop action and suspense. Celia spends most of the book jumping from one battle to the next. The rest is spent trying to piece together what is really going on. If it were not for the noticeable flaws, this book would have gotten the full five stars from me, instead of only three. The flaws start on the very first page. The small kingdom is called Ruslund and Rusland (and my copy of the book did NOT state it was an uncorrected proof). Now, after I have finished reading the book, I am still unsure as to which is the correct spelling. Then there is a gas line that is about to explode, even though it is outside and there is no heat source. Those are only a couple that I simply could not overlook. Even so, the plot is good. Strings are left dangling and the ending is left wide open, to continue in the next title. Had this book ended a few pages earlier, there would have been no cliffhanger ending. Instead, the story drops the equivalent of a stun grenade and then immediately comes to a screeching halt. Personally, cliffhangers are poor form. Yet I am still looking for the next title because I really like Celia Graves. I only hope the events are better researched and it does not end disappointingly. ***

Author: Morgan Howell
Title - A Woman Worth Ten Coppers
(The Shadowed Path #1)

Yim is the Chosen of the goddess Karm. She has been raised and trained for her destiny by an unloving Wise Woman. Her visions are vague and unpredictable. As the Chosen, Yim is to undo a great evil by bearing a child. The identity of the father is unknown. Yim knows only that she must be a virgin. Yim soon finds herself a captive and sold as a slave to Honus, a Sarf.

A Sarf is one of Karm's warriors. He is a highly trained killer, normally accompanied by a holy man called a Bearer. The role of a Sarf is to obey and protect his Bearer with his life. Unfortunately Honus's Bearer, Theodus, recently died. Having been told by Theodus to never carry his own pack, Yim is purchased to act as his mule. His fierce face is covered with dark tattoos. His entire back is covered with tiny runes which foretell his destiny. A Sarf never knows what is etched upon his back. Only Theodus has consulted Honus's runes and he could understand little. Since Honus is not allowed to know what is written, Yim keeps to herself the bit she sees and understands. Yet that bit speaks about her, by name, though the text had been written before her date of birth.

As Honus and Yim slowly travel to one of Karm's temples, they notice a dark evil spreading across the land. The priests of a violent and bloody good, known as the Devourer, are corrupting the hearts of humans. Led by Lord Bahl, who has the ability to inflame minds with uncontrollable anger, peaceful people are forsaking Karm and rising up to slaughter their friends and neighbors. During their trek, Yim learns that when Honus meditates, a part of him travels the Dark path, where he can view some of memories of those that have died in the area. Fearing the Sarf would deem her as unholy and kill her, Yim conceals her own abilities from Honus. But for how long can Yim keep her secrets from her intelligent and very observant master?

**** FOUR STARS! The author creates an educated young lady, quickly thrusts her into the hard and lowly role of a slave, and then slowly begins to transform her into something amazing. The story does not follow only one character, yet Yim and Honus are its main focus. I watched as minor characters grew into evil and powerful men by the story's end. These puppets of Lord Bahl will play larger roles in the second book of this trilogy. (Book two is titled Candle in the Storm.) Do not fear the frustrations of a cliffhanger ending. The author has chosen a very good stopping point. Filled with magic, suspense, dark battles, and larger-than-life characters on mystical quests, this story is sure to please. ****

Author: Morgan Howell
Title - Candle in the Storm
(The Shadowed Path #2)

The Sarf named Honus and his Bearer, Yim, continue their journey. Lord Bahl and the Devourer's minions are building a massive army. By corrupting the hearts of peaceful people and inflaming their minds to yearn for death and destruction, evil has quickly spread throughout the lands. Followers of the goddess Karm, such as Honus and Yim, are few. Most have abandoned Karm's holy ways and turned to the Devourer, a violent god who craves only death and Yim has unwittingly captured its attention.

Yim and Honus plan to meet up with General Cronin and his sister, Cara, in Averen. As they travel, they must deal with the many dangers tossed in their path. As their feelings for each other grow, they must struggle to keep from joining. Yim is the Chosen of Karm. She is to undo a great evil by bearing a child. Yim does not know the identity of the father, but she must be a virgin when she mates with him. Being the Chosen of Karm is not the slightest bit easy ... and it is about to become a hundred times worse.

**** FOUR STARS! This episode (for lack of a better word) is even darker than the previous. Conflict is everywhere and blood flows freely. Yim's visions are depressing and all hope is beginning to fade. The author springs a few surprises and even throws in an unexpected twist or two. Needless-to-say, I loved it. The action slowed down toward the middle, but the author filled it with mystical (and mythical) creatures and some rare moments of relaxation. The story main focus is on Yim this time. Though there is one more book in this trilogy, titled The Iron Palace, I believe this episode stops at a good place. I eagerly look forward to the final story. (BTW, if you have not begun reading this title as yet, no skimming the story to learn the name of Yim's mate. No peeking!) ****

Author: Yasmine Galenorn
Title - Night Myst (Indigo Court #1)

Eons ago, vampires tried to turn the dark Fae in order to harness their magic; however, they ended up creating an enemy more powerful than they could have ever imagined. They are the Vampiric Fae. They are the Indigo Court. Those of the Indigo Court not only drink deeply of the enemy's blood, but also from the souls of the victims as well. The Vampiric Fae cannot turn humans or most supernaturals, but their bite will enthrall, and that enthrall can last a lifetime. However, they can turn other Fae and the magic-born. For centuries they have been quietly building in strength. Now Myst, the Queen of the Indigo Court, is rising and a bloody war is about to begin.

Cicely Waters is magic-born. She is a witch who can control the wind. Every by her side when needed is her wind Elemental, Ulean. After learning that her family is in danger, she returns to New Forest, Washington. People Cicely had grown up with have been vanishing. Others have been brutally murdered. The entire city is held in fear by the Indigo Court. Even Grieve, the Fae prince who taught her how to harness the wind, has become enslaved by the Court. Had Cicely and Grieve not shared an intimate past, he would consider her as nothing but prey. Yet still, when it comes to her, Cicely can plainly see the constant battle begin fought within him to keep from tearing her into bloody parts. He has become a fierce and territorial lover, caught between two evils. Cicely must make sense of her own heritage and its secrets, survive all Myst throws at her, and find her missing friends - if they still live - while attempting to save New Forest and hopefully Grieve.

**** FOUR STARS! This is the first book in a new series by an author who has become well known in the Paranormal Romance genre. The suspense begins on the first page and continuously grows from there. The reader must meet and learn about many characters; therefore, long-time fans of Yasmine Galehorn's work will not feel a lot of satisfaction in this title. But keep in mind that the first title of every new series basically sets the foundation upon which all its future titles will build - and this book sets a very strong foundation indeed.

As an added bonus, tucked in the back of this novel, fans will find the list of music that Yasmine Galehorn listened to as she wrote. A short note from the author states that from here on she will note the musical play list she used while creating each story.

All-in-all, I found this to be a fascinating story with a well thought out plot and enticing characters. This book has such dark and deadly shadows that readers will forget to breathe. ****

Author: L.J. Newlin
Title - Dahlia, Signet of Prophecy (Dahlia Trilogy, #1)

The story opens with a fictional Introduction explaining that the events within this trilogy happened long ago. The Royal Historian, Caphar Mashal, has been given the task of pulling together all the various resources of information concerning Dahlia, Signet of Prophecy, and recording these monumental events in order and in as much detail as possible. The House of Kauchem used to rule the people of Q'rris. No matter how many heinous acts the High Priests of Pikros and the High Council committed, the prophecies written about within the original Holy Book of Telka came to pass.

The House of Kauchem now rules only over one distant island. The Q'rris Kingdom is now under the fair and loving rule of the House of Eusebeo. King Nagid is ill and nearing death. Young Prince Kleroo "Kley" sets out on the traditional hunt in which all royal heirs must complete before legally taking the throne. Prince Kley knows his father's life is almost at its end. He has come to accept this fact. However, he never could have dreamed that one of his sisters, Lady Qarah, would be so greedy as to betray her own family. Lady Qarah weds Prince Roqen of the House of Kauchem. It was hoped that the union would bring the two lands together and herald in a time of peace. Instead, Qarah and Roqen, with the help of powerful people within King Nagid's trusted circles, began scheming to kill all members of House Eusebeo.

Unfortunately for House Kauchem, Kley's journey leads him to meet his future wife, Yophiy. Yophiy has a few mystical gifts from their god. The Holy Book foretells that they will give birth to a girl. She would be born with many powerful abilities. This girl, the Signet of Prophecy, is said to someday become the strong commander of the greatest army ever known. She would lead them in battle and restore peace to the land. So when Princess Dahlia is born, Qarah, Roqen, and their allies begin their evil campaign to assassinate the Eusebeo family, put and end to the superstitious prophecy, and claim the throne.

**** FOUR STARS! Filled with scheming, power-hungry characters, this story simply oozes with drama. The characters of Qarah, Roqen, and a certain high priest are especially well done. Readers dearly love to hate evil villains and these are vile indeed. Yet on the flip side of this, I never came to actually care for anyone on team Eusebeo. Kley and Yophiy have little-to-no courtship time. To me, most of their time together felt too rushed. I felt as though several sections were missing. As with most large books, there are some typos; however, none were big enough to distract me from enjoying the tale.

This is the first of a trilogy. The story basically sets the foundation, develops the main plot, and helps familiarize the reader with the prophecy. In fact, the character of Dahlia has but a short role to play in this installment. This book stops in a good spot and it is obvious that Dahlia will be the main focus within the next episode. As I finished reading and closed the cover, I realized that I was eager to begin the next title. (Dahlia, the Quest for Q'rris. No release date known [by me] at the time of this review.) I want to witness Dahlia grow and make her own mistakes. I want to watch as Dahlia trains in self defense, hand-to-hand combat, weaponry, and leadership. But most of all, I can hardly wait to learn what her magical abilities are, how they develop, and how Dahlia will use them. Readers will find little romance, nor do I believe they will feel a sense of connection with any of the "good guys". Yet they will find the story to be entertaining and a very enjoyable way to spend an afternoon or two. ****

Author: Kelly McCullough
Title - SpellCrash (Ravirn #5)

Magic and twenty-first-century technology have merged. Ravirn is the umpteenth great-grandson of one of the three Fates. He is a talented sorcerer and THE computer hacker extraordinaire. Tisiphone, a Fury and his lover, has remained in the Norse MythOS. Ravirn and the rest of his small group have returned to the Greek MythOS to find a major power struggle happening. Ravirn of Raven House is the pantheon's newest and least responsible demigod. Becoming the Raven has amped the daylights out of all Ravirn's worst tendencies toward risk-taking and mischief-making. Ravirn the hacker and cracker is now also a trickster, whose mouth does not seem to know when to stay shut.

Necessity, the computer goddess, is broken. Shara, a former webgoblin, is basically plugged in and holding Necessity together for now. Lately, evidence shows there to be a code war happening within Necessity's mind. At least two other entities, besides Shara, are hacking and rewriting. Necessity will soon need to hand over her role as the Fate of the Gods. There are four candidates: Zeus, Hades, the Fates, and Eris. None of the four are good choices for the continued survival of team Raven.

Ravirn's former girlfriend and programmer specialist, Cerice, is no longer human. With the absence of Tisiphone, Necessity needed another Fury. Cerice is now living ice. Shara deputizes Ravirn and grants him a tiny part of a Fury's blood (Cerice's) so he may access any part of Necessity he may need. The entire multiverse is resting on Ravirn's divine hacking skills and god-level magic that he still does not fully understand or know how to use. This WebMage, who is something like the ultimate biological malware, has become the fulcrum on which the future pivots. Ravirn is not positive of how he will accomplish this massive task. One thing is for sure. It is going to take some serious malice aforethought.

***** FIVE STARS! Ravirn and his webgoblin familiar, Melchior, return for the fifth novel in the WebMage series. This may very well be the final book. The author can either stop it here or continue in the Norse MythOS. From the first sentence to the last, this story is non-stop. All the major Greek gods and goddess have come out to play and the members of team Raven barely have the time to bandage their wounds from the last fight, much less recover, before the next fight begins.

Author Kelly McCullough seems to get better with every story he publishes. Though his knowledge of mythology is extensive, the author writes in such a way that all readers will easily understand. Though the plot is intense and the story flows at a fast pace, it never feels overwhelming. The writing style comes across as both simple and elegant. And even though Ravirn has the title in this series, McCullough is the true demigod of Web Magic. Brilliant! *****

Author: Lori Devoti
Title - Amazon Ink (Amazon #1)

Ten years ago Melanippe "Mel" Saka left her Amazon tribe, determined to create a normal life among humans for her daughter, Harmony. Though her warrior mother and priestess grandmother did not officially leave the tribe, they did go with Mel. The small group lives in an old high school in Madison, Wisconsin. Upstairs is their living section. Downstairs Mel runs a tattoo parlor. Harmony has no idea that any of them are Amazons and Mel believes she has succeeded with blending in with normal humans.

It seems as though someone knows the truth about Mel and her family though. Someone is killing young Amazon girls, slicing off their magical tattoos, and depositing the bodies on Mel's front doorstep. Mel wants nothing to do with her old Amazon tribe and they want nothing to do with the tribe's only exile. However, Mel has to warn the tribe that someone is killing their girls. Of course, the tribe suspects Mel and wants her dead. The only way to prove her innocence is to let part of the tribe, including Zery, the Amazon queen and Mel's former best friend, move into the gym building as they investigate.

Mel also has to deal with Milwaukee Detective Alan Reynolds who believes Mel is either guilty or knows who is. Mel cannot tell him everything she knows because it would expose the Amazons to the humans. Mel also has to deal with her new (and only male) employee, Peter Arpada, who seems to have secrets of his own. If Mel wants to live through all this, and keep Harmony from becoming a target, she is going to have embrace her powers and accept that even in exile she is still an Amazon.

***** FIVE STARS! This story is full of surprises and quite a few twists as well. I had no time to get too comfortable before something happened to throw me for a loop. I can hardly wait for the second release in what appears to be a new series. Lori Devoti's writing talent spins a web of magic around the reader. And with a story like this one, I hope never to get free. Outstanding! *****

Author: Lori Devoti
Title - Amazon Queen (Amazon #2)

Zery Kostovska has been queen of her Amazon tribe for sixty years. During this time she has never questioned the traditions or any ruling given to her by the high council. They have kept the tribe strong and allowed them to live undetected for millennia. Zery loves her tribe more than anything else and has always put the needs of it before all. But recently the Amazons have discovered that the abandoned sons have organized. These males have the same skills as their female counterparts. Even Zery understands that the tribe must change.

For the first time, the high council has split. Some want to cooperate with the sons. Others believe that the Amazons should revert to the old ways and begin killing or maiming male babies at birth. Zery's new high priestess is keeping lethal secrets, using forbidden technology, and beginning to threaten Zery's rule. Zery has always believed that she would die for her tribe if need be. Now, she just might have to.

***** FIVE STARS! Written in the First Person, the story comes from the queen's view. Some major characters from the first title, Amazon Ink (which is from Mel's view), play vital roles in this episode; however, readers get to actually dive into the Amazon tribe this time around and see how they operate. Modern day realism and ancient mythology clash, yet somehow manages to come across as believable, enticing, and filled with kick-butt action. Brilliant! *****

Author: Chris Wraight
Title - Iron Company (Warhammer, an Empire Army novel)

Engineers create the most experimental weapons in the Empire. It is a dirty business and unpredictable. Engineer Magnus Ironblood thought those days were behind him. Even in the slum streets of Hergig, it was only a matter of time before someone learned that an Ironblood was in their midst. All too soon his drinking is interrupted. Magnus accepts a commission from Count Ludenhof of Hochland, Elector of the Empire. Magnus is to command the heavy iron section of the force. Including himself, three are five people in his engineer company. One is a well known friend; one is a dwarf who volunteered for reasons of his own; two are hired on.

They are sent as part of the second Imperial force tasked to bring to heel secessionist forces based within a citadel, high up in the mountains. (The first Imperial group sent simply disappeared. Their fate is unknown.) The citadel was built to withstand a siege. It will be hard to reach, and even harder to storm. The Imperial army finds itself outgunned. But Magnus quickly learns that he has even worse problems. One of his hired men is attempting to undermine Magnus's leadership and an old nemesis is among the enemy's ranks. For Magnus, things are about to get personal.

**** FOUR STARS! From what I can tell, each book of this series is a stand-alone tale with its own cast of characters and plot. This particular title shows the battle from the view point of an engineer. Seldom are Warhammer stories about human (manling) engineers. Most of the Warhammer engineer tales involve the dwarfs, the undisputed masters of warcraft machines and gadgets. Occasionally there are cameos from characters of other Warhammer series (ahem, Snorri), and along with the Hochland setting, the story receives a bit more credibility. An interesting and engaging story, seasoned with Wraight's subtle flavor. Terrific! ****

Author: Erin Kellison
Title - Shadow Bound (Shadow #1)

Talia O'Brien is twenty-six and has a PhD in anthropology. Her mother died at birth. She was raised by an aunt, also deceased. The description sounds as if she were a normal person. However, in a near-fatal car accident ten years ago, Talia came face-to-face with her biological father, Shadowman. He goes by many names. Death and Grim Reaper are used by most. He is wrapped in shadow, wields a massive scythe, and is feared by all - including Talia.

Adam Thorne founded the Segue Institute six years ago. In a concrete hole, beneath the institute, Adam keeps his brother, Jacob, in a cell. The institute exists for the express purpose of discovering how to kill a wraith. These anthropomorphic monsters are "deathless" and regenerate by sucking out the souls of humans. Jacob has become such a creature. Lead by a demon, the wraiths are organizing and call themselves The Collective. Adam has read Talia's dissertation and needs her on his staff. But locating her is difficult. Talia is being hunted by The Collective and is in hiding. The wraiths want Talia alive, though no one can figure out why. Once Adam has Talia, he must convince her that humanity is at the brink of destruction. Without her, life as we know it is over.

The situation is simple. She is the daughter of Death, able to use the shadows as a chameleon blends into its surroundings. She is destined to live apart from others and die in a war she did not understand. As horrible as the wraiths are, they are not Talia's greatest fear. That is reserved for what happens whenever she screams in fright. Death, the dark thing with red eyes inside the black wind of her scream, comes.

***** FIVE STARS! In all my years as a book reviewer, twice I have stated that a debut author would someday become well known and multiple best sellers in their futures. The first was John Grisham in the Legal Thriller genre. Years later, the second was Jacquie D'Alessandro in the Historical Romance genre. Now, again after several years, I have found a third, Erin Kellison in the Paranormal Romantic Suspense genre.

The shadows lurking within these pages are alive with horrible dangers that will keep readers quickly turning the pages until the very end. Well developed characters, a touch of romance, and overflowing with suspense, this story is unforgettable. But no matter how deeply engrossed you become, don't forget to breathe. *****

Author: Gayle Ann Williams
Title - Tsunami Blue

They call her Tsunami Blue. Nineteen years ago, as a little girl, she ran on a Thailand beach screaming, "Tsunami" over and over, alerting, warning, prompting people to run for their lives. On that fateful day, the sea had told her it was coming. The series of monster tsunamis devastated the world.

It is the year 2023. The US has been reduced to a series of islands. Blue had been raised by Uncle Seamus on an island near Washington State. That is, until Runners murdered Uncle Seamus. Cut off from all society, Blue broadcasts on the airwaves nightly, telling anyone listening whether the night would be calm or if they should run to high ground. But her message eventually reaches the wrong ears. Now she is the target of Runners, ruthless pirates who want to use her ability of talking to the ocean for their own personal gain. Her only hope of survival is with a near dead stranger who has washed up on her beach. Soon after saving Gabriel Black's life, Blue begins to wish she had left him for dead. Gabriel might just be working for the Runners himself.

***** FIVE STARS! An adventurous, water-logged tale of survival and romance in a chaotic future. This story is heavily flavored with the salty tang of what could happen to the world should Mother Nature decide to turn her wrath upon humanity. Filled with intense characters, this tale caught my attention very quickly and set the fast pace that would sweep me through one dangerous moment to the next. Sublime! *****

Author: Gail Z. Martin
Title - The Summoner
(Book 1, Chronicles of the Necromancer)

Prince Martris "Tris" Drayke of Margolan learns what hell really is when his brother, Jared, murders their entire family and seizes the throne. Tris barely escapes and flees with a handful of loyal colleagues. The shock triggers the awakening of memories that his grandmother, the legendary sorceress Bava K'aa, had sealed closed from his conscious mind. Tris has always been able to see and communicate with the ghosts of Margolan year round, even though others could only see them during the annual Feast of the Departed. However, Tris has no idea of the years Bava K'aa had spent training him on the use of his power; power he had no idea he could wield.

Jared's new ruling over Margolan is mainly through fear. To increase his land and power, he is forcing Princess Kiara Sharsequin of Isencroft to wed him. With the years of ruined crops and her father under some sort of wasting spell, Kiara fears she may not be able to stall the ceremony for much longer. After creating one last excuse, Kiara goes upon a Journey by the Sisterhood in hopes of finding a way to cure her father and save her people.

Foor Arontala, a Fireclan mage, is Jared's chief advisor and dark sorcerer. He may be helping Jared claim the throne, but Arontala has his own evil agenda. During the Mage Wars, the Obsidian King's soul had been banished into a Soulcatcher orb by Bava K'aa, due to the major threat he caused to Margolan and the Winter Kingdoms. Arontala intends to release the Obsidian King's soul from the Soulcatcher. But there is more to fear about Arontala than simply the fact that he is a powerful mage, much more.

Tris and his small group trek for a hidden place that may have the vital knowledge he seeks to help him understand and control his newly awakened power. As the group travels for a place that may not even exist, Tris must learn to call on a different set of allies: the ranks of the dead.

***** This is a THICK book, but I never grew bored, not once. Hand-to-hand combat, necromancy, goddesses, good and bad spirits, magical combat, betrayal... I cannot begin to describe all the different elements that the author, Gail Z. Martin, has spun together to create this outstanding tapestry. The book ends in, what I believe to be, the perfect place. When I finished reading the last page and closed the book, I sat for several minutes just thinking it all. I am in awe of this author's talents and have to wonder if she may be a sorceress herself. In a word, "PERFECT!" *****

Author: Gail Z. Martin
Title - The Blood King (Necromancer Chronicles, #2)

Margolan, so prosperous and peaceful under King Bricen's rule, has been reduced to starvation in less than a year. Everyone knows of the usurpation of the crown of Margolan by "Jared the Tyrant". He and his fire mage, Foor Arontala, have also broken the truce with the Blood Council and are hunting down all vayash moru (vampires). Things are going from bad to worse as the night of the Hawthorn Moon approaches. On that night, half a year from now, Jared and Arontala plan to feed all the souls captured in the Soulcatcher orb to the Obsidian King. Once accomplished, the Obsidian King will have the power needed to break free of the prison, which the Summoner named Bava K'aa had thrown him into, and evil will claim the entire Winter Kingdom.

He is Prince Martris "Tris" Drayke, son of Bricen of Margolan, Summoner and mage-heir of Bava K'aa. However, anyone looking at him would never imagine that he was more than a simple peasant enduring hard times, just like everyone else. The Sisterhood grudgingly agree to train Tris for his upcoming battles, but there is no guarantee that he will survive the training. Arontala is not only a strong fire mage, but is using blood magic (via sacrifices) to increase his power. Arontala will also draw power from the Obsidian King once he is freed.

Tris may very well be the strongest Summoner since Bava K'aa, but it is still going to be a royal battle indeed.

***** I thought this was going to be a trilogy or series, but the author may very well stop the adventure right here. The two books together are absolutely perfect. However, if she so chooses, Gail Z. Martin may continue the tale in another part of the kingdom. She could use the same characters or some of the secondary characters or even have completely new ones. I eagerly await this author's next title to see if the Winter Kingdom's story continues or not. As for the story itself, The Summoner and The Blood King may very well be the best fantasy story I have had the pleasure of reading in quite awhile. I do not doubt that the author, Gail Martin, will become a huge success in her chosen field. I foresee awards in her future and a large group (gaggle?) of fans, of which I now rank among. *****

Author: Gail Z. Martin
Title - Dark Haven (#3 Chronicles of the Necromancer)

The war is not over yet. It has only changed form. King Martris (Tris) Drayke will have to go to war against Lord Curane soon. There are vayash moru (vampire) in Margolan who intent to go with him. That will strain the Truce or break it completely. The Flow is unstable, and getting worse. When it is out of balance, the Flow's power favors blood magic, and light magic becomes harder to control. That bodes badly for Tris because his abilities as a Summoner are light magic. The Winter Kingdoms have not recovered from the fight to bring down Jared the Usurper. Tris is beyond exhausted, having to cleanse the palace, Shekerishet, of the spirits Jared's rule violated. Shekerishet must be cleansed before Tris weds Princess Kiara and she lives within it.

Jonmarc Vahanian is the new Lord of Dark Haven. By the Dark Lady's orders a mortal must rule Dark Haven to protect the vayash moru from believing themselves too superior. When Jonmarc appears before the Blood Council as lord for the first time Lord Uri, one of the five members of the Council, violates sanctuary and breaks Council law. Then Uri declares both the truce and the Council to be dissolute. Jonmarc must somehow earn the trust of the vayash moru. Uri does not seem to realize that by going rogue, he has given Malesh, his second, the opportunity he has been waiting for.

Lord Curane employs dark mages and may be forming an alliance with Trevath, Margolan's southern neighbor. Lord Curane also has Jared's newborn son hidden away. Should Tris and Kiara not soon produce an heir or should the unborn heir be destroyed, Curane will have it all.

***** The third installment follows all the previous main characters. Jonmarc's is the most interesting this time around, in my opinion. The story has a major cliff hanger ending. More than one loose thread is left dangling, be warned. If you do not like loose ends, buy each title as it is released and hold them until the series comes to a close. This saga is far too good to simply let it pass by unread. It is full of drama, magic, and amazing battles. I gladly lost a lot of sleep just so I could read "just a few pages more." Brilliant! *****

Author: Gail Z. Martin
Title - Dark Lady's Chosen
(Chronicles of the Necromancer #4)

King Martis "Tris" Drayke has wed Princess Kiara, daughter of King Donelan and successor to the throne of Isencroft. The marriage joins the crowns of Isencroft and Margolan until heirs can be born to place the kingdoms under separate rule once more. Now Queen Kiara is pregnant. Succession is assured. The time has come for Tris and his army to lay siege to Lord Curane's stronghold. The great energy river called the Flow is unstable, making it much more difficult for Tris and his mages to counter Curane's blood magic. The siege is going badly. Winter storms are fierce, food is scarce, and plague has broken out.

As Tris fights in the south, Kiara is in danger. A traitor hides within Shekerishet and several assassination attempts have been made against Kiara. Corruption within the Council of Nobles has cast suspicions on old friends, such as Master Bard Riordan Carroway, who now waits for his death.

Cam of Cairnrach, King Donelan's Champion, has been taken hostage to force Donelan into war. Cam has discovered the identity of the traitor whose actions betray both King Donelan and King Drayke (Tris). However, it looks as though Cam will die before he can send warning.

In Dark Haven, Lord Jonmarc Vahanian must deal with chaos caused by Malesh of Tremont. Malesh tried to change Lady Carina into one of the vayash moru (vampire). But her healer magic battled the Dark Gift, leaving Carina between - not alive, but not undead either. Now Malesh is leading rogue vayash moru and slaughtering entire villages of mortals. Unless Jonmarc can quickly stop Malesh's group, the future of the entire Winter Kingdoms will be full of blood.

***** FIVE STARS! Gail Z. Martin brings together all the places and characters from the previous stories and escalates this fantastic drama to new heights. The author helps refresh readers' memories by giving a few summary pages at the beginning of the book. As with the previous titles, this story overflows with suspense, intrigue, betrayals, and court dramas. Every time I pick up a novel by Gail Z. Martin, she takes my breath away! *****

Author: Gail Dayton
Title - New Blood (Blood Sorceress #1)

Yvaine of Braedun burned in 1642. Before her death the witch put her blood sorceress knowledge deep within her blood servant, Jax, and sent him to locate her successor. Jax searched for well over a century.

Miss Amanusa Whitcomb is a healer who wants justice for her murdered family. Upon Jax locating her, Amanusa uses her newfound blood magic to extract justice for the innocent blood. Amanusa and Jax flee Austria with their enemies in pursuit. They travel to France where the magician conclave is being held in emergency session. The main topic is how to stop the dead zones from spreading. The arrival of the first blood sorceress in over two hundred years sets the conclave on its ear.

The dead zones are areas where all magic has died. Once magic dies, so too does earth, wildlife, and people. Only strange metallic beings composed of anti-magic reside in the dead zones. Amanusa and Jax grow emotionally closer as they aid their fellow magicians in battling the ever expanding zones. At the same time, they must deal with the enemies due to show up and with some prejudiced magicians.

**** This story has a Regency era setting but magic seems to be commonplace. Blood magic is not dark magic. It is actually the most innocent, truthful, and powerful of the four great magics. Passion may be used for blood magic as well, so readers will find a couple of steamy sections later in the story. However, the art of crafting magic is always the main focus of the story. An interesting mix of history, romance and fantasy, I found this story to be superb! ****

Author: Ed Greenwood
Title - Dark Lord (Falconfar #1)

Rod Everlar is an author best known for his work in the Falconfar series. It is a fantasy-thriller series about the kingdom of Falconfar and its inhabitants. Rod's main focus has been on the winged female warriors, the Aumrarr. However, since the game designers at Holdoncorp got hold of it there have been many evil additions to the fantasy world. Rod hates what Holdoncorp has done to the kingdom. Then the fateful night comes in which Rod dreams of an Aumrarr in combat - and losing. When her wings are hacked off the evil beings leave her to the slow task of dying. This is when she, Taeauna (Tay-awna), meets Rod's eyes with her own.

Rod jerks awake to find the dying Taeauna before him. Rod is what those in Falconfar consider to be only a myth. Rod is a Shaper, the Fourth Doom. The first, second, and third "Dooms" are evil wizards. Each of these wizards seeks to gather the most powerful spells and enchanted items from the ruined castles of long-fallen mages and kings, and so rise to rule all of Falconfar. But Rod's dreams transform things no wizard can. Many things, all at once, large and small. His blood can heal, even those who have very recently died. Taeauna's problem is getting Rod to believe it all. Together the pair must figure out the powers at Rod's command and how to make them work. In the meantime, Taeauna has the extra duties of keeping Rod alive and others from realizing that Rod is THE Arch Mage.

**** From the first paragraph to the last, this book is one long series of battles. The entire story kept me on the edge of my seat, eager to see what would happen next. My only, and biggest, disgust with the book is that it ends with a major cliffhanger. There is no closure and readers must wait until the second book, titled ARCH MAGE! (with the pushed back publishing date of February 2009), is released to even see how the battle scene continues. It stops in the middle of a battle! If you hate this type of ending, you may want to wait until the entire saga is in print before you begin reading. (Be sure to buy each as they are released though. Just in case the earlier books sell out.) Author Ed Greenwood has a long and award winning future before him. But unless he chooses better stopping points, he may lose many potential fans. ****

Author: Ed Greenwood
Title - Arch Wizard (Falconfar #2)

Rod Everlar, successful author of fantasy novels, never knew the fantasy world of Falconfar was real until the night Taeauna fell out of his dreams. Taeauna is one of the few Aumrarr left. They are a race of winged warrior women that once numbered in the hundreds or thousands. Taeauna had lost her wings in battle just prior to meeting Rod. The fantasy writer now dwells in Falconfar. He wants nothing to do with magic, though all call him a wizard. All Rod wants is to rescue Taeauna who was kidnapped by the wizard calling himself Malraun the Matchless.

Malraun has bespelled Taeauna's mind. She is now his bodyguard and minion. Malraun and Narmakoun scheme to kill each other and rule Falconfar. Soon Raurklor, hold of Ironthorn, will become the most important battleground of all.

Narmakoun, Doom of Galath, is a ruthless and manipulative wizard. With his dead female minions and the greatfangs he breeds, Narmakoun seeks the magic of Lorontar, the true Archwizard of Falconfar. Most believe Lorontar to be long dead. Narmakoun believes otherwise.

**** The first few pages tell "The Story Thus Far". This will refresh readers' minds of the events from the previous book (Dark Lord) and picks up where the cliff hanger ending left off. There is no single character the story follows. The cast of characters is large. (Named characters are listed in the back of the book with references as to their role in the saga.) I found the story to be wonderful, as all books I have ever read from this author are. Lots of scheming people, magic, and another cliff hanger ending (of course). Well worth your time and money; however, I suggest waiting until the third Falconfar title is released before beginning to read them. That way the ending of each will not be so disappointing. All-in-all, a brilliant saga! ****

Author: Ed Greenwood
Title - Falconfar (Falconfar #3)

The evil wizards Malraun and Narmarkoun seem to finally be defeated. The wingless Aumrarr, Taeauna, once a captive of Malraun's, now leads a small group of men in hopes of rescuing Rod Everlar and saving the land of Falconfar which is on the brink of civil war.

Rod Everlar, the science fiction writer who now dwells within Falconfar, is considered to be a bumbling wizard. Though he knows absolutely nothing about the intricacies of spell casting, Rod must quickly learn if he is to have any hope of defeating Lorontar, the first Archwizard.

*** THREE STARS! If you do not recall what happened in the first two books (Dark Lord and Arch Wizard) it is okay. The first several pages give a summary of all previous events. If you have NOT read them, you will be utterly lost. (Even after reading the summary.) There is more scene shifting this time around, which gets annoying very quickly, but soon the groups of characters start coming together and it is not too bad.

Most of the story is set within Falconfar; however, it sometimes bleeds over into our world, Earth. I believe those parts to be a wonderful touch by the author. Though this story is interesting, I never felt compelled to keep reading to see what would happen next. It is a good tale, but I know the author can do better. ***

Author: Jenna Black
Title - The Devil Inside
(Exorcist Morgan Kinsley #1)

Many people volunteer to be human hosts for demons. With a demon in control of their bodies, they are able to do heroic things. Morgan Kingsley believes the very idea of someone else controlling her every action to be SICK! She would never agree to host a demon! Her parents are part of the Spirit Society "SS" and actually help convince humans to host. Her parents were never more proud than when their son, Andrew, became host to the demon named Raphael. Morgan, who loved Andrew more than life, now avoids him. To Morgan, Andrew is dead. He is now a back seat driver, unable to do anything for the rest of his life except watch and listen as Raphael uses his body.

Hating demons so much, Morgan grew up to become an exorcist. An exorcist is called in whenever a demonic crime is committed to remove the demon from its host. Problem is that some of the hosts are fine after an exorcism and some of the hosts are empty shells that require care for the rest of their lives. No one knows why.

After performing a routine exorcism on an unwillingly possessed child, Morgan begins sleep walking. Recently Morgan has been finding notes written to herself while asleep. The notes claim that she is an unwilling host and has one of the most powerful among demons within without her knowledge. Morgan believes it a lie made up from her nightmares. But Morgan soon has cause to wonder and turns to Adam White, head of the Special Forces division dealing with rogue demons. Since Adam is a demon, Morgan is not thrilled having to go to him for help, but Adam owes her a big favor. Morgan learns that the demon within her is named Lugh. Morgan's aura somehow overwhelms the demon's. Lugh is not within Morgan by choice either. Turns out Lugh is not only one of the most powerful demons, but a high ranking one as well. Those who trapped Lugh within Morgan finds out she is aware of her hitchhiker and now it seems that everyone in the world is trying to kill her!

***** An outstanding beginning to a new super natural series! The book starts out with action and only gets faster. I never noticed the story to slow down at all. The plot slowly unfolds to reveal that more is going on than anyone can possibly guess. I sincerely believe the author to have a major winner on her hands with Morgan Kingsley. *****

Author: Jenna Black
Title - The Devil You Know
(Exorcist Morgan Kingsley #2)

Demons exists among us. They reside in willing (mostly) hosts. The human part of the body is almost, if not completely, overshadowed by the demon. Some people, such as the members of the Spirit Society, worship them. They begin grooming their kids early so they will agree to let a demon possess them. Other people, such as Morgan Kingsley, refuse. Morgan is an exorcist by trade. Against her will, and unknowing by her, Morgan was possessed by the Lugh, the King of the Demon Realm. Lugh did not possess the exorcist willingly either. The event was forced upon both of them. Morgan's aura is stronger than her possessor. Anyone examining her aura sees nothing of the demon within. Lugh and Morgan are slowly coming to grips with each other. Lugh cannot take over Morgan while she is awake, but can when she is asleep. They communicate within Morgan's dreams, where Lugh tries his best to seduce the lovely human even while telling her what demon will most likely try to kill her next.

The Demon civil war is about to escalate. One of Lugh's brothers is trying to kill him (Dougal). The other demon brother is an enigma (Raphael). Morgan is a key player in the whole mess. Her brother, Andrew "Andy", comes out of his state of catatonia (beginning of book so it is not a spoiler), but refuses to tell Morgan the secrets that his previous demon possessor, Dougal, let him be aware of. Chances are still great that Dougal will permanently silence Andy anyway.

Brian, Morgan's ex-boyfriend and a lawyer, is not ready to give up on Morgan. He is determined to win her back. He has no idea about Lugh though. Even worse, Morgan learns she is a hybrid. Her mother never told Morgan that the man who helped raise her is not her biological father. Yet it explains why Morgan's parents never cared for her nearly as much as they did Andy. As Morgan digs into her past and researches her biological father, the information which turns up goes from bad to worse.

**** This time Morgan has the demon equivalent of a rogue sociopath after her. Well, the demon is after Lugh, but does not know that Lugh is still within Morgan. Andy and Brian play a larger role in this episode as well. I found myself liking Brian, where before I was not too sure how to feel about the man. There is an erotic part or two, but they are brief. (Lugh's doing, of course.)

The author, Jenna Black, fleshes out the back ground of the main characters for readers and tosses in an unexpected twist or two for good measure. This is not fast paced, but flows along at a very steady rate. You do not have to read the first book to understand what is going on; however, if you do not you may not understand some references. Jenna Black is carving a well deserved reputation in the paranormal field. Fabulous! ****

Author: Jenna Black
Title - The Devil's Due
(Exorcist Morgan Kingsley #3)

Morgan Kingsley, exorcist, does not want much. She only wants to control her own life. To make her own decisions and worry about no one except herself. And maybe, just maybe, have a romantic relationship with someone. Until recently that someone was Brian. But it looks as though none of it is possible. Lugh, the king of demons, dwells within Morgan. This was not done willingly by Morgan or Lugh, but the two are learning to deal with each other. That is, until Brian helped Lugh kill her father. Morgan is prickly by nature, but now she is royally pissed!

Morgan must try to put all that aside for at least a little while. (Morgan is an expert at procrastination.) Right now she needs to investigate the bizarre possession of twenty-one-year-old Tommy, the son of a wealthy Philadelphia couple. It becomes obvious that Tommy had been singled out by demons by age three, but managed to disappear from the demonic radar while in foster care. Morgan's investigation, with the help of an ally or two, soon proves that things are worse than anyone could have possibly imagined. The bad demons are trying to breed the perfect human hosts - and they are succeeding.

**** This is the third in the series, but not the last. A secondary character is introduced, a reporter, who is not all she seems to be. Her role is minor and I am sure she will turn up again in the next installment or two. This time around there is not as much danger but two things are accomplished. First there is the investigation of Tommy and the breeding project. Second is that Lugh has decided to form his new circle of advisors.

The author did an excellent job of refreshing readers' memories within the first few pages (or getting new readers up to date). Very smoothly done. None of it sounds forced, stiff, or boring. If you have not read the first two books, I highly suggest you do so. This series is best read in order. The backgrounds of the main characters are developed a bit more in this story. The secondary characters have important roles too and all of it will continue in the next installment. All-in-all, this is a pretty good adventure, giving new twists for readers to discover and solidifying the foundation even more for future books. ****

Author: Jenna Black
Title - Speak of the Devil
(Exorcist Morgan Kingsley #4)

America's most powerful and successful exorcist, Morgan Kingsley, is being sued by a wealthy family for an exorcism that seems to have gone wrong. Most everything Morgan owned went up in a fire recently and even though it has been proven Morgan was not the cause, her insurance was in no hurry to pay up so she could get on with her complicated life. Adding insult to injury, the U.S. Exorcism Board has suspended her. Therefore, Morgan cannot even earn money to buy groceries.

Fortunately, Morgan does have a few good allies. Adam White, the Director of Special Forces (responsible for demon-related crimes) is one. When Morgan gets a severed hand in the mail, Adam realizes that someone wants to destroy Morgan and possibly all those she cares for. Brian, her boyfriend, is tired of Morgan keeping secrets from him with the old excuses of trying to protect him from the darker parts of her life. Brian already knows that Morgan is the host of Lugh, the king of the demons. There is very little he does not already know. But until Morgan can allow herself to full open up and trust him in all things, Brian has had enough.

As her stalker's violence escalates, Morgan must turn to Lugh, her small group of demon allies, and one unexpected nosey individual.

**** FOUR STARS! The author takes a temporary side-step for this episode. Considering how many enemies an exorcist must make, it is not surprising to me that at least one would want revenge of some sort. No headway is made in the Dougal vs Lugh saga, but I still found myself intrigued as Morgan searched for answers to what was going on in the darker parts of her personal life. Readers be warned, there is a bit of S&M, but not nearly as intense as in the previous titles. Jenna Black's writing is second to none! ****

Author: Jenna Black
Title - The Devil's Playground (Morgan Kingsley #5)

Morgan Kingsley is the best and strongest known exorcist around. Within her dwells Lugh, the demon king that is attempting to stop his brother, Dougal, from stealing the demon throne and turning the Mortal Plain into a playground for demons. Though Morgan used to believe all demons were bad and any human that voluntarily allowed himself to be possessed by one was insane, Morgan now realizes her bigotry of demons blinded her to how much they actually help mankind.

By Morgan's side is Brian, her lawyer boyfriend who is going through bouts of jealousy over Lugh. Why? Because Lugh is always present, even though Morgan is the one in control of her body when awake. Morgan and Brian are never alone, even when intimate. It does not help that Lugh is incredibly sexy and tries his best to seduce Morgan in dreamland. Also on Morgan and Lugh's side are the members of Lugh's royal council on the Mortal Plain. Since Lugh fights for humans and demons, not all of his royal council members are demon.

When Shae, the opportunistic owner of The Seven Deadlies demon club, informs Morgan that a sudden large influx of demons (in the bodies of unwilling humans) have been showing up recently, there is little doubt that Dougal is behind it. The time has finally come for Lugh and Dougal to come face-to-face.

***** FIVE STARS! This fifth installment of the series is finally on the store shelves, but will disappear rapidly as readers sprint to grab themselves a copy. With action, danger, and suspense an ever-constant presence, the pulse rate of readers will pound double-time as events escalate to the book's climatic ending. And believe me when I say this book has a very dramatic ending. Wow! Unforgettable and in-freaking-credible! *****

Author: Stacia Kane
Title - Personal Demons (Megan Chase #1)

Dr. Megan Chase is a counseling psychologist and has a new radio call-in show. Though Megan hates the show's motto, her boss insists Megan begin each call by stating that she will slay their personal demons. But her clients are not the only ones that seem to believe the motto, so do the personal demons. Although Megan does not know it at first, she is the only human without a personal demon on her shoulder, whispering in her ear. This fact, coupled with her being psychic, makes her the target of an army of tiny personal demons and of a soul-sucker known as The Accuser.

Enter the fire demon called Greyson "Grey" Dante. He represents a demon family that want to use Megan as a way to gain more power. Grey becomes her most powerful ally against the creatures, including zombies and vampires, out to kill her. Grey has three demon bodyguards (named Malleus, Maleficarum, and Spud) constantly at her side, as well as a witch named Tera teaching her how to focus her psychic abilities. To top it all off, Megan's boss has a tabloid reporter, Brian Stone, writing an article about "Dr. Demon Slayer", who has been digging into Megan's past and finding things she does not want to talk about.

***** I found this story to have a unique twist on the over done subjects of demons and psychics. If there are other stories out there like this one, I've never read it. A fanciful walk on the creepy and dark side that will keep you up reading long into the night. A great beginning to a new series. *****

Author: Stacia Kane
Title - Demon Inside (Megan Chase #2)

Three months have passed since Megan Chase found out the world is filled with demons. In fact, Megan is the only human in the world without her own little personal demon sitting on her shoulder. Now Megan is the Gretneg (leader) of House Io Adflicta. It is her responsibility to care for all the demons of her House. Megan refuses to be as cruel as the previous leader, but the demons of her House are not grateful. They actually need for their leader to be cruel to them and administer harsh punishments. Megan is still trying to deal with all that has happened, as well as with the dark cravings within her that are getting stronger.

Recently all the Houses have lost at least one demon. The demons are literally exploding! Megan's demon lover, Greyson Dante, seems to have an inkling as to whom is responsible, but he is being strangely evasive. When Megan travels to Grant Falls, her childhood town, for the reading of her father's will, the powerful demon responsible for causing demons to explode follows her. Megan has been estranged from her family since she was a teenager. Returning temporarily to Grant Falls proves to Megan that, if anything, the members of her human family are even more selfish, stuck-up, and conceited than ever. It is here that Megan will learn the truth about her past. Megan will find out the names of those responsible for her association with demons and the reasons why.

Megan can no longer hide from the responsibilities toward those in her demonic family. Her past is finally going to be revealed. Only by embracing who and what she has become can Megan finally face her future. But first, she must survive the present.

***** FIVE STARS! If you have not read the previous title, Personal Demons, then you may find yourself lost a few times. I highly suggest you purchase and read it before beginning this title. Once you begin, you will find out that the cost of both books were well worth the money. As with Personal Demons, I could not stop reading this story. Luckily I was on vacation from work, so I could stay up all night devouring the words. The story opens with Megan rushing inside of a stranger's home to help one of her demons. What she finds is the results of the demon exploding. This set the tone for the entire book. Danger, unique situations, apathy, and steamy romance abound on every page. Unlike many stories, this one never slowed down in the middle. There is something exciting happening at all times. I ended up reading this book, cover-to-cover, in one night. Stacia Kane has become one of my favorite authors. Outstanding! *****

Author: Stacia Kane
Title - Demon Possessed (Megan Chase #3)

Megan Chase is not only a psychologist, but a psychic and the leader of a demon family. She has gotten used to dealing with paranormal things. After all, her best friend is a witch and she has a steamy demon lover, Greyson Dante. Megan and Greyson must attend a meeting of demon leaders. A week at a luxury hotel means they can spend some quality time with each other too. The downside is that the demon community will strongly suggest that Megan undergo the rite that will complete her transformation into a full demon.

Giving up her humanity is not something Megan wants to do. Not now and very possibly not ever. It would also mean that she would have to give up her psychology practice, as well as her radio show. But unless she does the rite, Megan will lose Greyson. If that is not bad enough, an FBI agent is snooping around. She wants to know what the meeting is about. To heighten the danger and confusion, a minister is holding weekend exorcisms just down the road. The reverend is more dangerous than anyone could possibly imagine. And just WHO is trying to kill Megan?

*** THREE STARS! Though fast paced and full of action, there are no real twists or surprises this time around. However, more details are revealed about Greyson and demon traditions in general. The major threat to everyone is exciting toward the end. Those who are keeping up with the series cannot afford to skip this one. The new details and Megan's changes, in various ways, are vital parts to the future titles. Author Stacia Kane writes with such ardor and distinction that it is no wonder to me as to why this series is so successful. ***

Author: Tim Akers
Title - Heart of Veridon (Veridon Trilogy#1)

Jacob Burn is the fallen son of a noble founding family within the ancient city of Veridon. Where once he brushed shoulders with the elite social classes, now he mingles with the criminals. Jacob was on the "Glory of Day" zepliner when it crashed. He had been handed a strange artifact, a Cog, from a former acquaintance just before it happened. In the aftermath, Jacob is the only survivor. If not for the biotics within him, Jacob would be dead. Should still be dead! However, unknown to Jacob, the bionics within his chest are not what he believes they are. Jacob had gone into the Academy to become a Pilot. It should have been a Pilot Engine placed within him. He is about to learn otherwise.

The city of Veridon is mainly comprised of machinery. The technology which makes up the city comes from up the river. Pieces often float down the river and they are salvaged. The people of Veridon cannot create the brilliant technologies they find, but they have learned to use them. A couple of years ago an expedition had been sent up the river to find the source. None returned ... until now. The only thing brought back is the Cog, on the zepliner that ends up falling from the sky. And something has followed the Cog back to Veridon.

Jacob finds himself on the run. The Badge (law), Council and Church are all trying to either possess Jacob or kill him. Friends and family abandon and/or betray him. At the center of it all is an angel. A sentient technological creation in the form of a metal angel, seeking the return of the Cog. The Council has split between the old Families and the Young Seats. Each side yearns for control of the Cog, and Jacob if they can get hold of him. As an array of machines, two-faced friends, and strange creatures pursue Jacob, he must stay one step ahead as he tries to figure out what the Cog is, who and what HE is, and how to live long enough to see tomorrow.

***** FIVE STARS! This is the first of a trilogy and I wish that I could get my hands on the next two books quickly. I did not simply read this book, I all but inhaled it. I could not read fast enough to see what would happen next. Twists and surprises lurk behind every corner, keeping me on the edge of my seat. The flavor of Pulp Fantasy has not tasted this rich in a long time. Recommended! *****

Author: Linda Robertson
Title - Hallowed Circle (Persephone Alcmedi #2)

When Persephone "Seph" Alcmedi finds out that she has been nominated to be the local entry in an Eximium (contest) for the title of Venefica Covenstead High Priestess. It is not an honor Seph wants or needs in her life right now, but she is finally persuaded to compete, even if it is only to keep Hunter Hopewell from winning the title. Hunter is an obnoxious but talented witch, who seems to only want the High Priestess position for its power. The last High Priestess had been corrupted by the power granted by the position and no one wants a second such person.

Seph must protect and care for those she loves while also hiding her secrets from the judges. From a water fairy, Seph learns that she must be on the look-out for a possible attack from three angry fairies as well. Then there are the problems brewing with her werewolf boyfriend, Johnny, and her link with the master vampire-wizard Menessos. Can things possibly get any worse?

**** FOUR STARS! If you have not read the previous title, Vicious Circle, do not fret. The author gives enough information that you will not feel lost or confused. As with the first book, this title continues the story of magic, corruption, and the paranormal. Readers will find themselves swept off their feet, without the use of a broomstick, and into a dangerous world that is teetering on the edge of a war between the non-humans. Very entertaining! ****

Title - Deadtown (Vicky Vaughn #1)
Author: Nancy Holzner

Three years ago a plague caused by a one-in-a-billion mutation hit downtown Boston. Only humans were vulnerable to it. The werewolves, shapeshifters, and vampires suddenly found themselves surrounded by thousands of dead humans. Three days later, the zombies began to rise. Boston has never been the same since.

Deadtown is the nickname for Designated Area 1. This is the part of Boston where all Paranormal Americans (PAs) have to live without a permit. All PAs, including the zombies...ahem, previously deceased humans...reside and pretty much get along like the humans do. Those in Deadtown consider themselves fortunate. Though they do not have many legal rights, there are states, such as New Hampshire, where PAs have none.

Victory "Vicky" Vaughn can shapeshift at will up to three times each month. She is Boston's only professional demon slayer. Her on-again, off-again boyfriend is a werewolf and lawyer, Alexander Kane. While Kane keeps busy campaigning for full legal equity at the federal level for humans and PAs, Vicky is trying to simply get some much needed sleep. Her vampire roommate, Juliet, is not the problem. Vicky is dealing with the multiple problems in her private life during the day and slaying demons for her clients at night. Usually demon slaying can be accomplished in one night, while in her client's dream, but a blast from Vicky's past has returned. The ultra powerful Hellion that killed her father and marker her ten years ago is back. Vicky's teen zombie apprentice and the sinfully-hot homicide investigator Daniel Costello, must help Vicky find out who is controlling the Hellion before all of Boston is destroyed.

***** FIVE STARS! If you only read the description on the back cover of the book, then you have a pretty good idea of the story. However, it does not give the full impact of how well developed this story is. I hope my synopsis will somehow explain, if only a bit more, of the depth in which the author went into for this tale. There is much I left out for fear of giving spoilers. As for the small story sample that can be read on the very first page - misleading. It clearly shows how well the author can paint a scene, but it gave me the impression that the zombies would be the unintelligent monsters from movies and video games.

One thing is for sure, the author has a winner with Vicky Vaughn. Whether I think back on the writing style, character developments, or anything else, I can recall absolutely zero flaws. Nancy Holzner has created a unique story that is exceptional in every possible way. *****

Title - The Battle Sylph (#1 Sylph trilogy)
Author: L.J. McDonald

A battler is a male creature of magic, wanting nothing more than to find his queen, then protect and please her at any cost. They are lured through a portal by a female beauty. Once through the gate the battler sees a man quickly kill the female, the one considered by the battler to be his new queen, and becomes bound (enslaved) to his queen's killer.

As King Alcor Baldorth's heir lures a battler through the gate, it all goes wrong. The bait, a peasant girl named Solie, escapes her bonds, names the battler and pleads for help. Having found his queen and been named Heyou (Hey, you), he rescues Solie, killing the prince in the process. With the king's men and several enslaved battlers in pursuit, Heyou must get Solie somewhere safe. The kingdom of Eferem is about to drastically alter.

**** FOUR STARS! Battlers are not the only type of sylph in this world. There are many minor ones. These are mainly female elemental sylphs, which happily aid their masters in various ways, such as growing crops. But the battlers are the strongest and most deadly. They hate all men, especially the men they are bound to.

I found myself enthralled by the story's main plot and eager to see what would happen next. This is a blending of fantasy and romance, so perhaps more female readers will be swayed to the fantasy genre; however, men will not be disappointed in this story either. A terrific beginning to this wondrous trilogy. ****

Title - Spellbent (Jessie Shimmer #1)
Author: Lucy A. Snyder

In Ohio, Jessie Shimmer is the acolyte of Cooper Marron, who is teaching her how to tap her supernatural powers. While calling down a rainstorm to break a drought, Cooper ends up opening an intradimensional portal and is pulled within. Jessie is left alone, fighting for her life against a horrid demon.

The governing circle consists of seven powerful witches and wizards who act as the local government for those with magic in Columbus and a few counties beyond. The leader is named Benedict Jordan. Instead of helping Jessie and Cooper, they cast an isolation sphere on the area, trapping all within. In other words, they expect Jessie, Cooper, and every other innocent soul within the entire downtown area to die.

In the aftermath, Jessie and her familiar, a ferret named Palimpsest "Pal", struggle to find a way to rescue Cooper. However, Jordan and his allies are intent on forcing Jessie to sign a binding contract to forget about rescuing Cooper. In exchange, Jessie would not be charged for what happened and her horrible injuries would be treated. (Jessie lost an eye and the lower part of an arm while fighting the demon.) Until Jessie signs, she will not be healed, her band account is gone, she is evicted from her home, and she suddenly has a criminal record that causes her to lose her job. To make matters worse, Jessie has a spell cast upon her so that anyone who offers her help would be instantly killed and allows Jordan to track Jessie where ever she goes. But Jessie's unknown and untapped powers are growing and Jessie and Pal are obstinate about rescuing Cooper.

***** FIVE STARS! It is hard for me to believe that this is Lucy Snyder's debut novel. I found myself unable to stop reading as Jessie went from being a small acolyte to a fierce kick-butt sorceress-warrior. If you do not read this gem, then you are missing one of the best books of the year! Totally striking! *****

Title - Death's Mistress (Dorina Basarab #2)
Author: Karen Chance

Dorina "Dory" Basarab is a dhampir - half human, half vampire. When her half Dark Fey friend, Claire, shows up, Dory knows her life is not going to ease up. Aiden, Claire's nine-month-old son, is the heir to the Fey throne. Multiple attempts have been made on the boy's life. Dory begins a search for the Naudiz, a magical Fey relic that makes its wearer invulnerable.

Senator Mircea Basarab is Dory's vampire father. Since the Senate's intelligence organization has all its members busy, Lord Mircea is hiring Dory more and more often for her mercenary skills. Dory is sent after a fifth-level master vampire's head. Even beheaded, a fifth-level would survive over a week; the head could talk and the body would be mobile in hopes of locating each other and healing before it's too late. But the gorgeous vampire Louis-Cesare steals the head from Dory, leaving her with an animated body that others are trying to eliminate before the head talks too much to the wrong people.

Louis-Cesare needs the head to locate and rescue his former mistress, Christine, before her demise. It just so happens that Christine is currently bound to the same master vampire that has the relic Claire so desperately needs. Once again, Dorina and Louis-Cesare must work together or they will both lose. When they finally locate the master vampire, he is dead - the final death. But things are even worse than they already appear, because someone is killing vampire Senate members. Unless the duo can stop the murderer, they might be next.

**** FOUR STARS! If you did not read the first title in this series, Midnight's Daughter, do not fret. You will not feel lost at all. The author has done a fantastic job giving new readers all the information they need without coming across as a boring narration.

From the beginning until the ending this story is non-stop chaos of the sort only the undead or the Fey can deliver. Though Dorina and Louis-Cesare are polar opposites in the royalty gene pool, they are more alike than either would admit, even under duress. For the reader, that means high entertainment whether the pair are in the bedroom or on the battlefield. High drama indeed. ****

Title - Tainted (Blood Lily Chronicles #1)
Author: Julie Kenner

When her sister, Rose, is brutally attacked by Lucas Johnson, Lily Carlyle tracks him down with murder in her heart. Lily succeeds in killing Johnson, at the cost of her own life. The next thing Lily knows is waking up in a stranger's body.

Alice Purdue is dead and Lily now resides in the lovely lady's body. It all boils down to Lily being the one referred to in a prophecy. A group of demons is preparing to enter our world through one of the nine gates of Hades. Lily is the only one who can stop them and permanently seal the gate when the time is right.

In the meanwhile, Lily must live Alice's life without anyone realizing that Alice's soul in not the one in residence. When she is not trying to blend in to a stranger's life, Lily must utilize her time to train so she can dish out some serious demon butt kicking. But not all is what it seems.

**** FOUR STARS! Writing that synopsis was harder than you would believe. It was the best I could do without giving some major spoilers away, for not only this title, but also for the future releases of the series.

This is the first of a new trilogy. It is unlike any other the author has published before. Those readers who have read Kenner's other demon stories will find no parallels. This is totally unique from any other plot line Kenner has done before. Readers will not have to wait long for the next books either. The publisher will release the three titles of this series within three successive months! WOO-HOO! And since I have j-u-s-t finished reading this first book, I can tell you that Lily's story rocks out loud. ****

Title - Turned (Blood Lily Chronicles #3)
Author: Julie Kenner

In Boston, Lily Carlyle had died in an act of vengeance. She came back, in Alice's body, believing herself to be an assassin for the light side, Heaven. When she discovered that her master was of the dark, Lily changed sides. Lily is the Prophecy Girl with the power to open or close the Ninth Gate. She can either cause or prevent Armageddon.

To keep it from demons, Lily wears the Oris Clef around her neck. Its dark power gives her two choices. Lily can let the gate open, allowing millions of demons to cross into our dimension, and be their queen or she can throw herself in the portal, save the world, and be subjected to an eternity of pain and suffering. Lily hopes she can resist the former option. After all, being a demon queen with ultimate power sounds better than being tormented for eternity.

There is one other way to avoid having to choose. Lily and her allies must find the last key and lock the Ninth Gate forever. Problem is that the key is only a rumor and may not really exist at all. Even if it is real, Lily has no idea of where to search for it. Oh, and there is one more tiny problem: three master demons and most all of the demons already in our dimension, are trying to kill her.

**** FOUR STARS! If you have not read the first two books then run, don't walk, to the nearest book store and buy them. Not only are they MORE than worth your time and money to read, but those who have not read them may be confused as to exactly what is going on.

The author did an amazing job, especially on Lily's character. The tale is so well written that I could easily understand the turmoil Lily must be going through by having to choose between two, equally awful, choices. Fabulous Dark Drama is Julie Kenner's epithet! ****

Author: Lilith Saintcrow
Title - Working For The Devil (Dante Valentine #1)

Necromance-for-hire Dante "Danny" Valentine is hot tempered, but has nerves of steel. She is THE best in the area and possibly in the world. Danny's Monday morning starts off worse than anyone could imagine.

Lucifer, the Prince of Hades, sends his most trusted assassin, Japhrimel "Jaf", to collect Danny and escort her to his presence. The Devil hires Danny to eliminate a renegade demon, Vardimal Santino. Against her wishes, Lucifer grants her a familiar, Jaf, and burns the demon mark upon her shoulder. Danny is to kill Santino and Jaf is to take the "Egg" that Santino had stolen back to Lucifer.

Santino is the serial killer who murdered Doreen, one of Danny's rare friends. Danny would hunt the demon down with pleasure, but wants nothing to do with Lucifer or Jaf. Too bad. She does not have a choice. Danny goes to Gabriele "Gabe", a cop and fellow Necromance (another rare friend), for a little help. The good news: Gabe gives the help. The bad news: Gabe and Eddie are going with her on the hunt.

The group heads out for Nuevo Rio, where Santino currently hides. That is when Danny comes across a Shaman, her ex-lover, Jace. The man had walked out of her life years ago with no warning or explanation. Yet he clearly expects Danny to forgive and forget. NOT! Yet Jace's help is vital. But how can they possibly destroy a demon that cannot be killed by any human or demon? And just what is Jaf not telling them?

***** I have not read all the Dante Valentine novels, but of the stories I have, this one is easily the best yet! This story not only clears up a few things from Danny's past, but also sets up the path for the next adventure. Author Lilith Saintcrow manages to connect her readers with the main character, Danny. THAT is hard to do since no one has Danny's dark occupation. The author also makes Danny's character believable by adding in little things, such as a side job in addition to the plot. One thing is for sure, Lilith Saintcrow is one of today's best writers! Highly recommended series. *****

Author: Lilith Saintcrow
Title: Dead Man Rising (Dante Valentine #2)

She is THE Dante "Danny" Valentine, world-class Necromance who retired at the top of her game after a hush-hush bounty hunt that nobody can dig up any information on except for the Nuevo Rio Mob War. (Previous book "Working For the Devil".) She was genetically altered by a Fallen demon, Japhrimel "Japh". Danny still has the mark upon her left shoulder, where Lucifer made Japh her familiar. No one would have ever believed it had they been informed that there was one thing that terrified Dante almost to the brink of death - Rigger Hall.

Until the age of thirteen, Dante had her caseworker, Lewis. When he died, Dante's life became a living nightmare. She was a collared girl pushed into the Hegemony Psi program. An orphan sent into Rigger Hall. Headmaster Mirovitch ruled Rigger Hall with an iron fist. No one knew he was a Feeder. He was well-camouflaged. The school was his private playground filled with disposable psions.

To keep her sanity, Danny has blocked out everything about that time. But now psychics all over are being brutally murdered. The school is the only link. Dante must face her past or there may not BE a future.

Things get even worse when Lucifer calls her. He is looking for Dante's lover - the one he has already killed. As strange as that sounds, Danny has no time or urge to contemplate the Devil's lies. She has no idea which fiend or friend to trust. Her time is running out, in more ways than one.

***** Almost as excellent as the first. Readers who pay close attention will (sometimes) see some clues as to what will happen in Dante's near future. Since Dante is secondarily gifted with precognition, I thought these flashes to be a brilliant addition to the story. BRAVA! Author Lilith Saintcrow fleshes out her main characters even more in this novel. Danny was made even more believable to me when I learned that she actually has some flaws. New characters are introduced as well. Danny makes some powerful new friends that may come in handy during the next episode. On that note, according to the teaser chapter at the end of this story, the next Dante Valentine novel will be released in July 2007 and titled "The Devil's Right Hand". Highly recommended reading! *****

Author: Lilith Saintcrow
Title: The Devil's Right Hand
(Dante Valentine #3)

It seems that Dante "Danny" Valentine just cannot get away from having to deal with Lucifer. (Yes, Lucifer, Prince of Hades.) Dante no longer has to work to pay off her mortgage. It is done. Now she dwells in a huge fortress with layers upon layers of the best wards and shields (Necromance and "Fallen" Demon). She has even come to trust Trierce "Japh" Japhrimel.

When Japh tells Danny that Lucifer wants to meet with her again, dread hits her hard. But one simply does NOT tell Lucifer no. Lucifer needs a new Right Hand and wants Dante. By the time the negotiations are done, Dante is contracted for the next seven years. Dante must hunt down four rogue demons that have escaped from Hades. Dante's new and fragile trust of Japh begins to crack when her new home is attacked by demons while Japh is conveniently absent. From then on, Dante is on the run. But if Dante is being hunted by demons (and more) while she must hunt down four Greater Flight demons (the highest level demons can become), then she needs a bodyguard. Who better than the merc Lucas Villalobos (a.k.a. Deathless)? He is a man that has done something so vile that the god of death refuses to let Lucas embrace eternal rest. As for Lucas, he hopes Lucifer might be able to kill him since no one else can.

When Japh reenters the picture, Dante notices that he has full demon powers again. Trust all but crumbles. Japh begins acting strangely. When Japh refuses to tell Dante what is going on, acts like she is his prisoner, and even has a creature with him that is neither human, nor demon, trust totally fails. Dante is on her own.

***** The only really irritating thing about Dante's character is that her paranoia causes her trust issues to bounce around like crazy. But hey, isn't that what paranoia does to one? And Dante has very valid reasons to be paranoid! As for this story, it is just as good, if not a tiny bit better, than the previous titles (Working for the Devil & Dead Man Rising) ... and that is saying something! It has been a long time since a series has held me in its grip as tightly as Dante Valentine's. Very highly recommended reading! BRAVA! *****

Title - Forged by Chaos
(Warhammer Online: Age of Reckoning)
Author: C.L. Werner

The Raven Host is about to march upon the Empire. To ensure victory, they must locate the Bastion Stair, a portal to the Realm of Khorne. There they can unleash the full power of the Winds of Chaos. The Spear of Myrmidia beckons for all who know how to use it and release Kakra the Timeless.

The marauder Kormak is a mutant warrior of the Wastes, capable of twisting his flesh and bone at will into new shapes. He is in chains, unwillingly traveling with one of the groups toward the Bastion Stair. Once he is in the Realm of Khorne he must challenge the Blood God's wrath. In the meantime, Kormak will kill all who dare to call him slave.

***** FIVE STARS! Dark elves so beautiful and evil that they attract and repel simultaneously, orcs with massive bulks but little wits, and dark sorcery striking wildly against all adversaries are but a few of the clashing delights found within these pages. Werner had previously proven to me how vivid and twisted his imagination must be to create such fiendishly compelling stories, but this time he proves that he can also do as well with the Warhammer Online series, if not more so. Battle, blood, and treason drip from every page. A charming addition to Warhammer's library. *****

Title - A Tapestry of Spells
(Nine Kingdoms #4)
Author: Lynn Kurland

Sarah of Doìre, daughter of the village witchwoman, spies a half page from a powerful spell book in her brother's room. When she reached toward it, the spell erupted from the page, wrapped itself around her wrist, and left its dark mark. Her brother, Daniel, has embraced the dark arts and vows to destroy the Nine Kingdoms. Unable to stop him alone, Sarah seeks aid from a powerful mage rumored to live a reclusive life in the mountains.

Ruithneadh "Ruith" (of a place he refuses to tell) was around the age of ten when his father opened a well of evil. The evil spewed from the well and came down to slaughter the entire family. Ruith somehow survived and found refuge in an abandoned cottage within the mountains. He took every last drop of the magic he possessed and buried it deep within himself, topped with powerful spells of concealment and un-noticing. Now grown, Ruith lets everyone believes as they will, but he has never uncorked and used his magic for anything or anyone. But when Sarah arrives at his door, desperate for help against one of his father's dark spells, Ruith finds himself thrust into the life of magic and peril. Though Daniel of Doìre has little magic and only half of the Diminishing spell, should he not be stopped the entire Nine Kingdoms will suffer as never before.

**** FOUR STARS! Be warned that this title has a cliff-hanger ending. As for the story, I found the characters to be well developed and their quest to be larger than life. It blends to make a tale that will be long remembered. With several spell pages scattered around the Nine Kingdoms, the author has lots of potential with future stories. If you have read the previous stories, you may notice one section where our current characters enter a place shortly after previous characters have left. I will say nothing more about it, but I thought it to be a very nice touch indeed. Brava! ****

Title - Three Days to Dead
Author: Kelly Meding

A Triad is a three-person Bounty Hunter squad. Evangeline "Evy" Stone wakes up on a cold slab in the morgue - in a stranger's body, with no memory of who she is or how she got there. Bits of memory return. Before that night, Evy and the other two members of her Triad were doing their jobs of mercilessly cleansing the city of the murderous creatures that dwell in the shadows, such as vampires and goblins. Then something happened that cost all three of them their lives and convinced the city's other Hunters that Evy was a traitor.

Wyatt Truman was the Handler of Evy's Triad. At great personal cost he made a deal for a reincarnation spell to resurrect Evy. Evy is now a fugitive, attempting to piece together her memory in hopes of recalling vital information concerning dark rumors of an unholy alliance forming and solve her own murder. But Evy's time is running out. In three days the resurrection spell wears off and Evy will die again.

**** FOUR STARS! Today's market seems to be overflowing with Buffy wanna-be characters; however, this author adds more than one twist to spice up the action. Vampires, goblins, the Fey, trolls, and many more mythical creatures play major roles in Evy's city. Each faction has its own rules and hierarchy. Some are allies with the humans that know of their existence. Others would like nothing more than to see humanity wiped off the earth. There are even a few who walk the neutral line. If you are looking for some dark fantasy with unique and unexpected twists, this is it! Kelly Meding knows her craft well. ****

Title - Jordan (Pendragon Legacy #3)
Author: Susan Kearney

Vivianne Blackstone's latest project is a spaceship, Draco, designed to protect Earth from the deadly Tribes. The Tribes seek to destroy all who resist them in the Milky Way Galaxy and then expand their domination into the other galaxies. When Vivianne confronts her new engineer, Jordan McArthur, about his fake résumé, he unexpectedly launches the Draco to begin his urgent quest. Vivianne, a small group made up of those working on Draco at the time, and a small dog are shot into space.

Jordan's past goes back far, even to the time of King Arthur Pendragon (who knew Jordan by the name of Merlin). Trendonis of the Tribes destroyed Jordan's world centuries ago and Jordan will not rest until the Tribe has been eliminated. Jordan's Ancient Staff powers the Draco, but unless he and his drafted crew manage to locate the three Keys of Space, Wind, and Soil, all will be lost. The Keys would bring the Staff to full power. Once the fully powered Staff is united with the Holy Grail, it would become something new and the Tribes would fall.

Passion flares between Vivianne and Jordan, yet neither can allow themselves to love the other, because their success would also mean Jordan's death.

***** FIVE STARS! This is the third and final story of the Pendragon Legacy. Though I am excited about finally knowing how it all turns out, I am also sad to see the trilogy end. Characters by Susan Kearney always seem to take on a life of their own. Vivianne and Jordan are no exception. The story did not simply reel me in and let me see their story in my mind's eye. Instead, it felt as if they transported me into their dimension and I was beside them every step of the way. The real world ceased to exist for me. Now THAT is writing talent! I can hardly wait to see what wonders Susan Kearney has in store for me next! *****

Author: Susan Kearney
Title - Rion (Pendragon Legacy #2)

Humanity has been saved. But the cure for Earth's previous fertility problems had side effects, a genetic shift that required some people to periodically morph into dragons. Since humans were not accustomed to their new dragonshaping abilities, they were unprepared for having to control their more primitive side (which took over while in dragon form). When Marissa Rourke learned that she had the rare ability to simultaneously communicate with an entire group of dragons telepathically, instead of only one-on-one as most could, she switched her career to help train Earth's new dragonshapers. Such communication leaves Marissa open to the dragon group and she feels all their emotions at once, so the job is not only exhausting, but leaves her hyper-aware.

Rion Jaqard is from the planet Honor, a galaxy away. He came in hopes of convincing the United Nations to join the Honorians' fight against the Unari. Now Rion is trapped on Earth because the portal (to come and go) has been shut down for protection. The Unari's take over of Honor had been well planned and swift. Rion's entire planet has been enslaved. Rion's only chance to save his world is to kidnap Marissa (his best friend's twin sister), find a way to reach Honor, and use her abilities to help free his people before it is too late.

***** FIVE STARS! All titles of the Pendragon Legacy will be released within a three month time period. For the full effect, I strongly suggest reading them in order; even though each is a stand-alone story. First is Lucan, second is Rion, and third is Jordan (March 2010). Fans of the King Arthur legends will especially find themselves enthralled. Those old tales have several major impacts on this trilogy. To tell how or why would ruin the whole thing.

Fast paced, strong characters, and the author's unique imagination make this story memorable. Be sure you have plenty of free time on hand before you even open the cover to begin reading. I found it extremely hard to stop for even a few minutes. Susan Kearney writes gut-punching and heart-pounding tales! *****

Author: Susan Kearney
Title - Lucan (Pendragon Legacy #1)

Begins on Earth, in the near future. Lucan Roarke has been searching for the legendary Holy Grail for what seems like forever. Lucan hopes that the Grail's mystical powers may be more truth than fable because Earth's people are becoming sterile. Unless a cure is found soon the human race will become extinct. When Lucan and his twin sister stumble into a hidden chamber, they find a star map showing the way to Avalon. Since Avalon is shown to reside across the galaxy on a moon named Pendragon, Lucan heads for the stars.

On Pendragon, the High Priestess is credited to have mystical healing powers. Though Cael is a healer and dragonshaper, she yearns for nothing more than to be treated like any other normal citizen. When she dragonshaped for the first time as a young girl, the Elders took her away to raise. They taught her all she would need to know about being able to morph into a dragon and control its primal nature. By law, any who touch a High Priestess is subject to the penalty of death.

When Cael is stuck in a dark conduit, Lucan is there to help set her free from the ductwork. His is the first living touch she has felt since her childhood. No one witnessed it, or her reaction to him, so Cael kept quiet for fear he would he executed simply for helping her. Lucan is the linguist in the Avalon Project. Those in the project have been trying to figure out the secrets of ancient glyphs to bring down Avalon's shields and open the way into the obelisk holding the Grail. But once the shields are down, the military immediately assassinates the team. Lucan and Cael's escape is pure luck, but Lucan is injured as they flee. To save him, Cael must break a High Priestess's sacred law. By doing so, Lucan's DNA will be forever altered. Then comes the news that they are accused of their team's deaths.

**** FOUR STARS! This is the first of a futuristic romance trilogy by an author who is known to please her readers. All three titles will be released by March 2010. Each title contains a main stand-alone tale, as well as a continuous running sub-plot that deals with a mutual enemy. The second book title is Rion, release date of late November 2009. The third is Jordan, release date of March 2010.

This first story is not only full of action and hot romance, but also sets the foundation for the next two stories. Fans of the King Arthur legends will be pleased to know that the tales are vital to this trilogy. I believe that mostly women will enjoy this story; however, if the men do not mind some hot love scenes then they will find themselves very satisfied. Susan Kearney writes addicting drama! ****

Title - Beautiful Creatures
Authors: Kami Garcia, Margaret Stohl

In the small Southern town of Gatlin, South Carolina, outsiders are not made welcome. That goes double for the new girl in school, Lena Duchannes, because she is the niece of Old Man Ravenwood, the town's strange recluse. But Ethan Wate finds himself drawn to the strange teen. The girl has been showing up in his nightmares even before he first met her.

Though Lena wants nothing to do with the other students, especially Ethan, the guy keeps trying to gain her friendship. As Ethan wedges himself into her life, his former friends and school mates begin to ostracize him, as well as Lena. You see, Lena has secrets. She tries her best to keep those secrets and her powers hidden from others. Lena's sixteenth birthday is only months away. Unlike everyone else in Gatlin, she is not Mortal. Lena is from a family of Casters. As with all members of Lena's family line, the day she turns sixteen she will be Claimed by either the Dark or the Light side. No one, not even Lena, can choose whether she becomes Evil or Good and once Claimed it cannot be undone.

***** FIVE STARS! A breathtaking story of love and dark magic. There is much more going on than I mention in my synopsis, but to tell more may cause spoilers. I try to avoid that. Though the primary and secondary characters are mostly teens, I fully believe that adult fantasy fans will enjoy this terrific story also. The characters are vivid and well developed. The plot builds quickly. I found myself reading late into the night. As for the ending, I never saw it coming. Outstanding and highly recommended. *****

Title - Shamanslayer
(Gotrek & Felix # 11 / Warhammer)
Author: Nathan Long

Dwarf Gotrek Gurnisson and his human companion Felix Jaeger return for another adventure. Felix returns home to learn his father is dead. Felix vows vengeance upon the skaven sorcerer who had ordered his father's death. But Felix's revenge must be put on hold. Sir Teobalt von Dreschler is the templar and librarian of the Order of the Fiery Heart. The knight gives Felix the task of locating his missing comrades and recovering the order's regalia. So Gotrek and Felix travel north to seek the remaining members of the Order of the Fiery Heart. The pair soon find themselves crossing paths with some people from their past.

Gotrek is not the only slayer seeking his doom in the area. Three more slayers join Gotrek in this quest. One of those slayers is Snorri Nosebiter. It is a bittersweet reunion because it is obvious that something strange has happened to Gotrek's slayer friend.

It has been many years since Felix rescued a seven-year-old girl and left her in the care of the Messner family. Now Kat is all grown up. (Something Felix is trying hard not to notice.) The young woman is an exceptional tracker and lethal with her weapons. She has made a vow to rid Drakwald of beastmen. Recently a massive herd of beastmen have been traveling to a certain patch of sacred ground with their shaman and herdstone (the huge stone totem of the tribe). Once there, the shaman plans to unleash the herdstone's full power against mankind and change the Empire forever.

**** FOUR STARS! Be forewarned that this time the story ends with a major cliffhanger! Fans of this series may want to wait until the next title is released and read them both at once. Those that wait will not feel the disgusting frustration I currently am. In my opinion, a book cannot end in a worse way and I have done my duty in warning you.

On the plus side, it is wonderful to finally see Gotrek get his spark back. No longer does the slayer sulk in taverns and down kegs of beer to dull his misery. (Though beer is still the main staple in the dwarf's diet, of course.) Nathan Long has remained true to the Slayer Code and is slowly making the series his own. These stories of the duo's dangerous adventure have yet to slow down or start to become boring. This tale is a worthy addition to the Gotrek and Felix legend. But, hopefully, future books will not end with our heroes staring death in the face. ****

Title - Empire (Legend of Sigmar #2)
Author: Graham McNeill

As the story opens, Sigmar Heldenhammer is being crowned Emperor. King Marius of the Jutone is absent from the ceremony. Come Spring, Sigmar declares war and sets out to persuade the Jutones to join the Empire. During the final battle, Sigmar allows his darkness to slip its leash and it very nearly destroys all he has created in one moment of hatred.

Meanwhile, the Norsii have been raiding all along the coast, destroying dozens of settlements and massacring all (human and animal) within. They are led by Kar Odacen, a Norsii shaman, and a man who calls himself Azazel. (Azazel was named Gerreon in the previous book titled "Heldenhammer".) Sigmar and his allies must deal with these dark god followers, but the task is made more difficult because of a magical crown Sigmar wears. The crown was gained from killing an evil necromancer that wore it upon his brow. Sigmar believes the crown's power will help him to defend the newly made empire. However, the crown demands a heavy price from any who dare to set it upon their head.

**** FOUR STARS! This book did not come across to me as a full-length novel. Instead, it felt more as if several novellas were tacked together with the Norsii being a constant running sub-plot. (Example: First novella is the war against the Jutones. Second is a necromancer. Third is dealing out some revenge on Roppsmenn, tribal warriors from the east.) Only then does the Norsii get major attention. Still, the book as a whole is wonderful. The author's writing style is smooth, vivid, and easy to follow. The battles are well written and the emotions of the Empire's warriors are clearly expressed. Graham McNeill has written another winner! ****

Title - Heldenhammer (Legend of Sigmar #1)
Author: Graham McNeill


As our story opens, Prince Sigmar Heldenhammer of the Unberogen tribe is about to ride into battle and earn his shield. Earn it he does, but he also loses his close friend and sword brother, Trinovantes. Gerreon, twin brother of Trinovantes, blames Sigmar for this brother's death in battle and plots for future vengeance.

Eventually, Sigmar becomes king. Wielding the mighty hammer Ghal-maraz, the Splitter of Skulls, Sigmar is determined to fulfill his dream of uniting all the tribes of man into one empire. This is the story of how young Sigmar brings together most of those tribes and brings all the others to their knees. For Sigmar, failure to accomplish his great quest of unity is not an option. Should Sigmar fail, all of man dies.

***** FIVE STARS! This tale captured my interest immediately as Sigmar catches two young boys sneaking into an area they do not belong. Prince Sigmar's character came across to me as brave, thoughtful, and fair. As king, Sigmar grew into so much more.

Since this is the first of a trilogy, not all loose ends are tied. Defeated enemies will regroup for future attacks. This story mainly explains how this wise prince becomes king and brings together the tribes to form a single empire of man. The dwarfs are by Sigmar's side almost from the beginning of the story. Each battle is tougher and bloodier than the last as they battle orcs, goblins, raiders, and more. But it is the last battle that will take your breath away as it seals the fate of all mankind. An astounding tale to be long remembered. *****

Title - Homecoming (Mercy Thompson Graphic Novel)
Author: Patricia Briggs
Editors: David Lawrence & Rich Young
Artwork: Francis Tsai & Amelia Woo

Mercy Thompson is a walker, a magical being with the power to shapeshift into a coyote at will. As a child she had been handed over to Bran Cornick "the Marrok" who ruled the werewolves, to be raised. The Marrok is the biggest, baddest werewolf of all. Since the age of sixteen Mercy has been on her own.

Mercy leaves Portland for an interview in the Tri-Cities of Washington. Mercy hopes for a teaching position. She ends up being hired by a nine-year-old named Tad as a mechanic for his father's auto repair shop. Tad and his father, Zee, are part of the Fae. Mercy finds herself in the middle of a war zone. She would have left, but the Marrok erred and Mercy decides to spitefully stick around. Seems the Marrok has sent Adam Hauptman to deal with a band of rogue werewolves in the area. Adam is an Alpha, leader of the Columbia Basin Wolf Pack. And whether Adam or the Marrok likes it or not, Mercy is making the war for territory her business!

***** FIVE STARS! An outstanding and original graphic novel set in the Mercy Thompson universe. If, like me, you have not read any of the Mercy Thompson novels, then you are in for a sweet treat! For those fans who have kept up with the series, you will finally get to see how Mercy and her mentor, Zee, met.

As most know, when morphing into another form, the clothes being worn are shredded. The illustrators have done an amazing job of keeping true to that fact by using some pretty cool techniques. I could not be more impressed! Very tastefully done indeed! Mercy's personality and her sense of dark humor flows naturally and I often found myself chuckling aloud as I read. More than once my son stopped, while walking by my room, to glance in and wonder what I was laughing at. That just made me laugh louder.

In the back of this hardback graphic novel, readers will find an art gallery and an interview of the author, Patricia Briggs, by David Lawrence. Will there be more Mercy graphic novels in the future? The interview has me believing there will be. But this one is an original story; made especially for this graphic form. I have no doubt what-so-ever that fans will flock for this major collectable item. And new fans will be won as well. A magnificent graphic debut that will be long celebrated! *****

Authors: Charlaine Harris, Nalini Singh, Ilona Andrews, Meljean Brook
Title - Must Love Hellhounds (4 novellas)

The Britlingens Go to Hell by Charlaine Harris

Batanya and Clovache are bodyguards in the service of the Britlingen Collective. The ladies have only recently completed their last assignment, yet are called in for a new mission. The pair's new client is named Crick. No matter how innocent the man pretends to be, Batanya and Clovache can tell he is hiding information. It is not until the contract is signed that the bodyguards learn where they are going. Crick is heading to Hell so he can steal Lucifer's conjuring ball. It is the only destination in which no one has ever returned from.

***** FIVE STARS! Exciting and intriguing. The Collective is worth having its very own series! *****

Angels' Judgment by Nalini Singh

The Cadre of Ten are the archangels who rule the world in all ways that matter. They meet when Simon, the human Guild Director of the American Chapter, decides he will retire within the next year. Simon informs them that he chooses Sara Haziz to be his successor. Once done, Simon calls in Deacon to be Sara's bodyguard without her knowledge. Why? Certain archangels may feel the urge to "test" her. Though the Guild hunts and retrieves Made vampires who break their Contracts, the hunters do their best not to kill them. However, very rarely, a hunter cracks and seems to go insane. Should that happen the one called "Slayer" hunts down the hunter and terminates him.

Sara knows almost instantly that Deacon is a babysitter, but is shocked to learn he is also "Slayer". The two are out to find a vampire serial killer. The evidence points to the killer being a hunter from the Guild. At the same time, Sara must keep her eyes out for a possible life-threatening test or two.

***** FIVE STARS! Even though I have not read any title in the "Guild Hunter" series, I was enthralled throughout this entire story. Outstanding! *****

Magic Mourns by Ilona Andrews

When someone has a magic problem in which the police could not handle, the Order of Knights of Merciful Aid get a call. Kate Daniels, of the Atlanta chapter, is on medical leave. Andrea Nash is filling in for her. When Andrea gets a call of a shapeshifter in distress, of course she responds. Andrea never expected to find Cerberus chasing Raphael. Raphael Medrano is a werehyena who pants after Andrea. (She has been avoiding him lately.) Raphael is searching for the one who stole the body of his mother's human mate, Alex Doulous. Turns out Cerberus is circling, sniffing around, a house filled with at least one vampire. And vampires are often controlled by a navigator, such as a necromancer. Andrea and Raphael have no idea how many vampires are in the house, but one thing is for sure; Doulous is inside.

**** FOUR STARS! This is one of the most unique stories I have read involving shapeshifters and vampires. Though I have never read a full-length novel by this husband and wife writing team, you can bet I soon will. ****

Blind Spot by Meljean Brook

Maggie Wren is a former CIA operative. Her previous employer had been a congressman. Maggie's last mission had been to assassinate her fellow operative, Trevor James. Learning that the congressman was a demon, literally, she quit. That was three years ago. Now Maggie's employer is a vampire. (Again, literally.) She is over the household management and personal security (a.k.a. the butler with a gun) for Colin Ames-Beaumont, billionaire owner of Ramsdell Pharmaceuticals.

Geoffrey Blake is the nephew of Maggie's boss. All who meet him believe he is blind. However, even though Geoff cannot see out of his own eyes, he can see out of the eyes of anyone near him. And no matter how far away his sister, Katherine, is Geoff can through her eyes. So when Katherine is kidnapped, Maggie and Geoff go hunting for her. Accompanying them is Sir Pup, a hellhound.

**** FOUR STARS! I have one glaring problem with this story. When Katherine is imprisoned in an RV, she tries to help Geoff know where she is by viewing car plates. Katherine notices the license plate on the car traveling BEHIND the RV has South Carolina plates. Problem is that South Carolina does NOT have front license plates, only rear. Otherwise, this story is great. It blends romance, mystery, and a bit of paranormal with a twist. ****

Author: C.L. Werner
Title - Grey Seer (Thanquol & Boneripper # 1)

Grey Seer Thanquol is brought before the Council of Thirteen to account for his failures. The skaven sorcerer's largest recent sin seems to be his failure to capture a certain dwarf airship. Thanquol survives a deadly trial only to find that the Council has not finished with him. Thanquol is entrusted with a vital mission and few survive any mission from the Council. A huge Wormstone that had been lost for a thousand breedings has been found. It is buried within the collapsed burrows beneath the man-nest (human city) of Altdorf. It is a block of pure warpstone, endowed with properties through an ancient process that cannot be duplicated. It is the key to destroying all the kingdoms of men and dwarfs with unparalleled plagues. The Grey Seer that had originally located the Wormstone is dead, but his apprentice, Kratch, survived and can lead Thanquol to its site.

Grey Seer Thanquol believes Kratch is the sole survivor from the previous expedition due to betraying his dead mentor. Thanquol must keep Kratch close to his whiskers if he wishes to make sure the traitorous apprentice does not attempt to kill him as well. The Council sends minions with Thanquol, supposedly to help retrieve the Wormstone, but again Thanquol well knows that those minions are but spies for the Council. The group is to complete the mission without divulging anything about it to those dwelling within the skaven city of Under-Altdorf. Knowing that he cannot trust anyone within his group to protect his life, Thanquol must first find himself a totally loyal and intimidating bodyguard, a mutant rat-ogre to be named Boneripper.

When Thanquol learns that some human smugglers have stolen the Wormstone and hidden it within their city, he realizes that his mission has become even more dangerous. Thanquol must recover the Wormstone, keep his own kin from killing or betraying him, while also dealing with a mysterious shadowmancer wizard and his band of (human) henchmen from ruining everything.

***** FIVE STARS! Fans of the "Gotrek & Felix" fantasy series will already be familiar with Grey Seer Thanquol. Gotrek (a dwarf) and Felix (a human) have unwittingly thwarted numerous of Thanquol's schemes. (The dwarf airship was but one.) Though this new series features the characters from "Gotrek & Felix", anyone who has not had the pleasure of reading that series will NOT be lost at all. Having read them myself though, I could not keep from chuckling whenever Thanquol briefly thought about one of his failed schemes and I suddenly realized it to be one I recalled reading in a "Gotrek & Felix" title. Thanquol's recollections of his past failures are kept very brief and only those who have read the other series will even make the connections. In my opinion, those rare sections are a brilliant touch.

It did not feel strange as I followed the skaven. The author kept Thanquol's personality intact. The skaven sorcerer is very cunning, able to adapt quickly to changes, as well as figure out how to use those changes to his advantage. I have never enjoyed a skaven villain more. No one writes a story better than C.L. Werner! *****

Author: Sherrilyn Kenyon
Artist: Claudia Campos
Title - The Dark-Hunters (Manga, Graphic Novel #1)

While Kyrian of Thrace was out fighting the Romans, his wife was at home welcoming them into her bed. For a chance to kill the wife who betrayed him, Kyrian swore his allegiance to Artemis and fights as a Dark-Hunter in her army against the daimon predators. Artemis has Kyrian's soul and he is immortal until something finally kills him. Believing all women are treacherous, Kyrian has spent over twenty-one hundred years alone. Every night Kyrian prowls the streets protecting humans from, not only the normal evils of humanity's nature, but also from daimons out to steal their very souls. After being ambushed one night, Kyrian wakes to find himself handcuffed to a beautiful human female.

Amanda Devereaux just wants to be normal. The rest of her large family can practice spells, hunt vampires, and do all the paranormal stuff. Amanda has rejected and suppressed her powers since she was a child. Unfortunately for her, fate will not leave her in peace. Mistaken for her vampire hunting sister, Tabitha, Amanda is kidnapped and handcuffed to the most handsome and arrogant man she has ever laid eyes on. As much as she hates the thought, Amanda and Kyrian are stuck with each other. Once free of the cuffs, Amanda is still marked for death. By day she can go and do whatever she pleases, but until Kyrian can find and kill the daimons toying with them, Amanda must spend her nights either by Kyrian's side or within his fortress of a home. Amanda is the key to everything. Should Amanda die, so does Kyrian, and humanity is doomed.

***** FIVE STARS! I have always wanted to read the Dark-Hunters series, but never had the time. So I am thrilled to find out that the series is being released as a graphic novel, manga style. Manga style basically means everything is backwards. The beginning of this graphic novel is where the back normally is. The right page is read before the left page. On each page you must read/view the panels right-to-left as well. Do not worry. Within a single minute you will have the rhythm and the action begins.

This volume is NOT a stand-alone story. It ends at a dramatic spot and will be continued in the next volume. This manga novel does not just ooze drama; it hemorrhages with excitement in a paranormal world that will surprise you. Most excellent! *****

Author: James Maxey
Title - Dragonseed (Dragon Age #3)

With no king on the throne the dragon hierarchy is on the verge of collapse. Chapelion, the sky-dragon who is Head of the College of Spires, has allied himself with the valkyries. His plot to overthrow Androkom as High Biologian is very risky, as it tempts a civil war. With the dragons in turmoil, the humans in Dragon Forge are busy building weapons and stocking supplies. It is only a matter of time until the dragons regroup and begin their attempts to retake Dragon Forge.

Ragnar, who controls those within Dragon Forge, is becoming too superstitious and cruel. Burke the Machinist knows it will not be long before Ragnar no longer needs his help making weapons. There is no way of knowing what Ragnar will then do to Burke, but he knows it will not be good. Burke sends Anza, the niece he raised and is now a walking arsenal, with Jandra's small group to reclaim a genie (Global Encephalous Nanite Interaction Engine) which resembles a tiara.

Jandra is a human girl who had been raised as a pet by the sky-dragon Vendevorex. The tiara genie allows Jandra to control tiny nanites to perform functions, mostly healing, in a manner that many believe to be magic. Before Bitterwood killed the goddess, Jazz had manipulated Jandra's memories. Jandra fears that the memories belonging to Jazz may overtake her own personality. The genie could prevent it.

As for Bant Bitterwood, he is the guardian of a little girl named Zeeky. Zeeky is able to communicate with most creatures, as well as with a village of ghosts trapped within a special crystal ball she carries. They are trying to locate and rescue Zeeky's brother, Jeremiah, who has been sold to the dragons as a slave. Meanwhile, a horrible face from the past returns.

***** FOUR AND A HALF STARS! This is the third book in the Dragon Age series. It also looks to be the last. This trilogy MUST be read in order to fully understand what is going on and why. Otherwise, you will find yourself totally lost several times.

Other than the references to the "Harry Potter biographies", I thoroughly enjoyed this installment. For me, the idea of the Potter series surviving over a century and then being considered as biographies is just too much of a stretch. Had the Potter series been a trilogy only, I might have found the idea believable.

The author does not follow a single character. Instead, the story jumps around to show what is happening with key characters and/or groups. I was able to easily keep up with what was going on with dragons, humans, and even beasts at a few points. The story merges characters from the first two books. Therefore, there are several interesting and well developed characters that kept me intrigued from beginning to end. Highly recommended! *****

Author: James Maxey
Title - Dragonforge (Dragon Age #2)

Even though King Albekizan is dead, no one can forget his attempted genocide of the human race. Shandrazel accepts the duty of king, but fully intends to be the king who ends the era of kings. Shandrazel wishes to make dragons and humans equal by creating a new form of government in which all will get a voice. All begin to gather for Shandrazel's talks, but not all want to see the end of dragons ruling over everyone and everything. One of the biggest to oppose Shandrazel's dream is the Matriarch, who is solely responsible for which dragons may mate and which may not. She and her Valkyrie warriors defend the Nest where the eggs are kept. Refusing to attend herself, the matriarch sends Zorasta, commander of the Valkyrie legion, and her contingent. One of Zorasta's guards, Nadala, secretly hopes the talks will succeed so she may have a future with Graxen the Gray (one of Shandrazel's helpers).

Many humans still seek vengeance against all dragons. When Ragnar, a so called prophet, seeks to lead a war to destroy all dragons in the world, he gets many followers.

Bitterwood no longer hunts dragons. With hope that his son, Adam, may still be alive, Bitterwood searches with a couple of his new companions. But even if Adam is still alive, will Adam be all Bitterwood hopes for or a total disappointment?

Jandra and Hexilizan "Hex", Shandrazel's eldest brother, have become fast friends. They are part of the effort to locate Blasphet and his evil human devotees, the Sisters of the Serpent. Blasphet has his own agenda, though slightly changed from before.

***** Some characters are gone, but new characters appear. Readers learn more about the time before dragons, when humans ruled the world. The prophet and the goddess each have their own followers and the possibility for chaos is high. Tensions mount, characters become more developed, and a few secrets are revealed. Bitterwood and Jandra are at the heart of it all. They have gotten some interesting companions with special talents that just may be what the human race needs to survive the upcoming conflict. Once again, I practically inhaled the story and eagerly await the next. *****

Author: James Maxey
Title - Bitterwood (Dragon Age #1)

Humans are no longer the dominate form of life. Dragons have held that position now for over a thousand years. Humans live in poverty, eking out enough to keep from starving and serving dragons. To the dragons, humans are a parasite on the planet and should be grateful for what little they receive. But there is one human all dragons fear. Bitterwood.

Bant Bitterwood lost his entire family when the dragons attacked his village. Bitterwood has been fighting a one-man guerrilla campaign ever since. He is the best archer ever with reflexes unmatched. Dragons have many names for Bitterwood. The Ghost Who Kills and The Death of All Dragons are but two. It did not matter to Bitterwood if a dragon is a peaceful scholar or a warrior. If he comes across a dragon, he kills it.

Albekizan is the current king, a tyrant to humans. When Bitterwood slays Bodiel, one of the king's two sons, the king declares it time to destroy all humans. Shandrazel, the king's remaining son, and Vendevorex "Ven", the king's personal wizard, oppose the genocide of humanity. Albekizan is willing to release the worst creature from the dungeon to complete the task. Blasphet, the king's evil genius brother who has killed thousands of dragons via poison in the name of science. Once the humans are taken care of, Blasphet plans to turn his attention to Albekizan's crown.

Unwilling to help the king in such madness, Ven escapes with his human female apprentice, Jandra. Ven has raised Jandra since she was an infant. At the tender age of sixteen, Jandra must quickly learn a different type of magic to survive; the art of magical warfare and defense. The end of humanity is at hand!

***** Though there are many characters to keep track of (even more than I mention in my synopsis), the author has written the story in such a way that I found it easy to do so. I never found myself becoming confused about different characters and how they relate to the story line. In fact, I have not found myself this impressed with a fantasy novel involving dragons in a long time. I could not help but read the entire book in one afternoon. Not all strings are tied neatly at the end, but they will become the main plot in the sequel "Dragonforge". The main plot line of this title is completed in full. Readers will end the title with a sense of major satisfaction and look forward to the next. Maxey writes fantasy with enough adrenalin inducing pressure to keep readers glued and on the edge of their seats! *****

Author: Kelly McCullough
Title - Mythos (Ravirn, #4)

As our story opens, Ravirn is about to attempt hacking into Necessity, the computer-goddess. Why? One: Ravirn feels responsible for what has happened to Shara (once a webgoblin). Two: He wants to find out what happened to Ahllan (a webtroll and former leader of the "familiar" underground). Three: Just to see if he could. Ravirn cannot help himself. It is in his nature to attempt any hacking challenge he comes across. You see, Ravirn is now a "power" of Chaos. Raven is the name of Ravirn's soul and power. The name makes him more impulsive, sarcastic, and prone to risk-taking (like hacking Necessity). He is one face of the Trickster and is able to (painfully) shapeshift into a giant raven at will.

The result of the hacking attempt sends Ravirn, Melchior (his familiar/webgoblin), and Tisiphone (one of the three Furies and Ravirn's sometimes lover) into a totally different mythos - or reality. The trio is found by Ahllan, who has learned enough about the reality to survive. However, Chaos is not abundant here and the group's powers are vastly diminished. Even worse, it is the Norse gods present instead of the Greek. (Neither of whom believed the others were anything but myths.) Worse still, the gods have taken sides and a war is imminent.

Odin may see all and know all, but Ravirn is a wild card. Odin cannot see Ravirn's future or what would happen should he decide to simply kill Ravirn or let him live. Either choice could have Ragnarok (the end of days) happen sooner than expected. Yet on the other side of the draw battle line, Loki sees Ravirn as potential he could use. Perhaps Ragnarok could be totally avoided. If not, perhaps a split can be made so other mythos could have happier endings than they.

Caught between two sides in a god war, Team Greek needs to find allies quickly if they do not want to be crushed. And no one knows what is happening in the Greek panthon, but the few clues they find whisper of horrible things.

***** FOUR AND A HALF STARS! A few sub-plot strings are left loose as hints to what readers may find in the Greek reality when the next installment of this series continues. I am especially interested to find out how the spinnerettes are involved, as well as about a certain icy lady. I can say no more about them without minor spoilers.

After three novels set in the Greek reality, I found it strange to be suddenly reading about Norse gods and goddesses. I missed many of the previous characters and look forward to hearing what has been happening while the trio was absent. Yet I found the Norse characters to be interesting as well and would not mind returning to the Norse reality in some future story. As always, this author writes a smooth flowing tale that entices the imagination and leaves me hungry for more. *****

Author: Kelly McCullough
Title: Cybermancy (Ravirn #2)

The mweb (magical web) was created by Necessity. It connects all the infinite worlds of probability. Without it, the multiverse would be like a hard drive without a directory. Ravirn was designed to maintain it. He is a hacker and sorcerer. He WAS the prince of the middle house of Fate. In fact, the Fates are his great-aunts. These three are not the old hags most humans believe. They are more like Amazonian-to-the-extreme huntresses. Clothos is the spinner of life threads. Atropros wields the shears. But it was Lachesis who revoked Ravirn's name and cast him out of the family. Interestingly enough, Clotho declared him a legitimate force for chaos and gave him the new name of Raven. A name he HATES.

Melchior is Raven's webgoblin. (Sort of like a familiar.) He can take the shape of a goblin or a laptop. Cerice is Raven's girlfriend. Until recently, Cerice had a webpixie named Shara. Shara could take the form of a pixie or a PDA. Shara sacrificed herself to save Raven's life. Cerice is not only hurt emotionally at Shara's death, but is also academically shattered. You see, Cerice is finishing up a doctorate in Computer Science. The little PDA has all six years of Cerice's work on it and is currently residing on the wrong side of the River Styx.

So Raven must trick Cerberus (the dread guardian of the underworld and Raven's card buddy), hack into the computer of Lucifer's, and rescue Shara. Impossible for anyone else, but not Raven. However, this is where all ... well ... Hades breaks loose. Since her rebirth, Shara has begun acting a bit strange. The mweb is fraying and will soon disappear. Persephone is dealing some sort of goddess blackmail with Raven; and this is all just the beginning.

Everyone has been despairing of Raven's common sense for years. He seems to always be taking on higher entities than himself. And Raven is about to prove them all correct ... again.

***** Author Kelly McCullough has the most remarkable writing talent I have ever read, in a "myth-fanta-sci-full" sort of way. (Yes, that is a real word. Look in the dictionary and see where I penciled it in.) Not satisfied to write a single genre or to use a sub-genre already made, he has created a new template that others will build stories upon in later years. But know this, McCullough is the original and unparalleled. An outstanding addition to this newbie genre! *****

Author: Kelly McCullough
Title: WebMage (Ravirn #1)

Magic has kept up with the times, changing as the world does. So of course magic has gone digital. The three Fates are sisters. Lachesis is the absolute dictator of the Fate family. She measures each life thread. Clotho is the spinner of destiny. She decides the destiny of each. Atropos is the cutter of threads. When her shears cut a thread, the life depending upon it dies, cut off from life.

Prince Ravirn, of the House of Lachesis, is a junior in Classics and Computer Science and his college midterms are looming in the near future. As a child of a Fate, descended from Lachesis's blood line, he is far from your average computer whiz. He is a wizard at hacking viruses and programs. He can zero in on any flaw and manipulate it to his desires. That talent is what causes Great Aunt Atropos to summon him.

Atropos is out to crush free will of mankind. To do this she has spelled a digital virus called Puppeteer. She needs Ravirn to debug the program before she downloads it into the Fate Core. The Fate Core is the place where the destiny of every living thing is laid out. From inside you can rewrite that destiny. However, Ravirn is all for free will. He not only refuses to debug the spell, but actively opposes her.

By Ravirn's side is Melchior "Mel", his webgoblin/familiar. Mel can shapeshift into a sleek lap top or into a blue goblin form. Also with him is Cerice, a sexy sorceress who happens to also be a mean programmer. With Cerice is her webgoblin/familiar, Shara. Problem is that no matter how Cerice feels about Ravirn, there are times she must wonder if Ravirn is working with dysfunctional motherboard for a brain. Lastly, there is the webgoblin underground. But to go against all three Fates, as well as the Furies and other relatives is difficult, to say the least. Ravirn's destiny is now uncertain and it may take all the power of Orion to stop Puppeteer.

***** It has finally happened. Someone has crossed the genres of sci-fi and fantasy to create a magical world that has modern (futuristic) computer hackers. Since I love to play online RPGs and mess around with computers (never mind how), reading this novel was a MUST! I am happy to say that I am in no way disappointed. Author Kelly McCullough has taken characters out from the darkness of mythology and brought them into the light of the modern digital age. Deciding to use a child of the Fates is not unique; however, this magical/digitalized twist is. Out-freaking-standing! *****

Author: Gav Thorpe
Title - Malekith (W40K/ A Tale of the Sundering)

Aenarion the Defender was the first of the Phoenix Kings. After dying for his elven people most believed his son, Malekith, would take up the crown. Aenarion had raised his son with that assumption and trained Malekith in warcraft and ruling. Malekith also inherited his mother's gift for magic. Morathi, the Seeress, taught Malekith how to harness and use the power of Chaos for the good of Ulthuan's people. However, the First Council passed over Malekith and decreed Bel Shanaar to be the new Phoenix King.

Morathi, the queen-regent, is furious that her son has been overthrown. For the sake of peace, Malekith abides by the First Council's decision. Malekith gives the stewardship of Nagarythe to Morathi and sets off on an expedition to the lands of the east. Malekith's actions and battles make him legendary. Not only does he discover and fight beasts unknown to the elven people before, but he also meets the short and fearsome dwarfish people. Prince Malekith and the High King Snorri Whitebeard spend decades fighting at each other's side against trolls, giants, beastmen, and more. They even swear an oath of brotherhood. All is well while Bel Shanaar cared not for the colonies and stayed in Ulthuan. But after one thousand two hundred years, Bel Shanaar comes to meet the dwarfs' ruler, Snorri. With only a few sentences, Bel Shanaar takes credit for all Malekith's actions and negotiations. Bel Shanaar declares to Snorri that Malekith is only the Phoenix King's "embassy". The slight does not go unnoticed by Prince Malekith or his mother, Morathi. She has never stopped telling Malekith that he should return to Ulthuan and claim his birthright as Phoenix King. Malekith's bitterness begins to grow ...

**** FOUR STARS! My synopsis must stop there. To tell more would be to give major spoilers. Much more is going on than I reveal. There are more beasts, battles, magic, dark cults, back stabbing and ancient artifacts than I even hint at. The story is written in two parts. Most of the writing is narration style. The ending feels rushed to me and Malekith's actions unwise. I, as the reader, feel that the ending should have been crafted better. Yet as a whole, this "Time of Legends" story is full of action and adventure. A very good read indeed. ****

Author: Kirsten Imani Kasai
Title - Ice Song

Sorykah Minuit is an ice miner, an engineer and a doctor of ecology. She is also a Trader. A Trader is a shifter. She can turn into a man, Soryk. But when either shifts into the other, memories are shared.

Sorykah gave birth to twins six or seven months ago. The girl's name is Ayeda. The boy's name is Leander. The children inherited the Trader ability. In a world where somatics (human hybrids with mixed genetics and strange deformities) roam, Sorykah tries to keep their Trader abilities secret. Work takes her away from her children for a bit of time, but their nanny, Nels, cares for them in her absence. Nels is the only one who knows the children are Traders. But when Nels and the twins do not show up at the train station to meet her, Sorykah fears the worse. It soon becomes apparent that the twins and their nanny have been abducted by Matuk the Collector, an egomaniacal sadist with a large somatic zoo within his fortress. Stories abound of the horrible cruelties and experiments Matuk does to those in his collection. Sorykah/Soryk must cross icy wastes and a primeval forest filled with unimaginable dangers in hopes of locating and rescuing Nels and the twins.

*** THREE STARS! Sorykah/Soryk meets many interesting characters during the adventure, each more unique than the last, and those encounters seems to be the best parts of the story. The Trader ability is a wonderful idea and the plot is sound; however, the story does not seem to flow smoothly. Of course, that is only in my opinion. The male alter-ego does not have as much time in the spot light as I would have liked either. Though this is a stand-alone story, I sincerely hope that the author will write more adventures featuring somatics and Traders, even if not with these same characters. Kasai's fantasy world is just too rich and fascinating for only one visit. ***

Author: Emily Gee
Title - The Laurentine Spy

She was born dirt poor, below even the peasants. Dreading the life open before her, Saliel takes an opportunity to become a spy in the Corhonase citadel. With the money she earns Saliel could buy a better life for herself. She could have her independence and land with a small cottage by the sea. She becomes part of an elite spy group. She is only called Three whenever she meets with the others. Two is a servant and One is a nobleman. They meet secretly, deep under the citadel, within the catacombs. They are cloaked and wear hoods, keeping each ignorant of the others' identities. Only the Guardian knows their true names and faces. Up in the citadel, in the ballrooms and salons of the nobles' Court, she is believed to be Lady Petra.

After so long, Saliel's time of spying is almost over. Arrangements are being made for her departure. The only things left to do are to copy the third code book and disappear forever. But a sadistic Spycatcher is brought in. His pale eyes force people to speak the truth. Saliel is the only spy with the ability to lie to the Spycatcher. She keeps quiet as to how she accomplishes this. Should it ever become known that she has just a bit of magic, she would be burned at the stake.

**** This story is very much like a Historical Romance with small tad of magic thrown in. If you are looking for more magic than what seems to be hypnotizing, you will be disappointed. The setting is much like the Regency era of London's past. Saliel is the heroine of the story, but there is also a hero, Athan of House Seresin. Once out of the citadel, the story does not dwindle to a stop. On the contrary, it actually picks up and becomes even more exciting. The two spies must learn to trust each other and share their darkest secrets if they are to escape their pursuers. A believable story that shows prime examples of how far people may go for love and loyalty. ****

Author: Jeaniene Frost
Title - At Grave's End (Night Huntress #3)

Catherine "Cat" Crawfield is known as the Red Reaper by the undead world. She is half human and half vampire. By her side is a Master Vampire known as Bones. Just as things are beginning to settle down for the pair of lovers, trouble rears its ugly head. Patra is determined to kill Bones and Cat is even more determined to stop her. But Patra is not just the daughter of Cleopatra, she is even older than Bones and thus, much more powerful.

Tate Bradley is Cat's second-in-command. He has deep feelings for Cat but waited far too long to confess them and lost her to Bones. Per an agreement with Don Williams, Cat's uncle and boss who leads a special department of Homeland Security, Bones turns one human from Cat's elite team into a vampire - Tate.

With the aid of a newly formed alliance (and two vampires who are very famous men in human history) they must stop some dark magic from its lethal source.

***** Jeaniene Frost has become one of my favorite authors to date. Action, danger, and intrigue run rampant throughout the story, from cover to cover. Spicy subplots keep the tensions high as the main plot keep its readers glued. This series is better than chocolate! *****

Author: Jeaniene Frost
Title - Halfway to the Grave (Night Huntress #1)

Catherine "Cat" Crawfield is half vampire and half human due to her mother's date rape long ago. Her normally gray eyes turn green when she is upset. Instead of dating, Cat spends her evenings going after the undead with a vengeance. She can tell when one of the undead is close by and singles them out. Her hope is that one of the monsters she kills is her father.

Cat finds herself kidnapped by someone calling himself Bones. Bones is a vampire bounty hunter. His lair, for lack of a better term, is a hidden cave with all the latest amenities. Bones has been tracking a man named Hennessey for over eleven years. The pair form an unholy partnership and Cat begins training hard to earn an even higher status as demon hunter. At the same time, the pair are being pursued by a gang of killers - and one of them is closer to Cat than she would have ever imagined.

***** Fans of "Buffy the Vampire Slyer" will be drifting on clouds of joy with this outstanding new series by Jeaniene Frost. It is fast paced and action packed. I read the entire book in one sitting. Yes, it IS that good! I urge you to rush and pick up a copy of this title. I can hardly wait for the next book in the series. *****

Author: Robert Earl
Title - The Adventures of Florin & Lorenzo
(Warhammer Omnibus)

The Burning Shore: Book One
Florin D'Artaud and his manservant, Lorenzo Gaston, flee their town of Bordeleaux due to a gangster's vindictiveness. They join an expedition to the swampy land of Lustria. They were told it was to seek out treasure in the southern jungle. True, but they also find a strange place of ruins, full of traps. Just when things could not get any worse, it did. Thanks to a possibly crazy wizard craving fame from his college, Florin and Lorenzo must survive becoming a prisoner or lizard-like creatures.

**** Out of the entire omnibus this, in my opinion, is the worst. There is a lot of scene hopping and long-winded narration. However, this story sets up the characters and their backgrounds for the rest of the omnibus. ****

Haute Cuisine: Short Story
One year ago Florin and his manservant, Lorenzo, returned from their adventures in Lustria. As the treasure was being divided, a twenty-four pound egg was among the loot. Since it was not gold and no one claimed bringing it aboard, it was tossed over the side of the ship and into the water. That egg ends up causing a lizard-like infestation at the dock. The Harbour Master basically blackmails Florin and Lorenzo into taking care of the pest problem.

**** This one is a short story that begins shortly after the first book ends. I found the ending especially well done! ****

Wild Kingdoms: Book Two
At the young age of eight, Katerina de Hansebourg sees her father die during an ogre ambush on their caravan. Only Katerina and her ogre bodyguard, Jarmoosh survives. Ten years later, Katerina's mother hires Florin and Lorenzo to go find Katerina and bring her back. Since their tavern has recently burned down, Florin and Lorenzo agrees. An ogre by the name of Krom leads the pair in their journey. But Katerina is no fragile lady. She has grown up with Jarmoosh's tribe and is now much like an Amazon. Her tribe is about to enter war with Bashar Zog's. Katerina and her huge sabretusk, Tabby, are going nowhere until the upcoming battle is finished.

***** The story's focus splits in two for this book. Florin and Lorenzo get most of the attention, but Katerina gets a large portion too. I kept wondering why the mother waited ten years before even searching for her daughter. The answer is interesting and accurate to the characters' personalities. *****

Savage City: Book Three
Katerina de Hansebourg of Skabrand is now in Bordeleaux. Since Katerina is wed, her greedy mother and Mordicio cannot force her to their will. Before they can continue with their schemes, they nullify the problem of Katerina having a husband. Katerina is furious when her husband dies and her mother announces her plans. Having been raised by Jarmoosh in an ogre tribe, Katerina decides to take matters into her own hands. With blessings from the Lady, Katerina, along with Florin and Lorenzo, go into the Sump. This is where the dying and diseased live. Choosing a cul-de-sac with its dozen hovels, Katerina will turn the denizens into a new tribe too tough for outsiders to deal with.

***** A very fitting ending to the omnibus. Katerina is the main character this time around; however, Florin and Lorenzo play huge parts. Personally, I believe the author made a major mistake with what he did to Tabby. I can say no more without spoilers. For anyone who does not know, most Warhammer novels are written in the UK, so some spellings in this synopsis are written in the UK's way. (So you may see a few extra vowels in words.) All-in-all, this omnibus will please any fantasy fan out there! *****

Author: Nathan Long
Title - Blackhearts (Warhammer Omnibus)

Hetzau's Follies
In this short story, the foundation is set. Wounded in his first battle, Reiner Hetzau is sent to recuperate in Vulsk, a Kislev border town. While there, Reiner single-handedly flushes out an evil priestess of Nurgle and kills her before she can spread disease and confusion throughout the army. However, no one believes Reiner. He is charged with murdering a clergywoman and perpetrating the very crimes he had stopped the sorceress from committing. But soon enough Reiner and his fellow prisoners are given a choice, they can either be hanged for their crimes or carry out dangerous and suicidal secret missions. Dubbed the Blackhearts, Reiner and the other unfortunates set out on their adventures.

Valnir's Bane
In this full length novel, the men are to escort Lady Magda, a Sister of Shallya, back to her convent. The convent has been overrun with Chaos. The group is to recover a relic (a banner) called Valnir's Bane. This banner could turn the tide of the war, leading the army to victory over Chaos. However, the banner has been tainted and Lady Magda is but another evil woman bent on power. Problem is that she has fooled everyone into believing the Blackhearts are the bad guys.

Rotten Fruit
Despite the fact that they helped Count Manfred Valdenheim reclaim his family castle from the Kurgan who had occupied it since the Chaos invasion and despite the additional fact that Reiner Hetzau and his group of Blackhearts had saved the count (and the Empire) from ruin, the Blackhearts were to publicly hanged. At least, that is what all will believe. Truth is that Count Manfred and a select few others will know that be the only ones to know that instead of the Blackhearts, other prisoners were hanged. This does not mean the Blackhearts are free. On the contrary, the band has simply exchanged one blackmailer for another. Now they must do Manfred's dirty work or die of a poison that had been rubbed into their skins. In this short story, the Blackhearts are dealing with a sorceress, bent on the downfall of Lord Groff's rule.

The Broken Lance
In this full length novel, the brands on the hands of the Blackheart team are gone. However, the poison in their blood remains. The poison lies dormant within them unless they attempt to leave Count Manfred's service or betray him. Thus Reine Hetzau and his group (plus four new members) continue onward, into their next mission. Deep in the Black Mountains is an Empire fort which guards an isolated pass and protects a nearby gold mine. The Blackhearts must discover why the gold supply has all but stopped. They entire the fort as new recruits for General Broder Gutzmann. Though suspecting one of the new four members is a spy for Manfred, Reine has his hands too full of ratmen to worry about it.

Tainted Blood
This is the last story and it is a full length novel. There are four Blackhearts left. There is a chance that one of them is still a spy for Manfred. This causes major friction between them. Reiner is still considered to be the captain though. Count Manfred add another four new members to the Blackhearts. They, too, have tainted blood. Manfred accompanies the elf mage Teclis to Talabheim on a diplomatic mission. The Blackhearts go as well, disguised as Manfred's servants. Chaos abounds in Talabheim. Reiner wonders if it has anything to do with Lady Magda who is in residence. He still has unfinished business with the evil woman. Lord Teclis soon realizes the cause of chaos is due to the removal of a waystone that deals with any magical energies in the area. Unless the waystone is reseated, the danger will worsen and eventually spread around the entire world. Problem is that the waystone has disappeared.

**** The entire Blackhearts series is collected in this one volume. Perfect for any fantasy fan! You do not have to be a Warhammer fan to thoroughly enjoy this series. Reiner is not the best example of humanity and that it is that very fact that makes him believable. I found myself alternating between holding my breath during the larger than life battles and laughing myself silly during the more outrageous scenes. Radical! ****

Author: Michael J. Sullivan
Title - The Crown Conspiracy (Riyria Revelations, Bk 1)

Set in the fantasy world of Elan. Royce Melborn and Hadrian Blackwater are independent thieves-for-hire (a.k.a. guildless). None are better than they in the art of procurement. Most of their clients are nobles. They are hired to steal a sword from within the castle of the royal family, but they quickly learn that it is a set up. King Amrath has been murdered and the two men are the scapegoats.

Prince Alric Brendon Essendon is devastated and sentences the thieves to die come the dawn. However, Princess Arista knows they are innocent. Fearing for her brother's life, Arista helps them escape and convinces them to kidnap the prince. Royce and Hadrian are to escort Alric to a hidden prison, where time stands still, and have the prince speak with its sole prisoner, Esrahaddon. Once done, Prince Alric understands the traitorous plot unfolding before him. The thieves become the temporary "Royal Protectors" and the prince begins his campaign to retake his kingdom and rescue his sister.

***** Though it is obvious from the start who the main traitor is (at least it is to me), this story is very well done. I am very impressed with the timeless prison and the character of Esrahaddon. I hope to see more of the wizard in future novels. This is the first of a six book series and the lucky ones will catch each as they are released. I can hardly wait for the next book, Avempartha! (April 2009). If it is half as good as this first story, then the author will have a winning series on his hands. Excellent! *****

Author: C. L. Werner
Title - Blood for the Blood God (Warhammer)

Teiyogtei Khagan, the "glorious king" of the Tsavag, was the only one able to kill the Skulltaker. Teiyogtei's weapon was the Bloodeater, born in the Black Altar, created from the raw hate of a fallen daemon. By destroying the Skulltaker's mortal shell the monster was banished from the lands for over five hundred generations of men. Yet the deed cost Teiyogtei his life. All knew that Skulltaker, the bloody-handed executioner of Khorne, would return someday to cut the legacy of the king from the flesh of his warlords. That day has finally come.

There are eight warlords of Teiyogtei today. Two die before the others even realize what they are dealing with. Hutga Khagan, chief of the Tsavag, and his son, Dorgo Foecrusher, must call a truce with the Sul tribe in hope of infiltrating Teiyogtei's tomb and locating the Black Altar. The reforging of Bloodeater may be their only hope of surviving the Skulltaker's return.

*** Though the story plot is well crafted, be ready for some long-winded descriptions by the author. However, if you can wade through them, you will find yourself rewarded with a wonderful fantasy adventure complete with treason, war, magic, bloody battles, and a rather unexpected ending. ***

Author: Nathan Long
Title - Elfslayer (Gotrek & Felix # 10)

Felix Jaeger has been the companion of Slayer Gotrek Gurnisson for most of his adult life. During that time Felix has battled alongside the dwarf to defeat trolls, dragons, skaven, daemons, orcs, and so much more. Gotrek was never more happy than while in battle, hoping for the glorious death in which Felix has promised to write up and publish for all to know. The pair had traveled a great distance to battle evil, only to learn that they were too late. Since then, Gotrek seems to have done what Felix thought was not possible. Gotrek has given up. All the dwarf did now was drink horrid-flavored, weak beer and mope.

The pair travels to Marienburg to fulfill the death wish of Felix's father. Felix is to retrieve a letter from Hans Euler, a blackmailer. While doing so, the pair run into their old companion, the wizard Max Schreiber. Max and a beautiful seeress, Claudia Pallenberger, have been sent to investigate evil portents off the north coast of the Empire. Gotrek agrees to join them even though it meant sharing a ship with a high born elf and his men. This begins the duo's most dangerous adventure to date. In the Sea of Claws they must battle dark elves, skaven, and an ancient weapon that the druchii will use to cause earthquakes, tidal waves, raise valleys and lower mountains into the sea bed, utterly destroying their elvish cousins in Ulthuan and all humans.

***** Author Nathan Long has done a terrific job since he took over the series a few books back. The only difference I have really noticed is that Felix has become way too nice. Here is a book you CAN judge by its cover. The story is as wild and adventurous as the book's cover suggests. Dark elves, sea dragons, black magic...the works! Highly recommended reading! *****

Author: Nathan Long
Title - Manslayer (Gotrek & Felix #9)

Dwarf Trollslayer Gotrek Gurnisson and his human companion Felix Jaeger are en route to Middenheim, hopefully in time for the siege. They stop off in the Imperial city of Nuln where they run into Gotrek's old friend the Slayer Malakai Makaisson. Malakai is with the College of Engineering and helping the Imperial war effort by transporting cannons to Middenheim in his airship the Spirit of Grungni. Our heroic duo would reach Middenheim a couple of weeks faster if they travel via the airship and even have a couple of extra nights for drinking before lift off.

Unfortunately the Ruinous Powers have plans of their own. Cultists calling themselves the Brothers of the Cleansing Flame steal the black powder meant for the new cannons. Gotrek and Felix must help locate the thieves if they are to have any hope of reaching Middenheim in time.

**** Readers get to meet up with Ulrika and see how she has been doing since her undead status began. Otto, Felix's brother, unknowingly and unwillingly shares a bit of the adventure too. I am sure we will hear more of Otto's family in the future.

Author Nathan Long has done a terrific job keeping our heroes true to William King's vision; however, Felix is a bit too nice. From beginning to the end, this story is one long string of battles, guaranteed to please! ****

Author: Nick Kyme
Title - Oathbreaker (Warhammer)

When Karak Varn, an ancient dawi hold, is overrun by skaven and orcs, Dwarf Thane Uthor and his new companions swear an oath to reclaim it in the name of his ancestor Kadrin Redmane, Lokki Kraggson, and all of the dwarfs that gave their lives to defend it. They go to Everpeak in hope of being granted an army from the High King. However, due to a possible war to the north and another hold to be retaken, the dwarfs only receive sixty warriors. As they return to Karak Varn, a group of slayers join them, hoping to find their glorious deaths.

In order to succeed, the brave dwarfs must overcome impossible odds. Skaven Warlord Thratch, his assassin, and their rat-kin are but a few obstacles. There is also Goblin Warlord Skartooth, his pet troll, and the orcs. And just to make the odds even more interesting, an ancient and long forgotten beast far down into the underdeep begins to stir.

*** It is not often I find myself rewarded with a Warhammer tale set among the dawi race. This title shows the Dwarfs in all their cunning and hard-headed glory. My biggest problem with this story is that there are way too many characters to keep up with. I had to write them down as I read just so I could keep them straight. (Almost a full dozen names and titles.) When the dwarfs began to break off into three or more groups, it got really tricky because the scenes kept changing between them. There is just too much toggling going on. Several of the dwarfs died needlessly and often too easily. Readers who understand what an Oathbreaker is, such as myself, will find themselves wondering why the novel was given the title until near the end. As for the enemies, the skaven are given the most attention. The orcs are not given much attention at all and are smarter than normal. The beast is seldom mentioned and has very little time in the spot light. Yet all-in-all, this is a good read and worth your time to pick up a copy. ***

Author: Steven Savile
Title - Curse of the Necrarch (Warhammer)

Radu the Forsaken made his home in the highest tower of Kastell Metz, with those few he trusted. He seldom walked among the deformed ones who had gathered into a community of rejects within the castle's shadow. Every member of that small gathering was marked with deformity and sickness. They lived in squalor, beneath canvas and other scavenged shelters. They feared the vampire's thirst and wrath, but knew from experience that it was a life preferable to one with normal people. Radu's sire, Korbhen, had left Kastell Metz decades before, in search of a living book that had been brought out of the Lands of the Dead.

Radu's two apprentice thralls were Casimir and Amsel. Radu kept an eye on them both, wary of deceit and betrayal. However, Casimir was the one Radu expected of hiding plans to destroy him and take over. Then Amsel came forward with an ancient page, written in code, revealing clues to the location of an ancient treasure, possibly a relic of the Great Necromancer, Nagash.

Reinhardt Metzger was Knight Protector in the service of the Graf. Reinhardt expected to retire soon and pass his duty to a younger, stronger man. But when normal communications are interrupted, he and Kaspar Bohmen, his long time friend and right hand, ventured out. They learned that the dead walked the land and rushed back to prepare the town. When his town of Grimminhagen ended up being invaded and its inhabitants slaughtered, Reinhardt swore vengeance!

***** Steven Savile again proves himself to be a master in the Warhammer Fantasy field. Every page seems to ooze in blood, be they innocent or corrupted. Slight mentions of ancient texts or treasures from his other novels blends in and makes this story just a bit more believable too. This title is cursed to be another winner! Totally exorbitant! *****

Author: Phaedra Weldon
Title - Spectre

In the weeks and months since being transformed to a Wraith, Zoe Martinique has adjusted to her new status; she has some awesome powers while in spirit form, the only real drawback is no voice. However, as things generally do, life is about to take a downward spiral for her. Because powerful beings connected to her hidden past want some gems that will give them power beyond measure, Zoe finds herself trying to solve a mystery and being forced into even more unspeakable acts than possession in order to save her mother from a fate far worse than death and all mankind from an evil as old as time.

***** Zoe's wry humor gives her a "voice" that readers will readily identify with and enjoy. She's sharp and funny, even at her most serious moments when things look dire. Ms. Weldon's unique concept of a world is fascinating and one that makes you want to see more of it, soon. Truly original spins on concepts are few and far between. Thankfully, readers can say they have found something special and new in the Zoe series. *****

Author: Lynn Hardy
Title - Prophecy of the Flame (Book I: Love's Dawning)

What begins as an innocent gaming session ends with several of the players swept into another world. Once there, they discover they have taken on the personas they were adopting for the pretend adventure. Rebecca discovers that she is now the Archmage Reba, and the most sought after woman in the kingdom. War and politics surround her and Reba finds that it will take all her skills to avert potential disaster. Yet, her biggest challenge is resisting the pull of love towards the Crown Prince. All class and world differences aside, Reba is still married, albeit to a worthless man on her home world, but she takes the vows seriously, even if her husband does not. She is also determined to make her new land a better place.

*** Though the use of the present tense is somewhat distracting, this is a fun read, very reminiscent of both Connecticut Yankee by Mark Twain and Guardians of the Flame by Joel Rosenberg. Seeing how the story continues to unfold will be a treat for readers who love epic fantasy that does not take itself terribly seriously. ***

Author: Gregory Maguire
Title - Lion Among Men

Until now, the Cowardly Lion's name has gone unknown; now, thanks to Mr. Maguire, we know him to be Brr. Was he truly a coward, or did he simply not like to fight, preferring more academic pursuits? How did he feel about the Wicked Witch of the West, aka, Elphiba, who helped free him from captivity? In the days following the Wizard's departure, how did he, indeed, how did all of Oz fare and what role did this purported "king of the beasts" play in the shaping of the new order? Was he ever brave enough to fall in love? These questions and more are answered in this chronicle of Oz centered around Brrr, the formerly cowardly Lion, who found his vocation in helping smooth relations between the Animals, not to be confused with mere animals, and Men.

*** Once again, we get a new perspective on the Merry Old Land of Oz, one that is far more political and conflict ridden than the earliest incarnations would have one think, though it is in keeping with the darker versions such as Lost in Oz or Tin Man. Though the reader will be challenged to keep pace of when each scene takes place in the chronology, it is safe to say that if you enjoyed Son of a Witch, you will adore Lion Among Men. ***

Author: Natasha Rhodes
Title - The Last Angel (Kayla Steele #2)

Kayla Steele is the newest member of the Hunters, an underground monster-fighting hit-squad. Her boyfriend, Karrel Dante with the LAPD, had been murdered last month by werewolves. The same gang who murdered Karrel (now undead) is after her, convinced that she knew some vital information that Karrel had died in order to keep secret.

An angel is found murdered on the streets of Sunset Boulevard. Harlequin, a vampire with a half million dollar bounty on his head, intends to obtain the angel's body. According to the Bateaux Prophecy, just one drop of angelic blood would restore Harlequin's soul to him. Then he would begin experiments in genetic manipulation. Harlequin plans to create a new superior race, a combination of vampire and angel.

It is up to the Hunters to stop the onset of Armageddon. Yet to do so, they must team up with werewolves.

**** If you did not read the first book (Dante's Girl) you will still understand what is going on; however, you may find yourself lost once or twice. The action alternates between fast and slow. Even though there is little in the way of smooth transitions of scenes, it all comes together for a very entertaining story. The Kayla Steele novels are on their way to becoming one terrific dark fantasy series. ****

Author: Richelle Mead
Title - Storm Born

Known as the Dark Swan among the paranormal community, Eugenie is somewhat of a trouble shooter for the magical, but her present case is something that will require her to need help in order to save the world, not to mention, herself and an innocent young woman. Forced to draw on her inherited traits; she is the daughter of the Storm King, one of the Fey, Eugenie is challenged to exceed her limits daily. She must not only be able to fight on a physical level, but to fend off aggressive courtship, as her first born child is something every magical male within her area wants to sire, thanks to a prophecy. She is both a threat and a promise, all in one heroic package, but she would settle for one lover and her calmer, albeit interesting life where she might have to exorcise a shoe, but at least she was away from politics.

*** Intriguing characters and action driven scenes make this an interesting start to a new series. Though there are many lines of similarity with the Merry Gentry series, they are only superficial and this is in no way a clone of the other. Rather, it is a new journey into fairy land, one that shows how dangerous it is and how wondrous, all at once. ***

Author: Rachel Caine
Title - Gale Force

The war between the Djinn and the Wardens may have ceased and a new dynamic emerged from the conflict, but life is far from calm and quiet for Jo Baldwin. With her new powers and being the Conduit's lover, she has more to cope with than ever. Complicating matters is the opposition the Djinn have towards her relationship with David and the effects it could mean for them as a race as well as a new evil force that shakes the Earth and threatens all of life with the opposite of creation. Then, someone who should be dead makes all of that pale in comparison.

***** Light, wry wit keeps things from getting too heavy, but even at the funniest moments, there is an intense drama that makes this a magnetic book. Jo's stories are impossible to not read once you get hooked. Her human frailty is ever present, keeping her real, no matter how powerful she becomes. This series shows no signs of weakening and is the one time you can welcome a storm in your life. The characters are ones you care about so much that leaving them at the end is painful, no matter that you will be rushing to find out how the end does happen. *****

Author: Jocelynn Drake
Title - Nightwalker (Dark Days #1)

The naturi longed for the extinction of all vampires and humans. With the ability to overtake the will of the lycanthrope, they would have been kept alive only as slaves. But centuries ago most of the naturi had been exiled to another world, thanks to the Triad, consisting of three ancient and powerful vampires. During that pivotal time in history, Mira had been a captive of a naturi named Nerian. The Triad rescued Mira, but not before the young vampire learned all about torture. With most of the naturi sealed off from the world, all were relatively safe. Until now...

The naturi are now attempting to break the seal and open the door, releasing all the naturi into the world again. Should they succeed, all other life would end. Mira now lives in the United States, protecting her domain. Few know of Mira's special ability. She is the only vampire able to create and manipulate fire. Mira, the Fire Starter. Yet somehow, a shadowy group called Themis knows about her and sends out Danaus, a Hunter. His kind hunt down and slaughter vampires. But Danaus is not to kill Mira. Instead, he seeks her out for information and possible help. The naturi have already completed one of three ceremonial sacrifices needed to break the seal and release their brethren. Danaus may be human, but their is something very different about him from the other humans. Unknown to Themis, Danaus has a few special abilities of his own and is older than anyone knows. Though neither Danaus, nor Mira, trust the other, they must call a truce long enough to stop a mutual enemy.

***** It is hard to believe that this is Jocelynn Drake's debut novel. The author has crafted a dark and compelling story that kept me reading late into the night. Both main characters are evenly matched and I found it very entertaining to watch them circle each other warily while still working together. Utterly delicious! *****

Author: Chris Howard
Title - Sea Born

A family feud, possession, war, and magic will sweep you away to another world in this novel. Kassandra's grandfather killed her mother and would like to do the same to her, the crown princess of the Seaborn people. Because of that, she has lived in exile on the land, but the time has come to move against the old man and reclaim what is hers. To that end, the young woman will use whatever means and whoever she must to bring about her grandfather's defeat. She is not alone in her struggle; her friend, Corina Lairsey, has been drawn into the struggle by virtue of being possessed by Aleximor, a Seaborn necromancer who is using her to gain control over the kingdom and ultimately, everything.

*** Complex and multi-faceted, this story has much to offer the fantasy reader. Though largely a plot driven story, the author has taken great time and care in world building, creating a fascinating society filled with both love and treachery. ***

Author: Mercedes Lackey
Title - The Snow Queen

In the Kingdoms, the Godmothers shape and guide the Tradition, the magic that impels events to conform to Fate's web, making sure impoverished young men will sell their cows for magic beans, orphaned cinder girls go to the ball, and so on. The Snow Queen is among the Godmothers, a benign, albeit austere and bored lady, who guides the romances of silly girls and shallow boys in her extreme Northern clime. Then, she becomes a victim of identity theft when a hostile witch begins killing, claiming to be her. To save her own reputation and the victims this malivent woman has taken, the Snow Queen must stir from her icy realm and fight for the soul of a young man whose heart is infected with ice.

**** When I was a very small girl, the Snow Queen was one of the most terrifying stories to me. Ms. Lackey has fleshed it out and transformed it into an exciting, much more upbeat saga that will captivate young and old alike. Without dumbing down the story in the fashion of some nameless adaptations of classic tales, she gives readers the feel good ending they crave. ****

Author: Patricia Rosemoor
Title - The Last Vampire

The discovery of an ancient mummy is what begins what could turn Earth into Hell. At first, it seemed the only effect would be to create a new breed of super soldiers, but then, the mummy roused by accident and by voodoo. Now, the evil being is in pursuit of the Philosopher's Stone to gain true immortality and then to bring his own race into the dominant position in the world, to create a new race of vampires. It falls to Scott Boulder, the leader of the Black Ops corp created from the vampire's DNA, and archeologist Leah Maguire to stop him and save humanity, or risk losing their souls.

**** Fast paced action, an intriguing and unique take on the vampire legend, and a respect for the holy make this a thriller that is guaranteed to satisfy anyone in search of an exciting, dramatic read. What's even better is that it is just the start of a new series for readers to discover and explore. The authors' voices blend well; you cannot tell two people are writing. Seeing how they continue will be worthwhile for their lucky audience. ****

Author: Maggie Shayne
Title - Angel's Pain

Like all vampires, Briar is out for blood, but in her case, it's figuratively as well as literally. Once upon a time, Gregor was her mentor, but his betrayal has incited her to want revenge, and since she's not the only one out to get him, she puts in her lot with Reaper's gang, but only long enough to achieve her goal. She does not wants friends and certainly does not intend to take something like a lover. Briar intends to live up to her name and have no ties to anyone. Things get complicated when they use Gregor's son to try and get to him. The lines begin to blur about who is a good guy vs. who is not. Moreover, Briar finds that her cold exterior might be a facade over a heart with is capable of love, no matter how she might deny it.

*** Ms. Shayne begins drawing her two vampire worlds together in this novel. Previously, I had believed them to be totally separate, other than having the same author. These stories are certainly the more complex of the two, drawn with greyer lines and shades. The ensemble cast gives the reader a more global point of view, allowing them to see multiple sides of every dispute. It is a credit to her talent that she can juggle so much going on at once so well. ***

Author: Jessica Anderson
Title - Nightkeepers

For millennia, the Nightkeepers have watched over the world, standing between it and the demons that would overrun it given the opportunity. The time is coming when once again, the hell spawn will have its chance to wreck havoc one final time in a world ending event unless Striking Jaguar, one of the last Nightkeepers, and Leah Daniels, a detective on the trail of a serial killer, can stop it. They first meet when Leah is the designated sacrifice on a primitive altar; at least, that's the first time in person. They already met once upon a dream. Now, together, the couple must defy fate and a prophecy that is old as time to save the world. It's an impossible task, just as their love is also one that just cannot be.

**** As a wise person once said, "they were in the wrong place, at the wrong time, naturally, they became heroes. Leah and Striking Jaguar fulfill that proverb to a tee. Granted, their characterization is somewhat overshadowed by the intricacies of world building and the nonstop, action intensive plot. Yet, despite those drawbacks, which for many will be assets according to preference, Ms. Anderson delivers a story that is both solid romance and adventure novel. If you enjoy movies like Lara Croft or the Mummy, or just want something truly new, you will definitely want this. ****

Author: Lori Handeland
Title - Any Given Doomsday

Lizzie Phoenix wanted to be a cop, but thanks to her psychic "gifts", or curses, depending on your point of view, that proved to be a nightmare, so she settled for being a P.I. It's not a client, though that gets her into her present mess. Finding the body of a friend sets off a chain of events that will test her mettle and reveal her destiny, which might be a very short lived one, as the end of the world is looming. Lizzie, though, is supposed to stop it, and has been groomed for this time so that she can. Both helped and in some ways hindered by two extraordinary in every sense of the word men who care for her, Lizzie is granted new powers and abilities as a result of her love for them. But, will being a psychic empathy with shapeshifting and dhampiric abilities be enough to stand between the world's life and the Nephilim?

***** I must admit, that the new Lori Handeland book was not another Night Creatures one was initially a disappointment. However, it only took a page or two for that to be completely alleviated. Lizzie is as much of a kick butt heroine as Edward was a "hero," but with a better sense of humor. Laughs are not the only assets in this story. She has written a story that is partly based on the Bible without being preachy, but is true to the spirit of that book and is exciting at every turn. Moreover, great respect is evident for the Bible and the two religions that honor it. This new world that the author has envisioned is one that should be fascinating, complex, and almost familiar, though not quite. Discovering it will be a joy. *****

Author: C.L. Werner
Title - Runefang (Warhammer)

The land of Wissenla is beset by inhuman abominations. Zahaak, one of the Dark Lords of Nagash, is causing havoc. His deathless legion is laying waste to Wissenland, ending all life upon it. Soon it is determined that they only hope of salvation is in locating the legendary weapon of Count Eldred. It is a sword known by many names, the most famous being the Grudge Settler and Runefang. The dwarf Skanir Durgrund says it is possibly locked away in a dwarfish war-tomb somewhere in the Black Mountains.

Count Eberfeld sends Baron Ernst von Rabwald and the baron's champion, Max Kessler, to gather an assorted group and begin the expedition that will decide the fate of Wissenla. A halfling cook, an ogre, a dwarf, a road warden, and a Crone of Morr are but a few of the odd people chosen. The task of finding Runefang is made even more impossible due to a traitor within their midst and a greenskin warlord.

As for Count Eberfeld, help just may come from an unexpected source - maybe.

*** One of my pet peeves is a story that gives a character's full background only to kill the character off early on. This story is guilty of that, more than once. There are some characters that I could find no reason to even be mentioned in the story. The plot line is pretty good, but such an ancient and powerful weapon should not have been this easy to locate. All-in-all, this is not a bad book, but do not expect anything worth telling friends about. ***

Author: Talia Gryphon
Title - Key to Conspiracy

Marine paranormal psychoanalyst Gillian Key has faced her share of challenging clients, but perhaps this latest adventure will prove to be her most difficult to date. Following the successful busting up of a ring of child slavers who were taking advantage of a disaster in Russia, her next case brings her back into conflict with the Prince of Darkness, Dracula, and his newest minion, the new incarnation of Jack the Ripper. Separated from her true love, the vampire Aleksei, Gillian is even more vulnerable to the count, who wants her in more ways than one.

*** This is a fascinating, richly populated world, filled with Fey folk, vampires, lycanthropes of all flavors, beings who have the names and powers of pagan gods, and lots of angst. It is a welcome twist on the paradigm to find that these super beings have to wrestle with their psyches and that they have help doing so. If you enjoy action filled novels that do not ignore characterization, then the Key series is just what you need. ***

Author: L.L. Foster
Title - Servant: The Acceptance (Blood Ties #4)

Gabrielle Cody combines both halves of her name - the Gabrielle being reminiscent of the Archangel and Cody bringing to mind the old West sharpshooter, to be the bane of Evil's existence. She is a paladin of God, but it is a hard, demanding life, one that leave no room for personal ties. Despite this, Detective Luther Cross wants to be part of her world. For some time now, the pair has been separated, but he has sought her and finding her again throws the young warrior into a slight tailspin from which she recovers to agree to join forces with Luther to stop a vile being who is preying on the young. Though Luther is the one person capable of changing her, Gaby needs him now, because some dangers are best faced with a partner.

**** Using strong words and making good use of imagery and names, Ms. Foster has created a vivid world filled with danger and magic. The redemptive themes and emotional development the characters, especially Gaby, face are the strengths of this saga, more so than the plot even. Gabrielle is among the most edgy heroines, but also complex and fascinating. Luther complements her perfectly and it is clear that their relationship is a vital one, but sure to be rocky, much to the readers' enjoyment. ****

Author: Anthony Reynolds
Title - Knight Errant
(Bretonnian Knights #1)

Lutheure, Lord of Bastonne, is ailing. It is up to his two sons to protect the area and uphold the honor of their line. Calad is first born and heir. Bertelis is his half-brother. The two could not be more opposite in looks, talents, and manners. When word comes that the south-eastern lands of Bordeleaux has been overrun with greenskins, Lutheure sends Calad, Bertelis, and some men to help repel the invaders.

Folcard, the household's fierce chamberlain, tells Taneborc, the Lady of Bastonne's favorite knight, that the lady wishes him to kill Calad. The assassin in the midst is not the only problem headed Calad's way. Maloric, the young Earl of Sangasse, hates the two brothers. Worst of all is the fact that the true enemy comes from an unexpected source and it preys on human and greenskin alike.

***** Never before has a tale of the Bretonnian Knights been told. This is the first of a new trilogy (or series). The author did a good job on developing the characters of Calad and Bertelis. However, why Lutheure is ailing will be too obvious to most readers. I wish that part had been handled better. Other than that, I cannot think of anything bad about the story. The plot is realistic for the Warhammer universe. The prime evil is secluded so readers will be just as confused and unsure as the brothers are. I like it when, as the reader, I see things unfold at the same time as the main characters. Author Anthony Reynolds has proven his talent in prior titles, but this tale shows that the author's best may be yet to come...and that is saying something awesome! *****

Author: Robin D. Owens
Title - Keepers of the Flame

For weeks, twin sisters Bri and Elizabeth are haunted by the sound of gongs and chimes in their heads. Then, one evening in the elevator, they don't stop on their floor, but keep on going until they reach another world, Llandrana, where they have been summoned as the next Exotique, this time, for the Medicas. A terrible disease is ravishing the land, one that involves not only the body, but apparently the soul as well. These two sisters, gifted with healing hands, are the best hope to stop it, but their progress is hampered by divided hearts. As they fall in love with this land and with the people, two in particular, they also yearn for home. Then, the need for a cure becomes even more urgent.

***** This is one of the most engaging worlds ever to grace the universe of epic fantasy. Though the basic framework of the prior three novels is maintained, Keepers of the Flame does not follow any set "formula," but is filled with surprises as the sisters adapt and struggle in the world to which they have been summoned. Thus, what is loved about the other books is still there, but it is also a fresh, new spin on the overall story. Those who have followed Alexa, Calli, Marian, and their beloveds, as well as the darling feycoocus, will be delighted to see how they are doing by now, as well as re-meeting other old friends again. This is a long book, one you will have to commit time to read, but it's worth the investment. I just wish there was an accompanying soundtrack to play as you do so, for the words are filled with music. *****

Author: Simon R. Green
Title - Unnatural Inquirer

John Taylor does not get to pause for breath before he finds himself neck deep in his next case. Someone has made a DVD of the Afterlife, and it's up to him to find it for the Unnatural Inquirer, the tabloid of the Nightside. They also want to know what happened to its owner, who has disappeared. Naturally, the competition for such a prize is high, and considering that it's the Nightside, dangerous. Fortunately, John has many resources to call upon, including a girlfriend who would just as soon shoot anyone who gets in her way as look at them and could cut out their guts, smiling all the while. He can also, at least for the moment, count among his allies the spokesman for the Ancient Powers and has his own unique gifts on which to draw. He'll need all of that and then some when he's trying to keep a step ahead of the forces of Hell, among other things.

*** Sardonic humor and a highly imaginative setting makes this a rollicking feast for the mind. Mr. Green has breathed life into his world, making it funny and edgy, with vivid pictures he creates via his words. Fast paced action makes this easy to read, but it's not so fast that you get your brain whirled and have to back up to see what you just read again. Though I suspect a greater familiarity with Nightside would have aided my enjoyment, the book stands alone well enough. ***

Author: Marjorie M. Liu
Title - The Iron Hunt

During the day Maxine Kiss is covered in black tattoos, even her nails. The only part of her body that is not covered in markings is from the top of her neck to her hairline. Maxine keeps all the markings covered - always. During the day those same tattoos are her armor. Nothing can harm her. She is invincible. At night the tattoos peel from her skin to take on forms of their own. No one would ever have imagined an army of demons living on one woman's skin. When "the boys" peel off of her skin, Maxine is human - vulnerable. But the demons are the best little bodyguards on earth.

Long ago a prison had been built out of air, a prison made of layers and rings and boundaries. The worst demons were sealed in the prison. Yet now, ten thousand years later, the prison is beginning to fail. However, even way back then, someone knew it would eventually happen. That someone created the Wardens, men and women with the speed and power to guard this world against a break in the prison veil. The Wardens were humans constructed to fight those demons that manage to slip through the veil. The Wardens are all dead now. The women in Maxine's family are the last.

Someday, just like her mother before her, Maxine will raise and train her daughter. Then "the boys" will abandon Maxine for her daughter - leaving Maxine helpless against her enemies. This, for Maxine, is normal. It is the way of Earth's last protector. It is life with no love, reveling in death. Enter the one man who just may change everything.

**** This story is nothing short of bizarre. I was well into the story before everything began to make sense. Zee, the only one of Maxine's demons which actually talks, loves to speak in riddles. As things begin to solidify and make some sense to me, the author throws me for a loop by introducing zombies and demons that Maxine tolerates, if not allowing herself to feel some affection towards.

If you are looking for a quick read then this is not the book for you. Author Marjorie M. Liu's story is multi-layered and will grab readers' interests quickly, never to let go. A tantalizing read! ****

Author: Anthony Reynolds
Title - Empire in Chaos
(Warhammer Online: Age of Reckoning)

When Annaliese Jaeger's village is being destroyed by plague and zombie-like creatures, she halts her flight long enough to release an elf captive. Though the two do not speak a common language, Annaliese soon realizes that the elf, Eldanair, has pledged himself to ensure her safety until such time she is delivered to a safe haven. His traveling party no longer lives, yet Eldanair is unable to track down and enact his vengeance upon the Druchii until his pledge has been completed. As they travel, the elf helps the girl better her fighting skills.

Uno Grunwald is a witch hunter. One of the mantras is "Suffer not a witch to live." His very presence inspires fear and twinges of guilt even in the guiltless. Grunwald is en route to Black Fire Pass when he encounters Thorrik Lokrison, a dwarf of Clan Barad. The dwarf is oath-bound to deliver a secret item to its rightful owner. Learning they both have the same destination, they travel together.

The four people will eventually meet. When they do, each duo must warily trust the other to ensure survival. They must battle alongside the armies of the Empire, against the dreaded Chaos Raven Host. Should Black Fire Pass fall to the enemy, the future of the Empire is doomed.

***** If you are a Gamer, like me, then you are already anticipating the Warhammer online game. The "Warhammer Online" series is a tie-in with the game. Author Anthony Reynolds knows the ins-and-outs of each character class and it clearly shows in this story.

Though this is obviously the beginning of a trilogy, if not a longer series, from Anthony Reynolds, readers will not find themselves hanging at the end. Contrarily, I found that it ends in the perfect spot. If you read no other story in this series, you will still feel complete. However, true fantasy fans will want to see what develops from the few loose threads left behind. This author has a bright future ahead. *****

Author: Mike Carey
Title - Vicious Circle

Fix returns to the pages in this exciting new adventure that has him trying to locate a kidnapped ghost, battling demons, trying to sort out personal problems, and assorted other problems, all of which are somehow tied together. Despite the urgings of common sense and good friends, he can't just walk away from the dangers, even as he longs for the days when a case simply meant asking the spirit of the dearly departed some important, yet trivial question or getting rid of a worrisome, but basically non-malicious bug-a-boo. Though it seems strange that the ghost of a little girl could have cosmic importance, apparently, she does, so Fix will live up to his name and make the situation right.

*** Britain continues to provide the colonies with some of the best in Sci-Fi. Mr. Carey turns tradition on his ear in imagining a world were lycanthropes are actually ghosts possessing animals and that spectres can actually be kidnapped or killed, again, in a sense. Though not as character driven as the Dresden files and lacking a bit of its warmth, unless you count the hellfire Asmodeus would like to rain down, fans of that series or of Lilith Saint Crow will surely find this to be a must read as the tone is a cross between the two. ***

Author: Anton Strout
Title - Dead to Me

Reformed thief Simon Canderous has always used his unique talent, psychometric, the ability to instantly get the history of anything with a single touch, as a career. Now employed by the Department of Extraordinary Affairs, every day presents unusual challenges to say the least. Where else can you deal with a ghost who does not know she's dead, a homicidal bookcase, wooden fish, and the forces of darkness? Simon's life is filled with excitement, never more so than now when there is a nefarious plot going on that could make all ghosts worse than dead. Yet, amidst it all, he longs for one thing denied him by his blessed curse; a real relationship, and not with an evil stalker preferably.

**** Mr. Strout's debut is one to make urban fantasy fans cheer. Simon is the same sort of hero that has won our hearts in the form of Harry Dresden. Sardonic wit is combined with fantastic scenarios and edgy tension to make this book fly by. ****

Author: William King
Title - Trollslayer (Gotrek & Felix #1)

Trollslayer is actually seven adventures during the travels of Gotrek & Felix. Slayer Gotrek Gurnisson is a dwarf on a death quest. He roams the land searching for the mightiest of evils to fight and slay until he is finally rewarded with a glorious death that will long be remembered and talked about for generations to come. Felix Jaegor is sworn to accompany the Slayer, however long it takes, even though it could end in his own death. Should he survive, it will be Felix's job to record and report the heroic dwarf's many battles, as well as how Gotrek fell in combat. Here are the adventures within this book:

Geheimnisnacht: Daemon cultists are making sacrifices and summoning dark powers.

Wolf Riders: The pair are en route to Karak Eight Peaks, beyond the Empire's southernmost borders, to hunt for treasure guarded by a large troll. They meet up with a caravan and get hired as mercenaries. But the people seem to be having a long run of ill luck.

The Dark Beneath the World: The pair reach Karak Eight Peaks and enter the mines in search of the gold and to kill the troll guarding it. While there, the pair set out to free spirits of dwarfish ancestors.

The Mark of Slaanesh: Gotrek gets a head wound and has amnesia. Felix is on his own as he sets out to find an ingredient an alchemist needs to create a cure. Of course, the ingredient needed will not be easy to obtain.

Blood & Darkness: The pair go after a sorcerer of Chaos, his mutants, and female Chaos Warrior bent on killing a little girl.

Mutant Master: Felix is reunited with a student he knew during his time in Altdorf. The man is now nothing as he once was.

Ulric's Children: Sorcerer Voorman is using forbidden magic to transform (transmute) himself into something wicked.

**** Gotrek and Felix deal with zombie-like creatures, mutants, cultists, orcs, magicians, trolls, goblins, ogre, and much more during these adventures. Readers follow only the two main characters; there are no secondary characters. As always, author William King keeps a small bit of ironic humor in each adventure. This reads much like an anthology, except each tale starts off where the one before it ends. Very interesting reading, to say the least. ****

Author: William King
Title - Skavenslayer (Gotrek & Felix #2)

Skavenslayer is actually six adventures during the travels of Gotrek & Felix. Slayer Gotrek Gurnisson is a dwarf on a death quest. He roams the land searching for the mightiest of evils to fight and slay until he is finally rewarded with a glorious death that will long be remembered and talked about for generations to come. Felix Jaegor is sworn to accompany the Slayer, however long it takes, even though it could end in his own death. Should he survive, it will be Felix's job to record and report the heroic dwarf's many battles, as well as how Gotrek fell in combat. Here are the adventures within this book:

Skaven's Claw
Felix and Gotrek are temporarily working in the sewers of Nuln, hunting goblins. Otto, Felix's older brother, runs the family business in Nuln now. It is during a routine shift in the sewer that they (and the others on the shift) come across someone conspiring with the skaven.

**** This story picks up where "Ulric's Children" (in book titled "Trollslayer") leaves off. Grey Seer Thanquol and his giant hybrid rat-ogre are involved in it all as well. ****

Gutter Runners
Felix and Gotrek are working as bouncers at The Blind Pig, the roughest bar in Nuln, and skaven assassins are being sent to kill them.

*** This is an extremely short story. It adds nothing to the duo's destiny, but the battles sure are fun. ***

Night Raid
Believe it or not, Grey Seer Thanquol actually warns our two heroes about an attack on the College of Engineering. Of course, in doing so he is also helping himself.

**** Grey Seer is getting more devious in this tale. Perhaps he will actually take over the surface world some day. (And perhaps my mother is an elf.) ****

Plague Monks of Pestilens
Skaven Clan Pestilens goes to the surface with the Cauldron of a Thousand Poxes. It is an artifact stolen from the temple of the Plague God, Nurgle, long ago, when the world was still young. This worries Grey Seer because plans by Clan Pestilens tends to get out of control and decimate skavens in addition to humans. Again our two heroes will be mysteriously warned so they may deal with the problem.

**** This one is much like the last. Lots of fun. ****

Beasts of Moulder
Clan Moulder plans to starve the human city by releasing furry, rat-like monsters into the city. These creatures could eat the entire city dry within only a few days. Each creature has a hundred babies every day. The furry monsters are to arrive under cover of night via a black grain barge. Another mysterious message and our duo rush to keep the barge from docking.

***** Null (skaven from last story) is seeking information about Grey Seer and soon will be after revenge. I thoroughly enjoyed the ironic ending of this story. *****

The Battle for Nuln
The city of Nuln is under siege. Hunger, disease, despair, and the skaven are everywhere. Word is that local nobles had quarantined the city and that archers were shooting those who tried to depart by road and that Imperial naval ships on the river were singing any vessel which tried to pass them.

Grey Seer Thanquol is making plans to take the palace during the masked ball to be held by the Elector Countess. Unknown to Grey Seer is the fact that Null, Grottle and Heskit (skaven leaders from previous tales in the book) have learned of his messages to Felix and Gotrek which resulted in their plans being ruined. The trio are making their own plans to assassinate him.

**** All the stories finally merge for a wonderful ending. A short epilogue follows. I am amazed at how well this all comes together. Other than a couple of filler stories that had no real contribution except to add an extra battle or two, this entire book is extremely well done. ****

Author: William King
Title - Daemonslayer (Gotrek & Felix #3)

Karag Dum was one of the greatest Dwarf cities, the mightiest in all the northern lands. It was lost over two centuries ago during the last great incursion of Chaos. There has been no word from Karag Dum, nor has any dwarf been able to reach the place, because the Chaos Wastes advanced and swallowed all the lands between Karag Dum and the Blackblood Pass. All who enter the Chaos Wastes either die or go mad. (Just as Gotrek; he was there once when he was young.) However, old Borek Forkbeard the Scholar has finally figured out a way to cross the Chaos Wastes and sends a messenger to Gotrek in Nuln.

Gotrek Gurnisson and Felix Jaeger leave Nuln (which is slowly being rebuilt after the troubles in the last book "Skavenslayer") and travel to the Lonely Tower. En route they meet others headed in the same direction. Slayer Snorri Nosebiter, Varek Varigsson, who is the nephew of old Borek, and Slayer (as well as one of the best dwarf engineers alive) Malakai Makaisson are just a few met by our famous duo. Turns out that Herr Makaisson has invented a new airship, made with the Chaos Wastes in mind. The skaven, including Grey Seer Thanquol, want the new airship as well. But Gotrek's mind is set on the two sacred objects within Karag Dum; the Hammer of Fate and the Runemaster's Axe. As for Felix, he is entrusted with lost secrets of an Elder Race. By the time this is over, Felix may well wish he were not so honored.

***** This is the third book in the adventures of Gotrek and Felix. It is also the best of the three. The time of several stories in one book has come to a close. From here on each book is one huge adventure. As the first of these, the author has done an outstanding job of making sure the book is overflowing in battles, strategies, and educating the readers in a few secrets of the Dwarfen race. The book starts out in battle and ends in battle, giving me, as the reader, little time to stop and catch my breath. (By the way, just in case someone out there is not aware of the fact, books one - three can be purchased together in THE FIRST OMNIBUS.) Readers will get more insight into the Elder Race and meet other characters which will be seen in future novels. Terrific! *****

Author: William King
Title - Dragonslayer (Gotrek & Felix #4)

Slayer Gotrek Gurnisson is a dwarf on a death quest. He roams the land searching for the mightiest of evils to fight and slay until he is finally rewarded with a glorious death that will long be remembered and talked about for generations to come. Felix Jaegor is sworn to accompany the Slayer, however long it takes, even though it could end in his own death. Should he survive, it will be Felix's job to record and report the heroic dwarf's many battles, as well as how Gotrek fell in combat.

This time they are after the mighty dragon Skjalandir, a ferocious beast that has awaken after a couple centuries of sleep. But Skjalandir is not the only problem lately. The forces of Darkness are coming in the form of an orcish invasion that may rival the Chaos Incursion two centuries prior. Grey Seer Thanquol, one of the Skaven, along with Lurk, his mutated henchman, wants revenge against the dwarf and human. Lastly, the infamous orc leader, Ugrek Manflayer, is en route. It all adds up for one heck of a climatic ending, typical of the Felix and Gotrek pairing.

**** The dragon did not show up in this story nearly as much as I expected. However, there are several battles and tactical plans to keep readers entertained. The love triangle between Ulrika, Felix, and Max continues as a sub-plot, not to mention the Thanquol sub-plot. Readers will not find anything knew in the love triangle, but there is a bit of change in the parts concerning Thanquol and Lurk. In an interesting twist, readers will find out what is so special about the sword Felix has been carrying.

The scenes jump around often, but in my opinion, not too much so as to become a problem or confusing. The background of some of the main characters are filled out some so I actually feel as though I understand them a bit more, as well as how they think. This shows great talent on the author's part. A great addition to the Gotrek & Felix series! ****

Author: William King
Title - Beastslayer (Gotrek & Felix #5)

Slayer Gotrek Gurnisson is a dwarf on a death quest. He roams the land searching for the mightiest of evils to fight and slay until he is finally rewarded with a glorious death that will long be remembered and talked about for generations to come. Felix Jaegor is sworn to accompany the Slayer, however long it takes, even though it could end in his own death. Should he survive, it will be Felix's job to record and report the heroic dwarf's many battles, as well as how Gotrek fell in combat.

Our two main heroes, along with Ulrika Magdova (female warrior) and Max Schreiber (battle mage), reach the legendary city of Praag by way of a mighty flying ship to bring word of the invasion and orders from Ice Queen Katarina. A huge Chaos army is approaching and all blades are needed. This means the group must put up with many fanatic bigots and blow-hards within the city too. No force such as this has emerged from the Wastes in two centuries.

Beastmen, Chaos riders, and dark sorcerers are but the beginning. The group must deal with assassins, twin magicians, and a horrible plague as well. The love triangle between Ulrika, Felix, and Max continue, but must be put on hold when Ulrika is laid low by the plague. The two men may have their differences, but they would do anything to make her well again.

Grey Seer Thanquol, a cunning Skaven, has a secondary role in the story this time. His mutated minion, Lurk, has turned upon him. Lurk is now worshipped and has amassed his own army of followers.

**** The continuing sub-plot between Thanquol and Lurk flesh out a bit more for readers. New developments are occurring and readers may see new twists emerging.

This story has an open ending. I could not help but feel as though the climax of the story was well before the final page. If you have not read the previous stories, I highly recommend you do so before you begin this one. Each Gotrek & Felix novel picks up where the previous title left off. If you do not read these titles in order, you will get many spoilers because each book mentions things that happened in previous adventures.

Ice Queen Katarina and her followers play a larger role than before as well. Seems as though another sub-plot may be forming. One thing is for sure, these characters will have many more adventures before the author is finished with them. ****

Author: William King
Title - Vampireslayer (Gotrek & Felix #6)

Slayer Gotrek Gurnisson is a dwarf on a death quest. He roams the land searching for the mightiest of evils to fight and slay until he is finally rewarded with a glorious death that will long be remembered and talked about for generations to come. Felix Jaegor is sworn to accompany the Slayer, however long it takes, even though it could end in his own death. Should he survive, it will be Felix's job to record and report the heroic dwarf's many battles, as well as how Gotrek fell in combat.

Nearly a quarter of Praag's population is dead after their recent battle with the minions of Darkness. The same numbers again are expected to perish of hunger, disease and exposure to the northern winter chill. Times are hard and a few suspicious deaths foreshadow of worse to come. A few recent corpses have been drained of blood and have strange marks upon them. Though Felix is not sure why, these particular bodies give him very bad feelings. It is during these odd times that a rich antique collector approaches them for help and protection.

To make a long story short, Adolphus Krieger (a vampire) and Roche (his hulking henchman) have been trying to convince the collector to hand over a certain talisman, the Eye of Khemri. Adolphus is holding off a blood-feeding madness lately and must continue to do so until he fulfills Nospheratus's ancient prophesy. Battle Mage Max is studying the talisman, accidentally springs an ancient trap, and rendered unconscious. Therefore, when Adolphus steals the Eye from a vault, Max is unable to keep the blood sucker from kidnapping Ulrika (the lovely warrior).

Once Max is again conscious, the group must move quickly. Max's magic allows him and the group to follow the Eye, out and away from Praag, until Max's magical tracking spell is broken. If Ulrika still lives, she is more than likely being used as the vampire's portable blood supply, or worse, turned into a vampire herself. Time is of the essence not only to rescue Ulrika, but to keep Adolphus from becoming Lord of the Night and beginning the Age of Blood.

***** The Skavens Thanquol and Lurk take a back seat in this episode of the Gotrek & Felix adventures. This time the author, William King, gives the main bad guy, Adolphus Krieger, a decent amount of scene time. For the first time in several Gotrek & Felix titles, the creature within the book's title is neither seen only in small, brief scenes, nor just a group name for an army or horde. Readers get to see an equal amount of the good guys and the bad guys.

The author puts the female warrior, Ulrika, in the spotlight for a change as well. The love triangle between Ulrika, Felix, and Max broadens, expands, and some new information is given to the readers. In my opinion, there is a lot more action in this story than in the previous two. (On a side note, three titles - Dragonslayer, Beastslayer, and Vampireslayer - may be purchased and read under one cover titled GOTREK & FELIX: THE SECOND OMNIBUS!) With each story William King's writing gets better and better. *****

Author: William King
Title - Giantslayer (Gotrek & Felix #7)

The magical energy needed to maintain Ulthuan is being bled off. If something is not done soon, it will be destroyed. Gotrek Gurnisson does not see anything wrong with that. After all, the dwarfish people still hold an ancient grudge against all elves. But the legendary high elf mage, Teclis, informs Gotrek that unless they find the source of the trouble and eliminate it, he could kiss his dwarfish kin in the mountains goodbye too.

Felix and Gotrek (with much grumbling from the latter) must aid the elf wizard on a quest to destroy a mutual enemy that would threaten the world. They must travel through the Paths of the Old Ones, battle many malignant evils, and even deal with a bubble reality. Yet their ultimate goal is much worse. Gotrek just may find his noble doom.

***** With the title of Giantslayer I think there should have been more giants. This happened once before, that I recall, in this series. The creatures, in the title, being slain are seldom mentioned (if ever) during most of the story and only toward the tales' endings are they seen or mentioned. (Bummer.) Still, this story has a solid foundation. I, as the reader, learned a bit more about the ancient grudge between the dwarfish people and the elves. I am very impressed with Teclis. I love it whenever I notice Warhammer books cross over into other series. (Be sure to watch out for that. There is a mention about von Carstein herein.) One thing is certain, author William King KNOWS Slayers! Superior! *****

Author: Nathan Long
Title - Orcslayer (Gotrek & Felix #8)

Gotrek and Felix arrive back to the southern coast of the Old World to discover that the orcs are running rampant. The Empire's armies, including their dwarf allies, are far north fighting off a major Chaos invasion. Gotrek wants nothing more than to quickly journey to the north and find a worthy doom. However, his one-time friend, Prince Hamnir, insists Gotrek help him reclaim his hold from the greenskins who have overrun it. Gotrek refuses to help the hateful dwarf prince until Hamnir blackmails him into it by calling upon an ancient pledge.

Gotrek and Felix travel to the Diamondsmith Clan's hold expecting the task to be simple. After all, it is only orcs. But these orcs are different. These orcs are organized, well disciplined, and clever. Magic must be involved somehow, because the rune upon Gotrek's axe glows faintly. Finding a way into the hold is all but impossible, but once accomplished, our heroic duo find a more horrific situation before them.

***** Author Nathan Long has done a very good job keeping the characters by fellow-author William King towing their normal line. Other than a slight difference in writing style, and you have to be looking for it or you may miss it, the characters seem the same as always. (Outstanding job there, Mr. Long!) By the end of this adventure, Gotrek's soul carries an even greater weight. So does Felix's, for that matter. It actually makes Gotrek seem more mortal. I have an even deeper respect for both our heroes since I have finished the novel too. This mean the author made the two main characters even more believable to me; that takes a lot of talent for an author to accomplish. Superb! *****

Authors: Dan Abnett & Mike Lee
Title - Lord of Ruin (Dark Malus #5)

Dark elves are feared and revered for their evil and treacherous natures. Malus Darkblade is one of the more infamous ones. The ancient daemon Tz'arkan still resides within Malus. It has been ten months since the curse. Malus has one last artifact of power to locate, the Amulet of Vaurog. It is said that any warrior wearing the amulet cannot be harmed by weapons. The wearer is almost invincible. Malus must seek out the amulet in the lightless halls of the Fortress of Iron, the Witch King's own fortress. Sweet irony has the Endless, the Witch King's personal bodyguards and agents, capturing Malus and escorting him to the king's presence. Malus figures, correctly, that if Malekith, the Witch King, wanted him dead then the Endless would not have gone to so much trouble to capture him and escort him to the fortress.

Once Malus has honestly told all about the daemon within him and why he killed his father, Malekith decides to use the various talents Malus seems to possess. Thusly, the king commands Malus to go to the Black Tower of Ghrond, take command of the forces there, and lead them against the invaders until he arrives with the army of Naggoroth. All Malus must do is hold the invaders and not let them move any further into the realm.

The highborn leaders within the Black Tower are all for killing Malus immediately, until they learn he has the backing of their Dread Majesty. Malus knows that his half-sister, Nagaira, is the sorceress and leader of the invaders. She has entered a pact with the Chaos Gods, receiving unimaginable powers in exchange for her services. Worse yet, the amulet graces the neck of one of her Chaos Champions.

**** Malus must battle between the daemon, the Witch King, his own kinsmen, a sorceress with Chaos magic, and two-hundred thousand beastmen in this episode. Unlike the previous novels, this story does not start out with Malus and let the reader follow his adventures as they happen. Instead, the book begins after all the synopsis above is over and Malus is (unwillingly) freeing the daemon. The prophecy is being fulfilled. Then the story jumps back ten months. The ceremony Malus must perform to free the daemon is jumped forward to two or three times during the book. It is my personal belief that the story would have flowed smoother if all the time jumping had not been written in. However, the story does work the way it is written.

Word has it that this is the conclusion to the Malus Darkblade series. Yet the way the ending is written leaves the reader wondering. The authors can add another book or start an entire new series featuring Malus and the daemon. I hope the authors do not leave me hanging as to what happens with Malus next. (Personally, I would like to see more of Pockets as well. ****

Authors: Dan Abnett & Mike Lee
Title: Warpsword (Malus Darkblade #4)

Malus Darkblade is a druchii of Hag Graef. He is possessed by an ancient daemon named Tz'arkan. The daemon owns more than simply Malus's body, he owns the druchii's dark soul. Unless Malus fetches five objects of power quickly, he will forfeit his soul forever.

Malus Darkblade has obtained three of the five objects required. Now Malus goes after the Warpsword of Khaine. It resides in the city of Har Ganeth. According to legend, only the true Swordbearer can hold the sword; he cannot be undefeated in battle.

Har Ganeth is the City of Executioners. The city lives up to its name. Death is constant as servants of Khaine (Lord of Murder) are always seeking more bodies to kill, hack apart, and feed to their god. Malus must somehow penetrate the confines of the Sanctum of the Sword. This is made much more difficult by the fact that zealots are flooding into the city, positive that the fated Scourge of Khaine has finally come to claim the Warpsword. Problem is that Malus is not considered the true Scourge; his half-brother, Urial, is.

Authors: Dan Abnett & Mike Lee
Title - Reaper of Souls (Malus Darkblade #3)

Malus Darkblade's soul is still under ransom to the ancient daemon Tz'arkan. Two of the five cursed relics have been retrieved. Now Malus goes after the Dagger of Torkus. The dagger is sealed within Prince Eleuril's crypt, which resides in the Houses of the Dead. Malus must not only find the secret entrance, but survive the booby traps and magical traps that lay within. You'd think that would be enough to overcome. Malus is already called a warrior, betrayer, and monster. Yet in order to claim the dagger, he must gain a new title: kinslayer. With this new title, Malus's life is worth nothing. No one will give him safe harbor. No one will claim him as friend or their dread lord. Malus must somehow stay ahead of the warriors that hunt him, and they are very close. His only hope is to reach his uncle, Balneth Bale. Bale's realm is in the icy wastes and the Black Ark of Naggor.

Balneth Bale is the Witch Lord. He accepts Malus into his service. Malus learns that he is not the only family member that has betrayed his home and kin. Nagaira, his sorceress sister, seems to have survived the previous explosion. Bale has gathered his allies and devised a devious strategy to overtake Hag Graef and crown his own deformed son as king of the newly conquered realm.

***** That is but half of the plot in this, the third within a savage series of blood and mayhem. Prophecies are being fulfilled, no one is even a tad honest, all betray on multiple levels. Twists and surprises abound throughout the novel. No, you will not be bored at all with this installment. As usual, I could bang my head in frustration that I must wait for the next tale in order to see which relic this dark elf will slaughter for next. *****

Author: Chris Wraight
Title - Masters of Magic (Warhammer)

The human Empire maintains mighty armies to protect itself from its enemies. The Imperial battle wizards are untrusted, but crucial, to these defenses. Magic stems from various sources and those able to manipulate it train for years as acolytes (apprentices) to their chosen masters. Colleges are set up, each for a different variation and source of magic. The Grey Wizards draw from shadows and mostly deal with illusions. The Gold Wizards draw from minerals, such as within the earth, and may change the forms. The Amethyst Wizards are weakest, until death begins. They draw from chaos and deal with mainly shadows, deception, and death. The Amber Wizards draw from nature, its various beasts and forests.

The orcs, once again, are invading. This time they have a shaman unlike any before. Even Master Wizards have fallen before its power. Grey wizard Lothar Auerbach is there from the beginning. Lothar is devastated when he sees his master fall. Soon others, for various reasons, join the battle. Katerina is Amethyst. Ambrosius is Gold. The infamous Marius is Amber. These powerful wizards ride to war as individual weapons from their chosen Orders. But can they control their rivalry, ambition, and greed long enough to defeat the most powerful shaman ever and the orc army?

***** It has been a long time since I have read a book with wizards being the main characters. Author Chris Wraight has done a fantastic job in showing the rivalry between the various Orders of magic, not to mention between those with magic and those without, such as soldiers and commanders. Sub plots run within the colleges and their wizard acolytes, which may continue in future stories, and hold readers' attentions as the main plot unfolds. Brilliant and desperate strategies are formed throughout the many battles. An engrossing story, set among the violent Warhammer universe. *****

Author: Marc del Franco
Title - Unquiet Dreams

Murder and magic keep life interesting in both good and bad senses for PI/Druid Connor Grey. Though he does not like the fact that he makes his living from the misfortunes of others, when his policeman friend calls to ask for his help on a murder in the worst part of Boston's magic district, Connor knows the bills can be paid. Although he's without magical skills thanks to a brain injury, he still has his connections and his knowledge, and he will need all of those assets and then some to solve a mystery that could tear apart not only the magical world, but the ordinary one as well.

**** Fascinatingly complex is the world within ours that Mr. Del Falco has engineered. The elves, druids, and so forth are not cute or ethereal, but gritty, edgy beings who are dangerous as they are intriguing. With the same sort of humor that makes the Dresden files a favorite for many, though less relationship driven, this belongs on any urban fantasy fan's list to buy. I do notice that some reviewers have panned this because Connor's quest to solve what happened to himself and regain his powers does not advance to their satisfaction. However, the note of reality that adds to the fantastical narrative is welcome. In everyday life, I would ask, how fast do most intentions to improve things advance? This feature is a plus, not a minus. ****

Author: Mike Carey
Title - Devil You Know

Fix Castor is a freelance exorcist; it pays the bills, but he'd rather be doing something else. When he decides to go above and beyond for his latest case, to find out more about the death of a ghost he's supposed to just exorcized, Fix discovers that he might be joining the spectral fraternity sooner rather than later. Theft, murder, and metaphysical scull duggery make life a hotbed of danger and deception for the intrepid detective and spiritualist. But, they make life interesting for his fans.

**** Though many have already said it, if you like Harry Dresden, then you will enjoy Fix Castor. They are, however, not each other's twins or clones. There's just the same mental flavor to the stories. Mr. Carey has introduced some intriguing concepts; especially that of how werewolves came to be. Though I found the title off putting, I definitely will not judge a book by its name again. ****

Author: Robert Earl
Title - Ancient Blood (Warhammer)

The Elector Counts of Averland and Stirland have decided that the disappearances of people and plagues are due to the nomadic Strigany (a.k.a. gypsies). They decide to be rid of the Strigany menace by driving them out of the Empire forever. The Strigany are ordered to move to Flintmar, a barren section close to the mountains. Some Strigany are found and killed before they even receive word of the order. Some Strigany are ambushed while en route to Flintmar.

The Strigany keep mainly to themselves. Each caravan has a leader, a Domnu, and a person of magic, a Petru. Dannie of the caravan Ionescu, returns to his group only to find everyone slaughtered. Even the women and children have been eviscerated. Dannie, somehow, manages to reach another caravan and begs guidance to one of the Old Fathers. As the sole survivor of the caravan Ionescu, Dannie is the Domnu. As the apprentice to his caravan's Petru, Dannie claims the Petru title, though his training is not complete. With revenge in his heart, Dannie seeks out one of the Old Fathers and begs the ancient horror for revenge.

Meanwhile, Averland and Stirland have decided that rounding up the Strigany people is not enough. A massive force of mercenaries, derived from various races and sources, are sent to Flintmar with orders for the total annihilation of the Strigany menace. But the would-be slaughterers find the tables turned when they discover the Strigany have dark and ancient allies who rise to their defense.

***** Set in the Warhammer fantasy universe, blood and revenge are everywhere in this story. Readers will find themselves cheering the Strigany people, especially a few choice characters within the caravans. Prejudice abounds and causes most of the trouble. Believable characters, familiar situations, and blood-thirsty action combines to create some memorable fighting moments that will keep you up reading late into the night. Well done! *****

Author: Toby Bishop
Title - Airs and Graces (Academy of the Air, Bk 2)

Although there is much in her life that makes it rich and worthwhile, especially since she accidentally bonded with the winged horse, Tup or Black Seraph, Lark now finds herself in a world that is disintegrating into chaos. The ruler of their land is at least half mad, obsessed with having his own winged horse, and with Lark and her steed. Moreover, hostile raiders with no respect for life have invaded their land and placed everyone there, especially the women and children, in mortal danger. Then, finally, and perhaps this is the peril with the greatest import, politics and power plays threaten the stability of the school that is Lark's home.

**** With elements of Harry Potter, the Harper Hall trilogy, and other classic school theme fantasies, this world grows into greater and greater complexity, making it more interesting with every new entry. Lark has become a stronger, more together person since the last book, and her fans will appreciate that maturity. It will be helpful, though, if you have the first book fresh in your mind. ****

Author: Jim Butcher
Title - Small Favor

A period of relative calm ends for Harry Dresden when he finds his butt getting kicked by the Three Billy Goats Gruff, and that's just the start of the return of normalcy, aka, chaos, to his life, and this time, he does not have Lasciel in his mind providing helpful advice. Plunged into the middle of a conflict between the two courts of the fae, Harry has more enemies than he can shake his blasting stick at. Before it is over, the Knights, as well as the ever watchful High Council, will be involved. At the center of the storm lies the fate of a small girl, the Archive, who Harry dares to treat like a person. Facing monsters, angry fae, hostile allies, and all other threats is nothing though compared to who our favorite wizard will have to confront before the sparks stop flying; himself.

***** Once again, Mr. Butcher blows me away with his prose. Very few authors can make a story both character and plot driven. The action comes at you so fast you might have to re-read a page or two to make sure you got everything, but that is no hardship. Watching Harry try to find Murphy's car keys would be entertaining enough to warrant reading about him. The entire cast is just brilliant and you truly want to spend time in their world. Although the novel is complete unto itself, Mr. Butcher tosses us a hint of foreshadowing that will make you want a time tuner or something so you can go forward and get the next book immediately or sooner. *****

Author: Jennifer Rardin
Title - Biting the Bullet

Jaz Parks' latest case should have been a straight forward affair, but where vampires are concerned, little ever is. When you add in the fact that her twin brother who is seldom up to any good is leading the team she's on, that becomes even more true. The mission is simple, eliminate the Wizard whose zombies are wrecking havoc on U.S. interests. However, they have a Judas on the team and their strongest player, the vampire Vayl, does not seem to care as much about their assignment as concerns of his own. Moreover, Jaz herself is under direct attack, both physically and via psychic sabotage.

***** You may be exhausted by the time this story ends; the pace never lets up as a situation that is almost plausible in light of current events, and would be very much so if magic existed, takes you on a breakneck adventure. There's just enough of a hint of romance to intrigue the ladies with a yen for vampires in love, but more than enough excitement to appeal to those of the opposite sex. If this ever becomes a movie, Angelina Jolie will probably be the headline star, if that tells you anything. *****

Author: Matt Forbeck
Title - Rumble in the Jungle (Blood Bowl #4)

The Bad Bay Hackers are in bliss. They have won the Spike! Magazine tournament. Blood Bowl is still the most violent, and favorite, sport known. Dunk Hoffnung, the star thrower, has seen many teammates die while playing the game they love so much. Spinne is still Dunk's girlfriend, as well as the team's best catcher. His brother, Dirk, and his two friends M'Grash (an ogre) and Edgar (a treeman) are still alive and playing the game with him.

After the latest game, a lovely and sturdy woman invites them to take on the undefeated Amazons in the Tobazco Bowl. The woman is named Enojaha (Ay-No-Ha-Da), ace promoter for the Lustrian Lusties. The stadium for the Tobazco Bowl is formed in the natural crater in the top of a dormant volcano. However, during the game the volcano will no longer be dormant. (It adds to the fun of the game.) Coach Pegleg is determined not to travel all the way to the land of Lustria. Yet Dunk and Dirk are just as determined to go. Enogaha has proof that Kirta (their long thought dead sister) is on the Amazonian team - seems playing Blood Bowl runs in the family.

Smooth sailing is not in the forecast. They must fight off amorous fishwomen (mermaids), zombies, "pirates", a giant whirlpool, and even cannibalistic pygmy halflings before they even reach Lustria. Surely the worst is over ...

***** I am absolutely thrilled that author Matt Forbeck has published some fresh blood of the Blood Bowl saga. (For those who may have missed the previous three titles, you may read and/or buy them in one thick omnibus by clicking HERE!) Personally, I am not a football fan, yet I am totally hooked on Blood Bowl. Just goes to show that you do not have to be a sports fan to thoroughly enjoy this fantasy series. The action begins in the very first paragraph. From then on it is non-stop action, adventure, humor, and blood. Author Matt Forbeck seems to have a warped sense of humor that he can make ooze from his poisonous pen and into his stories. Even during the darkest parts of this story I kept finding myself laughing out loud (and ignoring the curious glances from those around me at the time). Amazing! *****

Author: Michelle West
Title - Hidden City

Despite his hard business-man like exterior and tendencies to be somewhat of a con, Rath finds himself taking on the role of Good Samaritan for a young girl, Jewel (Jay), when he finds the orphan alone and needing medical attention. She is only the first; soon Jay fills Rath's formerly lonely home with other orphans. However, this is not some Dickensonian turned Disney tale of down on their luck orphans transforming a recalcitrant bachelor into Daddy Warbucks. There is magic in the air. Rath has attracted the attention of demonic beings who he has the power to banish, and soon, his new ward joins him in fighting a battle with the forces of Hell.

**** Like a mosaic, the characters in this epic story fit together; each broken in some way, but combined with their fellows, making a beautiful work of art. Though there are surely heartwarming aspects that lighten things a bit, the dangers presented feel very real, especially considering how young many of the cast members are. ****

Author: Mercedes Lackey
Title - Reserved for the Cat

Sometimes, being fired does not mean you are doing a bad job; it might mean that you are so good that you threaten your ranking superiors. Such is the case for Ninette, a talented and lovely young dancer in the Paris Opera House who proves to be more gifted than the prima dona she fills in for when the chance arises. Turned out onto the streets and unable to find work, she believes things can't get worse, then decides they can, she can lose her mind, which she must have done if she can hear a cat talking. However, Thomas is truly talking and is, in fact, somewhat of a guardian angel for Ninette, having watched over her for years. He now has a plan to improve her fortune and change her life. When she agrees to his plan, Ninette finds herself taking on the persona of a famous Russian ballet star and suddenly living a life better than her wildest dreams. Then, the real ballerina whose name she has stolen crosses her path and Ninette discovers that she is in the middle of an epic conflict that goes far beyond dancer's dreams.

**** Though this is the fifth in a series, you need not have read any of the others as it stand on its own well. Though I am not a cat person, I found myself liking Thomas, adding him to the fictional menagerie of talking felines who could change my mind on that subject. Primarily, this is a re-imagining of Puss in Boots, but there were elements, no pun intended, of other stories - Codex Alera, Xanth, or any saga where the primary character is the one person in his or her family lacking magic as well as a touch of Phantom, only this time, instead of merely fuming and fussing, the Carlotta character takes action against her rival. It also contains aspects of many books and movies involving an imposter being confronted with the real person. On their own, each of these facets has always proven to be a winner, combined, they make a well rounded fairy tale for all ages. Then, Mercedes Lackey is not known for writing poor novels, and she has not disappointed her fans yet. ****

Author: Kim Harrison
Title - The Outlaw Demon Wails
(Rachel Morgan, Book 6)

Though she is still going through the grief process over Kisten's death, Rachel Marianna Morgan has bigger concerns than her own pain. The demon, Al, is out for her blood, or worse, someone is using that anger to try and kill her, there is a family secret that has to power to shatter her hopes and trust, and Trent Kalamack is back in her life, wanting dangerous favors. Unfortunately, working with Trent is the only way to solve her problems, or so Rachel believes. It might just make them worse. If you dare, join her on the most incredible adventure yet in this simply marvelous series.

***** Turning the last page was both something I was eager to do, but terribly hated doing. This book, this entire series, rocks. Rachel has evolved into one of the most compelling heroines in the urban fantasy realm, adding in her spark filled interactions with Trent only makes things sing. Speaking of singing, Tanaka's welcome return is one of the most intriguing aspects of the story. Of course, Jenks is there for humorous relief that keeps things from getting too dark. Ms. Harrison is a genius, plain and simple. *****

Author: Jean Johnston
Title - The Song

The loss of Evanor's magical voice was a devastating blow to the Sons of Destiny and their growing family. Not only do they mourn the affliction from simple decency, but Evanor's gift was a powerful and useful magic for them all. Because of this, they seek out and bring Mariel, a beautiful, young widow with a son, to their forbidden island. It is apparent soon that not only is she the singer's best hope, but his destiny as well. Despite his handicap, the two are able to communicate well enough to fall in love. However, all is not sunshine; those on the mainland still regard the Sons with fear and anger, necessitating once more that Queen Kelly's realm be defended for its right to exist.

**** Ms. Johnston's imaginative world continues to be fascinating as it develops. Though Kelly and Saber are my favorite of the matched sets thus far, Evanor is the best sort of beta hero, one that manages to be gentle, yet masculine all at once, bringing to mind the old proverb about gentleness being the greatest proof of strength. I also enjoy the inventions that the family of heroes and their ladies come up with to make life easier on the Isle. Though it's hard to believe, this series is halfway over, and as anxious as I am to see Morg meet his match, I'll hate to see the final chapter close. ****

Author: Kate Marsh
Title - Obsidian

Thanks to her unusual heritage, Karma has a gift of being able to "clean" houses of ghosts, pixies, imps, and so on; any Otherworldly being, in other words. Because of this, she has a houseful of those she couldn't bring herself to send off to another plane. She also has a no good husband she'd like to send to another plane, or at least divorce, but even if he thinks she's a freak, Spider won't let her go until she does one last job for him, namely getting a property he wants to invest in clear of its current owner. It is thus that Karma finds herself, her foster child, her father, husband, his less than honest partners, and a host of Otherworld beings, as well as Adam Dirgesinger, the present occupant, at the house in question when Adam seals it so that no one can leave for twelve hours, or longer if he renews the spell. That's bad enough, and then, Spider gets squashed like his namesake. Now, Karma and Adam, both of whom work for the Council that governs paranormal beings, to solve the case in this tricky locked "room" murder. With time running against them and clashing personalities abounding, it will be a challenge.

***** Not only is this a fun read, populated with vibrant characters who comprise a fascinatingly complex world, but it's genuinely clever. The ending twist is worthy of Conan Doyle or Christie. I hope this is the start of a new series; Karma and friends are worth visiting many times over. *****

Author: Graham McNeill
Title - Defenders of Ulthuan (Warhammer)

The high elves have long battled their dark kin, known as the druchii, since before time began. Their homeland of Ulthuan is well known for the magic that sustains it. At the heart of Ulthuan lies a magical vortex, created by mages long ago to save the land. Those mages have been trapped within the vortex since its creation. There, they endlessly work the spell to this day to keep the world from becoming a seething Realm of Chaos.

Anorion the Green, Archmage of Saphery, is intrigued when his daughter brings him a man tossed ashore by the sea. He had been muttering that he must give Taclis an urgent message. The man can remember nothing except that he is a survivor of a ship wreck. Anorion soon finds that this is not a case of amnesia. Instead, the man has been ensorcelled to forget everything before he went into the sea. Someone did not want the man to remember something vital. They set off immediately for the White Tower and an interview with Taclis.

Other parties are en route to the White Tower, Gaen Vale, and the famous Gates. Each party knows nothing of the others, yet one thing is for certain, war comes. Ulthuan comes under attack from the forces of Chaos. Dark elves led by the Witch King and the hag sorceress, Morathi. It is up to the high elves to hold firm.

***** There are so many things happening at once, involving many characters in various places, that I find it impossible to tell much without giving spoilers. This is the first book telling of an epic struggles of war on the land of the high elves. I found myself enraptured by the descriptions of the Isle of the Dead and the Black Arks of the dark elves. However, it was Gaen Vale that fascinated me the most. It is said that if you sail close to the Isle of the Dead, you will see the day of your own passing. The Black Arks are the most feared sea-going vessels of the druchii in the world crewed with thousands of slaves and an entire army of deadly corsairs. Gaen Vale is the place each woman is told to visit at least once in her life. The warrior women of the Mother Goddess jealously guard its shores and no male dares to set foot on that island. Any that try are never seen again. Author Graham McNeill made the hag sorceress so beautiful, yet showed her evil so well that I almost shivered in dread. That is but one example of the author's talents in detailing the characters within this tale. I look forward to the second installment of this battle upon Ulthuan. *****

Author: Misty Massey
Title - Mad Kestrel

Infants and children that show any type of magical powers are called "a Promise". They are torn from their parents to be raised by the mysterious and powerful Danisoba. The Danisoba had controlled all magic for over a century. Those of the Brethren are known by the silver bracelets they wear. The only place even remotely free of the Danisoba is at sea, because the sea nullifies their magic.

Kestrel "Kes" has managed to keep her abilities concealed since the Danisoba killed her parents. Since the age of five, Kes has been alone. She first hid in bad alleys as a street urchin, then served as a tavern maid, before escaping to the sea with pirates. After proving herself to the crew, Kestrel earned their respect and is now not only an adult, but Quartermaster to Captain Artemus "Artie" Binns. But her way of life could end should anyone on board, other than Artie, learns that she has magical control over the wind.

On the day Kestrel spies the black ship during a storm, she somehow knows her life is about to change. The crew refers to it as a ghost ship due to the fact that it disappeared as they watched. When Kes saw one of the men from the ghost ship in the market place she becomes edgy. Artie refuses to believe the man, Philip McAvery, is trouble. Shortly thereafter, Artie is led into a trap, arrested, and shipped off to Pecheta for hanging. The only thing Kes knows for sure is that McAvery is involved and that Artie wants her to get his log book to Lig, an advisor to the Ageless King. Kes fully intends to give the log book to the advisor, but first she intends to round up the crew and rescue Artie.

**** A different type of fantasy that will keep you reading late into the night. This story is a combination of pirate and fantasy rolled into one. Though this is a stand alone tale, it clearly sets a strong foundation for future adventures of the Promise named Kestrel. Though Kes has no idea why, she knows that she is unique among the other Promises. Since she has escaped the Danisoba, thus far, Kestrel has no real knowledge as to what magic she can do. I found it fascinating to follow her and see the surprises, betrayals, and fights (on sea and on land) as they happened to her. I only hope the next story gives a clearer insight into which types of magic Kes can manipulate. ****

Author: Hank Phillippi Ryan
Title - The Mage's Daughter
(Nine Kingdoms trilogy, Book 2)

She was simply Morgan of Melksham before. She was a shieldmaiden, a mercenary famous for a disgust of magic and mages. Her life changed forever when she had laid her hand on a magical knife fashioned by Mehar of Angesand and her dreams began. Morgan found out too late that Miach was not who she had been led to believe. He is, in fact, all the things Morgan has hated her entire life. He not only has magic, he is a prince and an archmage! In the end, she had drank a poisoned brew from Lothar and nearly died. But Morgan wins her fight with death and recuperates with Nicholas, the man who practically raised her. Once able to stand, though not well, Morgan travels to the one place she knows Miach will not follow her, to Gobhann. It was in Gobhann where Morgan trained in sword battle under the infamous Scymgeour Weger. Once novices enter the gates they leave by either earned Weger's mark to leave or (according to rumor) are tossed off the highest tower. In Gobhann Morgan would regain her strength and since no magic works within the gates, Miach will be just a painful memory.

Prince Mochriadhemiach "Miach", archmage of Neroche, may have taken Morgan to Nicholas for care, but he kept tabs on how she fairs with his magic. When Miach can no longer sense Morgan, he rushes to find her. Miach risks his life, his honor, and the safety of not only the realm of Neroche but all the Nine Kingdoms together to fetch her out of Gobhann. To do so, Miach must enter the gates and earn Weger's mark without magic while trying to locate Morgan and convince her to leave with him. The thought of a future without Morgan is too painful for him to even consider. But Morgan refuses to acknowledge her magic or destiny. It is up to Miach to help Morgan overcome her fears.

Morgan is in for many more surprises than she could possibly imagine. She quickly learns who her powerful parents really were. This is followed by being presented to her royal elven grandparents, who believed her dead until Miach brings her forward. During it all, Morgan and Miach are being hunted by dark and evil creatures who are able to side step much of Miach's magic.

Neroche is under a slow, but calculating, assault by some unknown species of magic. It is the same magic their dark pursuers are made of. Unless Miach and Morgan can figure out the source and a way to defeat it, the entire Nine Kingdoms will fall. Yet before that is possible, Morgan must find the strength and courage to face who and what she really is, as well as allow herself to love an archmage.

***** In book two, vital secrets are revealed in all their splendid and revolting glories. The publisher, Berkley, is lucky to have found this author before Baen, BL, TOR, or another did. There is romance, but no bedroom scenes. This is romance in a mercenary's way. (Try to figure that one out!) You do not have to read the first book to understand everything. This story updates the new readers and refreshes the memory of previous readers. (I missed book one, but will locate it.) With this single title author Lynn Kurland has become one of my favorite fantasy authors; though this trilogy is not classified as Fantasy. My husband is currently reading this title and seems as enthralled as I found myself to be.

All-in-all, this is one wild ride with a huge magical touch added. The story flows smooth as silk. The ending does not tie up all loose ends, yet I did not feel cheated in the least. I can hardly wait to see what happens next! *****

Author: Various
Edited by: George Mann
Title - The Solaris Book of New Fantasy

Within this cover are sixteen stories by sixteen Solaris Fantasy authors. Yes, SIXTEEN! You will not be able to simply pick up this book and read it in one sitting. As I began each story, I never knew what magical realm I was stepping into. Readers need to have an open mind with each and every tale. There are stories set in what looks to be our present day on Earth, yet sorcery is normal. (They even have special prisons for the insane ones.) There are stories with fae folk, with dragons at the top of the food chain and humans are like bugs, and some stories are too wild for me to even begin to describe.

**** Like all anthologies, some stories are boring (to me), some are good, and some are just fantastic. I wrote down a few author names to keep an eye out for their future titles, if any. There is no doubt in my mind that any fantasy fan will enjoy this thick novel. If you read this review before the December holidays, I recommend this book as a present for anyone you know that enjoys stories that outside the normal box. ****

Author: Yasmine Galenorn
Title - Darkling
(Otherworld #3)

The D'Artigo sisters, Camille, Delilah, and Menolly, are half-Fae, half-human operatives for the Otherworld Intelligence Agency (O.I.A.) Camille is a Witch. Delilah is a Changeling Death Maiden. Menolly is a Vampire who chooses to keep a strong grip on her ethics. Though she is a predator, Menolly never harms the innocent and is actively helping to recruit other vampires to pledge the same.

When humans begin to go missing, then turn up as newly born vampires, it is up to the D'Artigo sisters and their battle weary friends to pull themselves together and confront the newest emerging threats. The one responsible for the newly risen is Dredge. Dredge is known as the scourge of the land. It was Dredge who tortured, and worse, to Menolly before turning her into a night walker. Menolly lives (no pun intended) for the night she finally catches and stakes the vile monster.

Good news is that the elfin queen has hired a mercenary bounty hunter, Rozurial "Roz", to help them. Roz is not just another merc though; he is an incubus who, at the young age of seven, saw Dredge slaughter his family. There is no doubt that Roz will do anything and everything within his power to help them defeat Dredge. Bad news is that Dredge has kidnapped a human female friend of the sisters'. Unless they can locate her - FAST - Menolly knows exactly what her evil sire will do.

***** Do not believe this story is just for fans of the undead and Fae. There are references and appearances to Merlin, Morgan LeFay, Grandmother Coyote (one of the Hags of Fate), Demonkin, and so much much more. There is something for everyone's taste. Be warned there are one or two short love scenes and not all are with opposite genders. Yet I stress that these are short and not too graphic for those readers who are too phobic on the subject. The story is non-stop action and has deep, dark plots that kept me up reading long past my bed time. Here be Dark Fantasy with a unique twist. YES! *****

Author: Piers Anthony
Title - Under a Velvet Cloak
(Incarnations of Immortality VIII)

Kerena finds herself being given to Morley, a wise, magical man who offers her a better future than the life of poverty her family suffers, and teaches her much; logic, magic, and love. When he is abruptly taken from her, a quest to find him begins that will lead her into brothels, to becoming part of the Arthurian legend, to vampires, and then on a quest of cosmic proportions where she will meet Death, War, Time, Nature, Fate, the Devil, and Good Incarnates. She will also learn her role in life and find herself trying to save creation itself.

**** Even if you pick up this book first and have not read the other seven; if that's so, shame on you, they are a must read for fans of fantasy, you can follow what is going on with no trouble. This story will give you a fresh appreciation for all the others and insights into them that may make you want to go back and read them all again. Saying more would spoil too much of the story, though I will say that toward the end, the timeline issues did rather remind me of Bearing an Hourglass. ****

Author: Tanya Huff
Title - The Quarters Novels (Volume II)

If you have become interested in Ms. Huff's works after getting hooked on her fabulous TV series, Blood Ties, and now want to track down the backlist, Daw is here to help your quest, reprinting some of her older, possibly, htf (hard to find), works and even making them more affordable packaged in a two volume set of two.

The first in this book, No Quarter, directly continues from the conclusion of Fifth Quarter, telling the story of a wizard's soul who has taken up residence and is sharing a body with a young woman as they search for a suitable uninhabited body for him so he will not have to kill to gain a new one, thus becoming subject to dire consequences. How all this is handled is done deftly and with hints of Ms. Huff's typical humor, though you should not expect this to be merely a rehash into an epic fantasy version of All of Me. The other half of the book contains The Quartered Sea. Though this one is somewhat disappointing due to the lack of a strong hero; in fact, he could be considered weak and annoying, the scale of the story and the fantastic worlds discovered on the voyage compensate somewhat for the lack.

*** As is usual with a series, especially in this genre, be sure you have read the first and all books prior to the current one, or face being lost. ***

Author: Jeanne C. Stein
Title - The Watcher

Anna Strong lives a double life, dividing her time between being a cop among humans and a member of the Watchers, a society that handles vampire problems. She only recently discovered the existence of such beings as vampires, witches, and lycanthropes, when she was turned into a vampire herself. Fortunately, like her, the chief of police is a vampire, which makes her day job a tad less complicated, albeit not much. Though Anna is no longer human, one thing has not changed about her, unless it is to become more intense. She is loyal to her friends, and when one needs her to rescue him, she will do whatever it takes. At present, her case involves saving her DEA agent lover's reputation and life and also stopping the witch who keeps her and other vamps supplied with human blood from becoming a sacrifice to a demon. She also needs to keep herself hidden from someone with a grudge.

*** Action fills every page, making this a novel that flies by. We finally learn a little more about the mysterious voice that Anna dubbed Caspar, but it only adds to the questions. Dynamic relationships blend complex mysteries in this thriller that well deserves the label; it will thrill fans. However, newbies to the series should start on number one, not this most recent entry. ***

Author: Katherine Kurtz
Title - High Deryni

King Kelson may have been placed on the throne, but by no means are his or his supporters' problems solved. The church, in a thinly veiled allegory of the church that sparked the Reformation, remains bent on persecuting the Deryni, especially Alaric Morgan and his cousin, former priest, Duncan. Further making things difficult for the trio is the fact that the Cambrian Council is either unsure of how to deal with the half-breeds or outright against them. Beyond the politics, however, lies a host of personal revelations and tragedies that will ripple through Duncan, Morgan, and Kelson's lives with seismic force.

**** This landmark trilogy concludes in a stunning fashion. In this not too different from our own land, the Catholic church is ripe for reform and the need for a division between church and state is clear. However, the Deryni novels are respectful of what C.S. Lewis would term the true Church, as faith is highly important to the main protagonists. Emotionally, this novel has great impact, with tears and hope coming to the reader almost simultaneously. You must read the first two books before you take up this one, but you will find yourself rewarded and not sorry. Of all the Deryni books, this first trilogy is the one that is the jewel in the crown and a must read for any fantasy fan. ****

Author: Chris Marie Green
Title - Midnight Reign

In Night Rising, Dawn Madison began a quest to locate her missing father and instead found a new purpose in life, slaying vampires and stopping the Underground, the mysterious realm where fading stars found new "lives," as the undead Elite. As she will soon learn, her discoveries have only just begun, and her knowledge will force Dawn to make impossible choices and make trust something that is in short supply.

**** First, a word of caution; only read this if you have read Book I. It does not stand alone well and you will need to be sure and refresh your memory if you have read Night Rising. That said, this is an intriguing world that becomes more complex with every turn of the page. Dawn's relationships are what make this series work. There is kick butt action; however, it is quite appropriately used only as a tool, not as a focus. Ms. Green has, furthermore, introduced concepts into her reality that I can hope other authors adapt and explore in their fictional settings as well. I am not advocating ripping off her ideas, but it is always fascinating to see what other talents will do with similar notions. ****

Author: Robert Marston Fanney
Title - Dreams of the Ringed Vale (Luthiel's Song #1)

It is First Summer's Eve. Every year the elves celebrate as the black moon's shadow fades from the world. It also happens to be Luthiel's fifteenth birthday. Luthiel's sister, Leowin, gives her a rare and magical Wyrd Stone. Luthiel is reluctant to accept it since Leowin stole it from a dark sorcerer. Yet Leowin insists that the stone belongs to her. Luthiel had been found, abandoned, as an infant and raised with Leowin's family. The stone had been with Luthiel at that time and the sorcerer had taken it from her. Knowing this, of course Luthiel accepts the Wyrd Stone. Shortly thereafter, a Blade Dancer arrives in the village. They are the solitary guardians of the Minonowe. A Blade Dancer always brings bad news, normally the name of the Chosen. The Chosen is the one elf each year that is taken from his family to the dark and ancient Vyrls who feed on the blood of elves. But this year, three, instead of one, has been Chosen. And the arrival of the Blade Dancer means there has been a fourth elf chosen.

The Chosen is Leowin. The Blade Dancer tells Luthiel in confidence that she has a choice. Luthiel may do nothing and Leowin will be taken to the Vyrls. Or Luthiel can break the highest Faeland law and venture alone to the Vale of Mists to offer herself in her sister's place. If Luthiel chooses to confront the Vyrls, she must hurry. Othalas, the eldest and most feared of all the werewolves, is en route to pick up Leowin. Luthiel will need to meet with a powerful sorcerer, somehow past huge, intelligent spiders who weave webs out of nightmares, and travel through the glittering mists with the power to reshape flesh. Only then will she reach the Vyrls. Either choice will bring death.

But Luthiel is stronger and braver than she could possibly imagine. Good thing, because it will take everything Luthiel has to learn the secrets about her Wyrd Stone.

***** I stress that this is the first book in the Luthiel's Song series. Though the story will end in a good spot, there will be many questions left unanswered and many future tasks left to achieve. However, everything in my synopsis of this story is completed by this book's half-way point. So much more happens than I can tell without some major spoilers (for this book and the future ones).

I am very happy to say that the story is excellent! There are so many creatures, twists, surprises, and adventure. Author Robert Marston Fanney's imagination is a deep well of fantasy mysteries. I can hardly wait to see where he takes me next! *****

Author: John J. Savo
Title: Coronation (Aethelania's Reign #1)

As the Queen's death approaches, the nobles of the land approach their most capable leader to claim the throne when the time comes. However, loyalty to his barren concubine forces Aegnus to refuse, angering and frustrating many who do not understand this. The steps that one insane woman whose love has turned to hatred will have far reaching effects for an entire land.

*** Politics, revenge, love, and hate are powerful themes that move this cauutionary tale through its dramatic paces. Often bleak, it is filled with dark imagery that contrasts with lyrical poetry. Though there is only one admirable person in this story, the reader learns quickly that hatred carries with it a tragic price. ***

Author: Jim Butcher
Title - Captain's Fury(Codex Alera #4)

For two years, war has raged across Alera, but now, Tavi, Captain of the First Legion, realizes that there is an enemy that no one has perceived as of yet, one deadlier than any seen before. It has already forced the Canim out of their lands, exacerbating the tensions in his own as a flood of immigrants vie for their place in the world and resentments boil. But, it won't stop there. If Tavi cannot forge a peace between the antagonists that are already tearing apart Alera on multiple levels, friend and foe alike will be lost in an all consuming void. Politics, hypocrisy, and old fears stand in his way, but Tavi has been forged into the one man who has a chance of victory.

**** Readers are transported to a distant world that feels like a cross between Ancient Rome and Ancient Britain in this complex tale of war and personal growth. Battles are conducted on the field and in the heart, and everywhere in between. Despite this, there is a strong current of love that makes all the fights worth the effort. Once again, Mr. Butcher demonstrates his versatile talent that never fails to engage his audience. However, this is not the Dresden files. It is a far more serious world, with few quips to lighten the tone. ****

Author: Stephen R. Donaldson
Title - Fatal Revenant

When we left the Land, Linden Avery, the Chosen, had just beheld the sight that should have made her heart rejoice; Thomas Covenant and her beloved adopted son, Jeremiah, were galloping towards Revelstone. Yet, when she sees them, they tell her that she must not touch them, lest she banish them. Covenant's hold on the laws of time he is bending to allow this visitation is tenuous at best. Despite the limits, there is a blessing, her son has a whole mind. Yet, there are many things that just seem wrong about the entire situation. Covenant claims to have a plan, yet he opposes her almost at every turn. Moreover, Foul is not her only foe. Cosmic level beings of power are determined to end all goodness. Linden finds her heart and soul being tisted and turned constantly as she travels across not only the Land, but time. Yet, there remains hope.

***** There simply are not enough stars to award this book. It is not a lighweight, fluff piece, but an intense, mentally stimulating, and utterly satisfying read. Questions that have abided since Lord Foul's Bane are clarified, characters develop, and old themes echo from the prior series. It breaks my heart to finish a story like this. *****

Author: Morgan Howell
Title: King's Property (Queen of the Orcs #1)

Dar knew her step-mother hated her, but Dar never expected her father to conscript her into King Kregant's army! The king is on a brutal campaign to conquer a neighboring king's land. Women are needed to cook and serve for not only the human army, but also the orc warriors. Thus Dar is branded on her forehead and immediately put to work. The brand upon the forehead is stronger than any shackle could possibly have been. Any female with the brand that is found away from her unit is decapitated; her head turned in for a bounty. The women do not live long in servitude either. Something or someone is always killing them off, forcing the king's army to recruit more female slaves.

Dar always thought that orcs were nothing more than killers. However, Dar begins to learn the Orc language and soon learns that orcs respect females (a.k.a. "Mothers") highly. The other female slaves do not know this and would not believe Dar had she informed them. As Dar struggles to survive her army life, she also begins to befriend the orcs. This causes major strife between Dar and the other women, as well as, between Dar and the human men. To make matters worse, Dar has a growing gift for dark prophecy and she foresees awful events for her friends among the orcs and herself. Problem is that orcs have honor and do not understand the concept of lies and betrayals, so Dar's warnings go unheeded.

***** This is the first of the THE QUEEN OF THE ORCS trilogy. Author Morgan Howell has created an outstanding foundation for the next two books to build upon. The story grabbed me quickly and held onto me tighter than Super Glue until the very end. Thank heavens the next book will be released within the next month. Otherwise, waiting would be sheer torture for me! Be warned, you will NOT want to put down this story, so make sure you have LOTS of time before you even open the front cover. BRAVO! I want more! *****

Author: Natasha Rhodes
Title: Dante's Girl (Kayla Steele #1)

Kayla Steele has lived in California for a year. She works at a cosmetic counter with a horrible boss and a snobby co-worker. All Kayla wants is for her boss to leave her alone and for her boyfriend, Karrel Dante, to ask for her to marry him. Karrel's job with the American Humane Society often takes him away from her. But tonight Kayla is positive that Karrel is going to pop the question to her. So when Kayla's world crumbles from beneath her feet, she is totally unprepared.

Karrel Dante has a secret life. Working for the AHS is only a cover story. In truth, he is one of a ultra-secret government team that hunts down werewolves. The Hunters, as they are called, keep the werewolf numbers down and stops the cops from getting any bodies. So far they have been successful. On the night Karrel plans to propose to Kayla, he is betrayed by one of his own and murdered. Rightfully fearing that the werewolves or vampires would go after Kayla, Karrel makes a bargain with The Other Side.

Kayla finds herself attacked by, if she can bring herself to believe it, werewolves. She is rescued and taken to a secret underground base by a group of people who say they were friends of Karrel's. Kayla has been marked for death. If she has any hope of survival, Kayla will have to take a crash course in the Dark Arts and learn fast!

**** I have read at least one other book by the author, Natasha Rhodes, and believe this tale has more potential for her to explore her talents. When writing a book within a series, such as "The Nightmare on Elm Street", an author must deal with writing within boundaries which already exists. This is the first book in the "Kayla Steele" series, so Natasha Rhodes has the opportunity to think outside-the-box. I believe this book sets a solid foundation on which the author can build and expand upon. As the reader, I could watch as Kayla's super natural blinders are pulled from her eyes and she deals with the unbelievable. I learned about the non-human creatures as Kayla did.

My biggest problem is that even though the foundation is set and humanity is saved by the ending, the author closes the book with five or six MAJOR plot threads dangling. Readers are left wondering, and more than a bit frustrated, until the next book is published. ****

Author: Lisa Shearin
Title: Magic Lost, Trouble Found

Raine's magical skill is one most of us would consider useful; she's a finder and makes her living recovering that which is lost, even when it would be better off to stay that way. The most recent thing to come into her possession wants to stay there, though. In fact, this magical pendant will only leave her if she dies. Unfortunately, it is so powerful that there are people willing to make that happen, or who want her for the sake of the necklace. Raine finds herself plunged into the midst of goblin politics, quests, and power struggles. All she wanted to do was earn a living and help a friend. It all goes to show that you need to be careful what you look for, you might find it.

*** You'll need a scorecard to keep up with the many-faceted cast as the scenes rapidly change. Fans of fast paced, plot driven stories set in imaginative worlds filled with fantastical beings will be intrigued by this one. ***

Author: Rachel Caine
Title - Thin Air

Left without any memories of her past, Joanne Baldwin struggles with a world that is completely alien to her, where she knows no one and things are crumbling all around her. Could things possibly get worse? That's a question you should never ask, especially when there are Weather Wardens, Djinn at war, Demons, and psychopaths around. Just when she is beginning to gather some equilibrium, albeit not much, Joanne finds her life stolen by a Demonic evil twin who convinces everyone upon whom she relied that Jo is the evil one. Once again, she finds herself a fugitive, this time with all the people she loves out for her blood and her only friend a miniature, magical Alice in Wonderland look-a-like.

**** Chaos has never been so intriguing as when Rachel Caine shapes it into the setting of a story. Each book in this series has built in intensity and fascination. Secondary characters blossom as Joanne meets them anew, and twists are revealed that will leave you gasping. The only drawback to Thin Air is I've finished it and have to wait for more from this wonderful writer. I'll just have to hope the next Morganville book is coming soon! ****

Author: Laurell K Hamilton
Title: Lick of Frost

Logic would indicate that if the Unseelie Court is dark, which implies evil, that the Seelie Court would be the opposite, and thus safer. However, Merry Gentry finds that there is far more treachery among them than among her aunt's people. It begins when her uncle, the Seelie King Taranus, accuses three of her guards/lovers of raping a member of his court, and uses the meeting between her and his lawyers as an opportunity to try and kill Merry and her men. With their king clearly mad, the Seelie are prepared to offer the Princess the Seelie throne, but Merry is not sure. She does not dare betray the Queen of Air and Darkness, and her heart is not in the lighter courts. Yet, as she calls more magic back into the Sidhe world, each day is more perilous. Her aunt both hates and needs her; her uncle lusts for and hates her, and her heart is divided among her lovers. What's a princess to do? What price will she have to pay?

**** Many readers have noted that at times, Ms. Hamilton's books tend to go over the top in sensuality. Fortunately, while there is some sensuality in this book, it is kept to a small amount and this is a more plot and character driven story than prior entries. It is also the most emotionally affecting book in the series and ends in a way that is intriguing, leaving you to wonder where the series will go now. ****

Authors: Christopher Golden & Thomas Sniegoski
Title: Crashing Paradise

Long ago, mankind was cast out of Eden. Now, a cadre of dark beings wants to claim it for the demonic forces and they need Eve, the mother of all mankind and of all vampires, to do so. She is part of a group known as the Menagerie. Lead by Arthur Conan Doyle, this diverse band of magical beings commands formidable powers, but will that be enough to keep the Fallen angels out of paradise?

**** I regret that this was my first book in the series. It was completely fascinating in the way it portrayed both historical and fanciful figures. The relationship between the characters combined with provoking action made this a book hard to put down and definitely made me want to read more by these men. ****

Author: Ilona Andrews
Title: Magic Bites

Magic is real in this world, but it is not always available. Tech and magic co-exist in alternating waves. Thanks to this, there are now magic users and beings all over the world, among them, rogue witch Kate Daniels. Though possessing a high degree of talent, Kate failed plays well with others and chose not to join the Order, but when her mentor is murdered, she finds herself involved with them and on a quest to find out who did it. Before long, she discovers something much larger and uglier than a long death. A serial killer of the foulest kind is stalking the city, and now he seems fixated on Kate. With the help of weres and her own gifts, Kate seeks to find and stop the madman before he can turn powerful beings into slaves and those he is not using into a meal.

**** Hard-driving action kicks in immediately as you begin this book. Ms. Andrews' incredible imagination becomes apparent quickly as her concepts of magic and familiar archetypes takes on new forms. Mystery, magic, and violence are the recipe here that makes for a roller coaster of an exciting read. ****

Authors: Will McDermott & Gordon Rennie
Title: Blood Royal (Kal Jerico #1)

Kal Jerico may be of noble birth, but he hates the fancy life in the Spire, the top levels of the Hive. Kal has spent nearly his whole life in the Underhive, where seeing someone mugged or killed every few hours is normal. In the Underhive, you live by your wits and weapons. He has two partners; Scabbs is a cunning halfbreed with body odor that makes rotting corpses smell good, and Yolanda Catallus, a noble turned Wildcat ganger. The trio carve out a living as bounty hunters.

Life becomes interesting when Kal is knocked out, kidnapped and taken to see his father. Seems his father, Lord Helmawr, high ruler of Necromunda, is having trouble with one of his heir apparent, Armand. Armand has clad himself in Spyer gear, stolen a priceless artifact that could ruin House Helmawr, and then struck out for the Underhive. It is Kal's royal duty to hunt Armand down and retrieve the artifact. Valtin Schemko, Kal's nephew, is to accompany Kal. But Valtin has never been below the Spire, so Kal has to do some tutoring as they trek down the Hive.

Unknown to Kal and Valtin, a Spyrer until has been sent out to hunt down Armand as well. The race is on to locate the rogue noble first and apprehend him. However, Armand is more than a little insane. Clad in Spyer armor, Armand has been slaughtering just about everyone he has come across and drained all the blood out of each one. Everyone is talking about the Underhive Vampire.

Yolanda and Scabbs cannot locate Kal, so they are after the vampire's bounty too. Yolanda was leader of the Wildcat gang, but left to partner up with Kal and Scabbs. Problem is that a Wildcat leader does not just leave. They either die defending the tribe or at the hands of the new leader in challenge battle. So the current Wildcat leader, Vicksen Colteen, takes her Cats out hunting.

***** There are several other key players in this book. Seems that everywhere you look more spies and hunters are showing up. This story starts out in a sprint and does not slow down at all. Be sure to have plenty of time before settling down to read this adventure. Fast paced, full of action, and a bit of comedy to lighten the darker times, this book will keep you glued. *****

Authors: Margaret & Lizz Weiss
Title: Warrior Angel

Seven hundred years ago, Derek DeMolay, Knight Templar, was killed by the Inquisition and has spent the years since battling demons as a Warrior Angel, never once asking to be admitted to Heaven. Now, a traitor has been discovered among the angels and part of the key to unmasking and stopping this threat lies in the life of Rachel Duncan, a twenty-first century young woman who works in the stock market pits. Derek is assigned to keep an eye on her and try to circumvent the plot that Hell is weaving around her. Though being her doorman might not seem to be the most ideal spot from which to perform his duties, Derek takes on the role with the dedication that he has ever given his duties. It does not take long for him to find the demon after the woman who is winning his own angelic heart. Under an urbane mask, Zanus is weaving a spell of temptation that could topple the world, all via Rachel's unwitting hands. Derek will break every rule under Heaven if he must to save her and incidentally, the world.

***** I'll grant you that the theology in this book is not the best. However, that does not stop it from being an entertaining, fun, action-packed read with splendid characters who leap off the page. Like Andrew Greeley's Angel Fire, this upsets the idea that angels are fluffy, harp playing wimps and shows them as take charge beings. I hope this begins a series; Derek and Rachel are a spectacular couple as are their two supporting cast members, Angel William and Cherub Sampson. *****

Author: Phaedra Weldon
Title: Wraith

Ever since a horrific event when she was young, Zoe Martinique has been able to Travel outside her body. She has used this talent for profit and perhaps fun, investigating things for people that an ordinary detective could not easily. It's a cool gig, for the most part, until one night, a phantom of some sort touches her spirit form, leaving a bruise and making her corporeal while still out of the body. That's freaky enough, but it's only the seed from which her problems will sprout and multiply like weeds. Soon, Zoe's health is failing, partly from repeated kidnappings that involve violence to her person and extended out of body stays, she has otherworldly beings and all too worldly evil ones after her, and her voice is literally stolen, ala the Little Mermaid. Zoe does not know what is going on, or worse, what she is becoming, but she's determined to find the truth, hopefully before she or someone she loves suffers a dire fate, the least of which might be death.

**** Zoe's story is a complex, multi-faceted and layered one. New twists emerge virtually every chapter, and you never know what will be next. Ms. Weldon's imagination is intriguing and well-developed. I look forward to seeing more from this writer. ****

Author: Elaine Corvidae
Title: The Sundered Stone
(Shadow Fae Trilogy #3)

There are two types of Fae. The "Seelie" can control fire and air, heat and light. The "Unseelie" can control earth and water, cold and night. The two sides have long battled within the Faerie realm and battles often overflow into the mortal realm. Recently the two sides have been in the mortal world, spilling mortal blood to mark the battleground of what will be the mightiest clash in their history. One of the fae sides will be eliminated, leaving the other to rule all.

Mina (nee Cole) and her husband, Duncan RiDahn, have had some rough patches in the past; however, they always stand firmly beside each other and face all their problems together. Mina is only half human. She is also half unseelie fae. With Duncan's help, Mina has gotten better control of her dark powers. Mina's father, the powerful and dark unseelie named Camhlaidh, still has his own plans for Mina though. Mina's wheel chair bound human, Duncan, must be taken care of first. So must the eldest unseelie prince.

Alexandreya "Alex" is mostly human. In fact, Duncan is her uncle. Alex dislikes the small unseelie taint in her blood and prefers to think of herself as mortal. Having run away from a controlling father, Alex now helps Mina and Duncan run Blackthorn Books. Alex is also a genius with a special talent in engineering. She is always inventing something new and useful to help make Duncan's life easier or to battle either side of the fae. Alex has fallen head-over-heels in love with "Pook". Everyone, including Pook, thought the young man (seventeen-years-old) was nothing but a street rat. Now that the truth has been revealed, Alex fears Pook's feelings for her may change and she will be alone again.

Pook wants nothing more than to enjoy life and some time with his friends. But due to the fae, this is impossible. Pook has just found out that his real name is Tamnais, the eldest prince of the Sluagh (unseelie). King Finn Bheara and his consort, Oonagh, had left the infant Pook with some poor mortals (a changeling). Pook has nothing but hate for them. He never wants to be king and hopes his brother, Dubh, will have that so-called honor. Pook's main concerns are learning to use the magical sword, christened Bob (who says the fae can't have a sense of humor?), and keeping his friends safe; especially his girlfriend, Alex.

The time has finally come for the showdown. Mortal and fae blood have been spilled to pave the way for a magical Armageddon. The only hope for peace is for a small group of faelings to locate and steal two halves of a magical stepping stone, repair the sundered stone, and a new king declared. One way or another, it all ends now.

**** This is the third book in the Shadow Fae Trilogy. The previous books are titled WINTER'S ORPHANS and PRINCE OF ASH. You must read the first two titles in order to understand this final installment. Readers who do not will find themselves totally lost. The author does an incredible job of bringing order to the large amount of chaotic messes the main characters must deal with. I, as the reader, watched as Pook continued to mature, despite his young age and rough upbringing. Though he is a fae prince, the character of Pook is portrayed just like any other teen I've ever met. The character simply oozes innocence and determination, as well as a fragile self-ego. I look forward to the author's next trilogy. Fantasy gets no better than with Elaine Corvidae! ****

Author: Karen Chance
Title: Claimed by Shadow

Cassie Palmer did not want to become the new Pythia, so you would think she'd be happy to give up the role to the ambitious, former apprentice of her predecessor or to surrender the role to make the Council happy. However, since Myra wants the power for evil and Cassie would have to die to lose the job, she intends to fulfill her destiny. There are a lot of super powered beings who are out for her blood now, making it a less than fortuitous occasion for her wards to not be working properly. It seems that the geis her vampire would be lover placed on her not only prevents other men from being interested, but throws the wards out of whack. To stop Myra, fix her wards, and try to save a friend, Cassie will go on a journey to other realms and across time, testing herself and learning about her place in the timeline as she does.

**** Be sure that Touch the Dark is fresh on your mind before beginning this; that is essential to placing the cast in their proper roles. With that done, you can freely enjoy the lightening pace and highly imaginative scenes that fill the pages. Originality is demonstrated in every new twist in the tale. You'll need to catch your breath at the end, but if you love urban fantasy, it'll be worth it. ****

Authors: Marion Zimmer Bradley, Diana L. Paxson
Title: Ravens of Avalon

In the late first century A.D., one woman dared to defy the Romans. Boudecia was born to Celtic royalty, then began training to be a Druid, but eventually wed a king. Accepting Rome's rule kept the peace and avoided bloodshed, until her husband's death. After that, the invaders turned traitor to the agreements, inciting Boudecia's actions that made her a legend. Becoming a vessel for Morrigan, the raven battle goddess, she defied the soldiers who brutalized her and those she cared for. This is also the story of a lesser known figure, Boudecia's mentor, Lhiannon, a Druid priestess whose war was to be one of a more spiritual nature, preserving their ways so that Avalon and the Forest House will live on.

**** With its epic scope, this saga will surely appeal to those who have followed Morgan Llewllyn's career and put Colleen McCullough's Rome series on the best seller lists. Ms. Paxson's own voice combines with the stylistic paradigm established by the late Marion Zimmer Bradley to continue her work in a way that is both true to the old while adding newness. If you are a fan of the historical fantasy genre, this is not to be missed. ****

Author: Matt Forbeck
Title: Blood Bowl

Welcome to a twisted fantasy world where humans, elves, goblins, ogres and all other species work out their aggressions on the football field instead of the battlefield. It is called BLOOD BOWL! (Actually, the sport began under a different name, but everyone just began calling the sport after the most important match, Blood Bowl.) In this game, it is only cheating if you get caught or forget to bribe the referee (or the other team's bribe is higher). Murder happens in almost every game and only illegal in rare instances. In fact, murder and maiming is encouraged!

Dunkel "Dunk" Hoffnung grew up in Altdorf, the capital city of the Empire, in a privileged home. Things went down hill when his family fell from grace. Dunk's luck begins to change when a halfling, Slick Fullbelly, sees him bring down a chimera with a spear from a hundred paces. Turns out that Slick is a talent scout for the Bad Bay Hackers. It is not long before Dunk finds himself trying out for the position of back-up thrower. Dunk also comes face-to-face with his brother, Dirk. The brothers have not seen each other in over three years.

Dirk is now the Reikland Reavers' team captain. After three years on the Reavers' team, Dirk has become wealthy and famous. But the reunion is anything but sweet for the brothers. They must settle their differences, on and off the field. Once done, being brothers does not mean going easy on each other whenever they are on the field. Dirk's lovely teammate, Spinne Schönheit, almost succeeds in killing Dunk, even though she and Dunk had recently become lovers. And Dunk has made the tiny best friends list of a huge ogre named M'Grash K'Thragsh, his team's best blitzer. Good thing too, because in the game of Blood Bowl, anything goes!

***** Matt Forbeck's name will forever be linked to the game of Blood Bowl. In fact, this title (the first of a series) probably made the author's career. Personally, I am not a football fan, but I am now a die-hard Blood Bowl fanatic and can hardly wait to begin the next book of the series. I never dreamed a ball could have spikes or be hidden in chests that could explode in your face. This game is full of violent carnage, a lot of fun, and highly recommended! *****

Author: Matt Forbeck
Title: Dead Ball (Blood Bowl #2)

Dunk Hoffnung, with the Bad Bay Hackers, returns for a starring role in Book Two of the Blood Bowl Trilogy.

Without enough teammates to continue playing the sport of Blood Bowl, Coach Pegleg's team sets sail for Far Albion. Spike! Magazine sends reporter Lästiges Weibchen with them to make a documentary of anything special that may occur; after all, chaos just seems to follow this particular team around more than any other. Pegleg wants to hunt down the location of the legendary Far Albion Cup trophy and retrieve it in hopes that the myth surrounding it is true. The legend states that the team with this cup in its possession will be unbeatable.

Olsen Merlin (an elf) is a former team wizard of the Notting Knights. His own fate is linked with the Far Albion Cup, so of course Olsen steps forward to help the Hackers get the cup. While doing so, Dunk and the (few) teammates left run into trouble. Bandits, a diseased cult, and even a treeman (which are all but extinct) are just the beginning of the mess the legendary cup gets them into.

***** Not as many Blood Bowl games in this, the second book of the trilogy, than the first. However, author Matt Forbeck keeps things entertaining with his twisted imagination, funny dialogue, and lots of action. I can hardly wait to dive into the third installment. BRAVO! *****

Author: Matt Forbeck
Title: Death Match (Blood Bowl #3)

The evil sorcerer, Schlechter Zauberer, has managed to steal the Chaos Cup from the current winning team. Unfortunately for the team members, they noticed the sorcerer and tried to stop him; thus the team exists no more. The huge Chaos Cup may be a trophy made from what appears to be skulls, but it is also so much more. By possessing it, Zauberer has unlimited dark magic. And Zauberer has plans of vengeance on Blood Bowl player Dunk Hoffnung (with the Bad Bay Hackers). To ensure no one kills Dunk before he does, Zauberer lets everyone knows that anyone that harms even a hair on Dunk's head will be immediately executed by black lightning. It does not take long to make everyone believe it either!

Captain Pegleg is thrilled by the easy touchdowns. The fans and advertisers are not. Since Pegleg will not allow Dunk to sit out of the games, Dunk does everything he can to make sure no one is stupid enough to get near him. (Because we all know that Pegleg makes sure Dunk has the ball constantly.) But it is all about to come to a head when Zauberer zaps the entire stadium of the final Blood Bowl game to the demonic realm. Dunk and the rest of the Bad Bay Hackers must play not only to win the championship, but also to keep the entire kingdom from the Blood God's grasp.

***** Author Matt Forbeck does an outstanding job bringing all his characters to vivid, breathing, heart beating life. This includes the undead characters! Listening to Bob Bifford (vampire) and Jim Johnson (ogre) narrating all the Blood Bowl games are some of the best sections of the entire trilogy. The sport of Blood Bowl has often been described as "nearly-organized chaos" by its many critics; they are right on target too. Here, in book three, readers learn all about the backgrounds of Dunk and Pegleg. The author throws in some surprising characters as well. Very highly recommended. *****

Author: Marie Brennan
Title: Warrior and Witch

Mirage used to be only a Hunter. She was also the doppelganger of the witch named Miryo. Doppelgangers are normally killed shortly after birth. But unknown to leaders of Starfall (the Five Primes), some doppelgangers had not been killed. Instead, they were smuggled out to be raised by outsiders. Mirage and Miryo merged into one. Two halves reborn as one whole. Her new name is Mieri and she retains memory of both her halves' lives. Mieri proved that killing the doppelgangers is not necessary. If the witch and their doppelganger became whole, the One could control the Void power, which previously could not be done.

Shimi was the Air Prime of Starfall. Believing the new Mieri to be an abomination, Shimi leaves under cover of night. Shimi's goal is to locate the eight doppelgangers known to have been smuggled out long ago and kill them. Unfortunately, she already knows where those eight are. So the other four Primes are in a race to pick up the eight innocent girls and return them to Starfall, for protection until they can merge with their other halves, BEFORE Shimi and her confused allies reach them.

Mieri, with her new, but still untrained, Void powers, teleports herself to the first two doppelgangers. Her job is to reach for girls in that area. However, Mieri can only teleport herself since the spell requires so much magic. Mieri must keep the two doppelgangers safe as she travels to pick up the other two. Afterward, Mieri must escort all four girls to Starfall. But there is no time to explain to the eleven-year-old doppelgangers WHO they really are, what is happening, or anything else of importance. A civil war is imminent unless Mirei can somehow avert it.

***** This is the sequel to the previous book titled "Doppelganger". It begins nine days after book one finishes. The author did a good job of giving new readers a brief explanation of the vital happenings in book one; however, new readers will still find themselves lost in an area or two. For the full experience, I highly suggest picking up a copy of "Doppelganger" and reading it first. Book two is just as fascinating as the first. The main characters are well developed. The writing is smooth and the plot is so solid that it feels totally realistic to me. Brava! *****

Author: Roby James
Title: Beyond the Hedge

During a brief stop as she is driving to visit her aunt, Jennifer Paul finds her way into a magical town that is somehow removed from time when she chases after her dog who is in pursuit of a cat. Clipton Magna was created to be a refuge to shelter lovers who could not be together otherwise, and as a result, there are conditions about who can safely stay there and who may leave. Jennifer is sure that all she wants is to leave, to get back to the real world where there is plumbing, among other modern conveniences. She might enjoy Brigadoon on stage, but has no desire to live it, no matter than she finds herself drawn to one of the town's leaders. Never before has one of her decisions been more profound. Will she, like Tommy Albright, turn away from a magical destiny? And if she does, will she regret it forever or find a love that can work miracles?

**** If you are a fan of the Lerner and Lowe show, then this is assuredly a must read. It is not exactly like Brigadoon and is in many ways more plausible, in others, more fantastic, but the feeling is much the same. You are never too old for fairy tales when they are as well written as this. ****

Author: Carrie Vaughn
Title: Kitty Takes a Holiday

Kitty Norville has taken time off from her radio show and political activities to write a memoir about being a werewolf. She is finding it less than easy to do, and things are only complicated by the fact that her fame has made it impossible for her to be a non-entity in a small town. She faces fear and prejuidice constantly, but only in subtle ways until things get ugly and someone lays a curse on her. Adding to the complications, her lawyer, Ben, and her favorite bounty hunter, Cormac, have arrived. Although they could be helpful in the situation, Kitty needs to teach Ben how to be a werewolf as Cormac's latest job got the attorney bitten. Then, things turn really bad, but Cormac can't help Kitty and Ben. He will need their help instead.

***** The best thing about continuing series is re-meeting old friends, which is what Kitty, Cormac, and Ben have become in a short time. Watching their characters mature as they deal with a situation that, though fantasized, is relevant to everyday life, is intriguing and will pull you in, keeping the pages turning. The end of the story will come all too soon. I was particularly impressed with how Ms. Vaugh wrote in just a sentence or two, one of the most sensual, yet completely G rated love scenes I have ever seen, near the end. This series is a winner. *****

Author: Various
Title: Daemonifuge: Heretic Saint
(W40K Graphic Novel)

Heretic.Witch. Daemon-wench. Child of Chaos.
Ephrael Stern of the Adepta Sororitas. She is a Battle Sister. She is a Daughter of the Emperor. In fact, Ephrael was all these things even before she had been born human. She did her duty and she did it well...until she died. When she is resurrected, things change.

Renegade. Outcast. Thrice-Born.
While in a lost convent of the Adepta Sororitas on the edge of nowhere, Ephrael is chosen to be the "Keeper of Secrets" by the "Screaming Cage" on Parnis. Inquisitor Silas Hand gave everything, including his life, to keep Ephrael alive so she could do her duty by delivering the secrets to the Black Library.

Saint. Weapon of Light. Scourge of Chaos. Daemonifuge!
Ephrael is changing within. The knowledge within her is transforming her. She is slowly learning what she has become and what she can do. Until the transformation is completed, she must simply survive and wait for "The Pariah" to find her. The Pariah is to guide her through the secret paths between worlds. Surviving is not easy. She must live through captivity by aliens and their battle arenas, The Ordo Mallous (Daemon Hunters), an inquisitor out to slay Silas's killer (thinking it to be her), and the Dark Ones who make their lairs in the secret paths between worlds.

***** Excellent graphic novel set in the W40K universe! Be sure to have plenty of light as you read. When the text is in italics, it is very hard to make out some of the words due to the font chosen. This is another graphic novel that would make an outstanding full length novel series, such as the Malus Darkblade series has done (and is still doing). Dark Fantasy, battles aplenty, faith, betrayal, pain and blood...it's all in here. Out-freaking-standing! *****

Author: Tad Williams
Title: Shadowplay
(Shadowmarch #2)

The fate of the kingdoms rests with royal twins Barrick and Briony as the two escape their castle and seek to restore order following the death of their elder brother and capture of their father. Demons, madmen, ordinary dangers, and politics make their separate routes filled with peril, and also with discovery.

*** Despite the fact that this is the first Tad Williams book I have read and that it is clearly not the first novel in a series, I was struck by the elegance of his wordcraft. Though it was difficult to know what the goal of the story was due to being ignorant of Book I's contents, it was clear that Mr. Williams is adept at world building and weaving large tapestries of text. If you are a fan of epics on the level of Tolkien, then be sure and start with the first of this series and add it to your collection. ***

Author: Laurell K Hamilton
Title: The Harlequin

To receive a Harlequin mask is a warning that no vampire can ignore. When such a gift comes to first Malcom, head of the Church of Eternal Life, and second to Anita Blake, terror descends on the Executioner and all those around her. However, Anita does now cower when she is afraid, she takes action. Rallying the troupes means pulling in all her allies at home and summoning help. For the first time in years, she calls on Edward; yet, it seems that even Death will be no match for this new threat. The Harlequin's powers threaten to completely disrupt everything Anita has worked to achieve and to steal her life as well. This may be the confrontation she cannot win.

***** Anita has control of the ardeur, and what that means for readers is that though there are some highly sensual scenes, they are not the focus. Action is fast paced and taut. Especially welcome is the return of Edward and the character development Olaf undergoes. If you are among those who have missed elements of the early books in the more recent entries, then with great pleasure I can tell you that this story restores most, if not all of those elements. Harlequin is the best Anita Blake book since Burning Times and it has made me look forward to the next one more than ever. *****

Author: Jim Butcher
Title: White Night (Dresden Files #9)

A serial killer is loose in the city, one who preys on the weaker magical classes, making their deaths seem like possible suicides. Harry Dresden knows better. He knows that the weapon that ended these lives is black magic, and as a Warden and as a simply decent person, he cannot let that go unpunished. As he investigates, things get complicated. Firstly, it becomes clear that paranormal politics are involved, namely, the White Court. Secondly, his relationships throw more than one kink into the works. His half-brother is a suspect and he's come face to face with his first love, a woman who is now trying to protect the potential victims. Toss in his unresolved relationship with Murphy, physical therapy, training a new apprentice, and the constant allure of Lash, the demon mirage in his mind, and Harry's got a full plate. That's probably bad for him, but for readers, it's marvelous.

***** This book pulls you in immediately. Rapidly moving, coherent action and wry, witty humor make it almost impossible to read this book as slowly as I would have liked to, so as to savor it longer. The relationships that build Harry's world are dynamic and complex, and utterly fascinating. All this alone is enough to make this a book that I have full confidence in commending to other readers. Then, near the end, there is a moment that sets it a notch further up the scale, injecting a hint of sorrow, but a good sort of sorrow, that makes this truly special. I will admit you probably will get lost if this is your first Dresden book. Therefore, go on and buy this one, but get the others immediately and read them first. You won't be regret it. *****

Author: Mike Tucker
Title: The Nightmare of Black Island (Doctor Who)

A small town is plagued by nightmarish beasts come to life and visions of that place reach out to touch both the mind of the TARDIS and Rose Tyler. When the Doctor and his companion land in the small Welsh town, they discover that no one is willing to talk to them about the fear that has gripped their lives, but that is not enough to deter the Doctor. He is determined to find out what is going on at Black Island and once again save the Earth from whatever menace is threatening.

*** This story is reminescent of episode three of series two; School Reunion. Perhaps this is why Anthony Stewart Head reads the audio version. Subtle horror and fast paced action combined with quick wit and quips make this book seem like you are "watching" the show in more dimensions than a TV screen can capture. I dare say you could even follow and enjoy the story were you not a Who fan, but Whovians will definitely love this entry into that universe as they wait for series three to begin. ***

Author: Mercedes Lackey
Title: One Good Knight

Princess Andromeda, Andie, as she had rather be called, was an utter disappointment as a princess. She was too bookish, needed inelegant glasses, and was not her mother's yes-girl. She was all together too intelligent, so it should have been no surprise when her name was drawn in the lottery to decide which virgin would be sacrificed to the dragon menacing their land. However, no one counted on her being rescued by a Champion because there was a barrier that prevented any male champion from coming to their country's aid. So, Godmother Elena sent a female one, Gina. After being rescued, Andie accompanied Gina to what seemed like another world, where dragons were friendly and more into books than eating virgins, and where Champions were trained to defend the Tradition and a benevolent Godmother guided them all. Yet, she knows she will have to face her past eventually. Her mother is evil, and Tradition demands that such beings be stopped. However, Tradition has gotten royally fouled up, because there should also be a handsome Champion to help with this quest and fall in love with, but Andie is in love with a dragon.

**** The Tales of the Five Hundred Kingdoms are always a joy to read. Andie is a wonderful heroine, making it cool to be a nerd, and Peri is so charming you forget he is not a human. Just because you have grown up does not mean you have to leave fairy tales behind. You simply have to find new ones, like this.

Author: Jean Johnson
Title: The Sword (Sons of Destiny)

The youngest brother of the exiled Sons of Destiny, Mage Morganen, does two things with one action; he completely disrupts his seven brothers' lives, while saving Kelly Doyle from a fiery death as he brings her out of a burning building in t his world into theirs. What makes things so difficult is that women are forbidden on their island. The brothers were sent there because it was prophecied that when the first brother, Saber, would fall in love, disaster would come on the woman's heels. The rest of the prophecy detailed the consequences of the other seven finding love, but none of that can happen until Saber falls. Morganen has decided it is time for destiny to begin its work, so Kelly is imported. As soon as she is healed, Kelly begins turning life on the island upside down, forcing recalcitrant men to clean and behave civilly for the first time in three years. Although he does not want to fall under her spell, Saber finds that destiny will not be denied. Sure enough, as soon as he commmits to her, the prophecy begins its work.

**** This is a fun story. Seeing Kelly make grown men "eat dirt" and how she handles the foretold calamity are hilarious incidents. All the brothers have given hints of how intriguing their personalities are, though the focus was on Saber. I look forward to seeing how these alpha males find their soulmates in the remaining books, especially Morganen. ****

Author: Herbie Brennan
Title: Faerie Wars

Just as Henry Altherton's family life comes crashing down around his ears, he discovers that magic is real. While helping an old man he has befriended, he discovers a Fey prince, and rescues him from a cat. As Henry and his friend help Pyrgus return home, Henry finds himself journeying to a new world where he will be plunged into the midst of a war with demons. With treachery and magic surrounding him, Henry will have to grow up fast or all will be lost.

*** Fans of Charles De Lint will have a new author for whom to watch. Mr. Brennan has laid the mundane and the mystical worlds alongside each other and interwoven them skillfully, making for a fast paced, easy to read story that is interesting and just complex enough for adult readers, though I think it could be enjoyed by younger ones safely as well. ***

Author: Anne Bishop
Title: Belladonna

The Eater of Worlds is on the verge of being unleashed and drowning Ephemera in a soul killing darkness. The only ones who can stop him and reclaim their world for the Light are a trio of beings united in love; Glorianna Belladonna, the most powerful of all Landscapers who has cut herself off from her own kind, Michael the Magician who loves her, and his sister, Caitlin Marie, who has her own gifts. Meeting Glorianna and her incubus brother, Sebastian, opens a new perspective on the world to Michael. He discovers that he did not know half as much as he believed about even the most basic things. One of them must face the darkness head on if they are to achieve victory.

**** I'm sure that those who have read Book I in the series will find the action a bit easier to follow. Yet, despite the lack of information, the poetry built into the prose reaches out and grabs you. Ms. Bishop has a gift of language and creating beauty with her words that is easy to appreciate. The world is peopled with interesting characters who make the plot flow rapidly. ****

Author: John Lawson
Title: Witch Ember

Legend says that in the days when gods walked the earth, the god called the Trickster Man stole a Stone of Power. To cover his crime, the god ground up the stone, put it into some flour, and baked it into bread for First Ancestor to eat. But in his haste, Trickster Man did not grind the stone pieces fine enough. There were still pieces big as a piece of sand. Some were still the size of pebbles. When the time came for the first people to be made, they were created using pieces of the First Ancestor. Therefore, each person has at least a tiny speck of the Stone. Those who carry one of the bigger grains can do minor magic. Those who carry a pebble sized piece became powerful shamans. Of course, the people who could not summon power grew to fear the rare people who could. Thus, the people with magic are hunted down as witches and burned.

The story opens with the main character, Esmeree, being around the age of six. She is a street urchin, trying only to survive among the magic-fearing people of the Seven Kingdoms. Esmeree carries a big stone (a.k.a. witch ember) within her and tries to keep anyone from finding out about it. However, Esmeree must learn to use and control the ember's sorcery before she is declared a witch. Should that happen, Esmeree would be turned over to the Inquisition, tortured until she confessed, and then publically burned.

Lady Andelliza learns of Esmeree's ember and begins to tutor the child in magic. Old Myrdd, one of Esmeree's few friends, mentors her in ways that may one day help the child marry well above her station.

By the time Esmeree hits puberty, knowledge of her ember has leaked. She is continuously on the run, simply trying to survive one more day. Esmeree must master her ember before she is captured by the Inquisition, the Superbus Tyrannus Valven, Primate Klemm and his army, or even the notorious Fée.

**** This is a thick novel. Consider yourself warned. Having said that, let me add that once I got into the story, I could not put it down! In a few sections of the novel, as Esmeree's story unfolds, you meet Sir Guiromélans. He is a Raven of the Seven Kingdoms, one of the elite. (Think of him as a paladin of God.) I do not believe I give anything away by mentioning him since the second novel, "Raven", has already been released. By including the Raven within Esmeree's tale, I feel as though I already know him. Watching Sir Guiromélans, a paladin, struggling to deal with his honor and beliefs in order to decide whether Esmeree, a witch, is evil or not was very intriguing. Of course, to the church it does not matter whether the girl seems evil or not. (Have stone, will burn.) No, there is no real reason for me to even mention this paladin to you at all. But I cannot help myself. The author does such a masterful job, in the sections Sir Guiromélans is mentioned, that I came to know him as well as I do Esmeree.

As for Esmeree, author John Lawson may start this girl out at a very young age, but by doing so he makes sure that the character keeps her wits sharp and learns quickly. Toward the end of the novel it dawned on me that several of the small tales told to Esmeree, as well as some words of wisdom handed down to her early on, make more sense than I ever could have imagined. All-in-all, this is a well developed story that fans of fantasy will highly enjoy. I heartily recommend it! ****

Author: John Lawson
Title: The Raven (Sequel to Witch Ember)

His name is Sir Guiromélans of the Iron Fist. He is a Medianist Knight. He is a Raven of the Seven Kingdoms. He is Vavasour of Ehre. But most of all, he is a Paladin of God whose faith has been shaken to its very core.

Since his defeat by the witch, Esmeree, Sir Guiromélans has wondered why God seems to have forsaken him. As penitence, the Raven turns his focus to the Southern Territories and begins a crusade against heresy. During his travels, Sir Guiromélans makes many acquaintances. He trusts none, however, except a lone young boy named Balen. The child is innocent in so many ways and looks up to the Raven as a mentor and possible father figure. Yet when a Raven's faith is clouded and confused, how can he train a young ward?

During his quest for answers to he question he does not even know, Sir Guiromélans fights in many battles against demons, ghouls, circle magic, dark sorcerers, deadly shades, and much more. Often Sir Guiromélans awakens only to be amazed that he still lives! One character sums it up well when he states, "A Medianist dreadnought, a true themoch, a war between Söderkarl and udyronde! When it comes to suicide, I give you points for your spectacular failures!"

**** For those who read the previous novel, "Witch Ember", you have already been introduced to this mighty paladin. I found this character to be even more fascinating than I believed would be possible. This novel picks up shortly after the ending of the first. However, you do not have to read book one to totally understand and enjoy this broken, but still honorable, knight's tale. The plot slows down in a few places, but the frequent battles kept me reading. Will there ever be a third novel? I certainly hope so! ****

Author: Jim Butcher
Title: Cursor's Fury

Treachery, magic, and war are woven together in a fascinating tapestry as forces that truly live up to the word fury collide in Alera. Amidst this storm, Tavi, the hero from the prior novels in the Codex Alera series, finds himself working undercover and commanding a legion of troops. As before, he continues to wrestle with his prepossessing handicap of having no furycraft. Since he is the sole person in his land with such a "defect," it makes hiding his identity infinitely more challenging, but it also teaches him something. Meanwhile, family faces their own challenges as war comes ever closer to being an actualized event. When the hidden truths behind the conflict emerge, even the most stout-hearted warrior will know fear.

**** Mr. Butcher's talent is something that cannot be disputed. He is able to build worlds that are vastly different from each other. Whether it is the Roman Empire like world of Alera or the laid-back, Jim Rockford with magic of the Dresden Files, he injects an air of reality into his fantasy that keeps the reader coming back for more. ****

Author: Patricia A. McKillip
Title: Solstice Wood

When her grandfather dies, Sylvia is called back home where she finds that she is the heir to Lynn House and to a magical legacy of witches whose enchanted stitchwork keeps sealed the borders between the fairylands and the mortal world. It is an inheritance she does not want and refuses to accept until an innocent's life is endangered and she must deal with her own secrets to save one for whom she cares.

*** You can almost hear Loreena McKennitt's haunting music in the background as the pages of this mystic journey unfold. Readers should be aware that each chapter is narrated in first person POV by a different character and if you forget to see whose name is at the top of it, you might get a bit lost for a moment or two. Ms. McKillip teaches a a wise lesson in her modern, magical parable. ***

Author: Toby Bishop
Title: Airs Beneath the Moon

Even as her beloved horse lays dying from a hard foaling, Larkyn Hamley recognizes a miracle has visited her life. The newborn colt has wings, and thus must be brought to the attention of the Duke of Oc. Before his representative can arrive to claim the baby horse, Lark and Tup have bonded, making her entrance into the Academy of the Air a necessity. Lark is a fish out of water at the Academy, and even before she arrives, she makes an enemy of the old Duke's heir who desperately wants to upset the order of things by using her colt, and he will stop at nothing to claim Tup for his own.

**** Though the story is complete in and of itself, it does leave you wanting to see more of Oc and its winged horses and their riders, particularly Lark and Tup. Sweetness and love are contrasted with greed and arrogance sharply as the story unfolds, making powerful images come to life. If you enjoyed the HarperHall of Pern or the Heralds of Valdemer, then you are almost certain to love this as well. ****

Author: Joe Lawson
Title: The Calm Before the Storm

Long ago, the Arch-mage Logan had only begun his plans of conquest when he realized that he could not win. So he built a tower out of crystal and poured all of his power and soul within it. He made the crystal tower into a living thing. He waited and prepared for the day when all would be ready.

The Jyniae have resided in the north for hundreds of years now. They are a bitter and angry society because of what the Humans and Aanians did to them so long ago. They are determined to someday reclaim the southland. They only await for Logan to return and lead them.

Jhonia Martaue is part Human, part Jyniae. He is also King Raliegh's mage. The Human part allows him to store a bit of the Source within himself. The Jyniae part allows him to touch the Source and use it for magic. The combination has helped the mage to help his king. Through his dreams, Jhonia learns that Logan is about to return. Should this happen, war would come. Logan would never cease until he possessed the entire continent. Jhonia must travel with a Rydi warrior upon a difficult quest to stop Logan from returning. Jhonia must also take his daughter with them and pray he could keep her safe. For only she has the potential power to defeat the Arch-mage.

Alyxandr "Alyx" Jeffries is Captain of the King's Guard. Unlike any other around him, Alyx is part Human and part Rydi warrior. Tales of his days while a Ranger of the Thorn has spread far and wide. Many know of him, but few know anything about him. Alyx travels with Jhonia and the mage's daughter in hope of preventing Logan's return.

Logan's followers know of the group's quest. The small group gains a few allies along the way, but time is running out. And worst of all, they are hindered by assassins and old friends who have been altered by the Mists.

***** Fans of Fantasy will be very pleased if they get their hands on this gem. This is the first book in a new fantasy series. It is hard to believe that this is author Joe Lawson's debut novel! Time is taken to develop the characters and backgrounds in such a way that readers can easily learn about them. Therefore, this book is slower in action than I believe the future novels in this series will be. (But we all know that most first books in a series are slow for this same reason.) Do not get me wrong! This story a lot of action, danger, adventure, magic, and a twist or two as well. An excellent beginning to what may very well place Joe Lawson's name on a Best Selling list! *****

Author: Simon R. Green
Title: Hell to Pay

P.I. John Taylor's latest case might appear on the surface to be a simple missing persons, but it is far from that. The object of his search, Melissa Griffin is the grandchild of The Griffin, an Immortal man who is said to have made an unholy bargain to achieve his status and has enough legends tied to himself to fill a library. Since one of those legends says that his grandchild will bring about his doom, you would think the Griffin would not want her found, yet it seems as if he is the only one who does want Melissa recovered. John will face demons, gun wielding nuns, and some simply downright strange folks in his quest, but it is the end of the search that is the most dangerous.

**** Somehow, this story achieves both moments of profundity and of humor, sometimes in the same breath. Even if you have not read any of the prior books, as I have not, it is a snap to pick up on the action, though doubtless a greater appreciation for the story will be had by long time fans. Fans of the Harry Dresden books or the Myth series by Asprin will most likely want to add this to their collection. ****

Author: Katherine Kurtz
Title: Childe Morgan

Who is the man who stood beside King Brion and guided King Kelson when the boy assumed the throne at a too young age? How did the enigmatic man who made such an impact on the Deryni Chronicles and to a certain extent, the Chronicles of King Kelson become such a strong force? Ms. Kurtz begins his story at age two, in the midst of King Donal's benevolent manipulations of his parents' and his own lives for the good of Gwynned. The political and religious conflicts that will later nearly kill Morgan more than once are already beginning to ferment, and even at such a young age, Morgan is caught up in the demands placed upon him by the fact that he is half-Deryni and the appointed protector of the Haldane Kings. Already, the price a little boy is forced to pay for destiny is high.

**** Although Gwynned is an imaginary land, Ms. Kurtz paints its story so vividly that it seems to be a true history. I've loved these tales since I was a pre-teen, and find that they continue to enchant. Her world-crafting is expert and adept, with definite rules and excellent continuity. The Deryni saga is among the clearest, most coherent of all fictional universes. As an added bonus, to me at least, each chapter is headed by a verse from Bible, some of them from the Catholic Bible's Appocrypha. Though this does not impact the story itself, it's a plus to read the "new" verses. ****

Author: James K. Burk
Title: High Rage

Scarface, whose true-name is Morgan, a member of the Winged Dagger Clan is journeying home to the Clan’s holdings at High Rage after having indulged himself in another of his acts of mischief; like starting war between two countries without either of them knowing who, if either, really gave offense to each other. Of course the down side is that, along the way of wreaking such havoc, one does tend to collect enemies, especially when Scarface goes out of his way to provoke so many people; mostly everyone alive. Fortunately for Scarface and unfortunately for his opponents, Scarface is a warrior who is second to perhaps only one other, and that one is Hadrian Darkmoor, his liege lord and cousin.

Journeying home from this last adventure, he encounters a beautiful and independent woman, Mendarian, who gains his protection for part of the trip. Indeed, he becomes infatuated with her. Although she will use him to try and secure her country and her throne and will ultimately try to destroy him, Mendarian will have a tender spot for her Morgan, as he has one for her.

With his knowledge, wisdom, cunning, magic, the Clan and other allies, and his power, endurance, willpower and skill as a warrior, Scarface/Morgan sets out to seek what he wants from life. Along the way, he learns what in life has meaning.

**** This is a heady fantasy in which kingdoms and their people rise and fall and life, while often spent with ease, is lived so that each day has meaning. Emotions in the lead characters are often in the same state as the name of the Clan’s holding, High Rage. Each conflict is but another dilemma as Scarface/Morgan and Mendarian struggle for inner heartsease that may not be true to what they outwardly crave. Along the way they are forced to face and swallow the macabre prices that are paid, mostly by others, for their quests.

There are still enough of Burk’s characters standing at the end of High Rage that a sequel would be enjoyable—who knows, as Scarface/Morgan says, “Perhaps. You do make life interesting.” ****

Author: P.C. Cast
Title: Divine By Choice

Six months after her entry to Partholon, Shannon Parker has fully embraced her role as Beloved of Epona and wife of ClanFintan. She is even expecting her first child and the only problem in her world seems to be morning sickness. Then, while trying on a ride in hopes of calming her steed, Epi, Shannon is drawn back to her original world by Clint Freeman, her husband's mirror in this world. Although she and Rhiannon, the woman she replaced, are polar opposites, Clint and her cherished centaur are pretty much clones of each other in their souls. He brought her back to Earth, hoping to stop Rhiannon's evil, but what he did was disrupt Shannon's life and the natural balance in Partholon. Moreover, her evil twin has summoned Nuada back from the dead, and he is determined to destroy everyone Shannon loves. Though she must return to her true home, Shannon knows she has to stop the dark mage first, no matter what the sacrifice.

***** I've waited for this story since I read the first version of Divine by Mistake when it was released earlier (which was released originally as Goddess by Mistake in 2001). It was worth the wait. Shannon's story still has humor, but there is a poignance that adds depth to it as well. At one point, Shannon fantasizes about the hero of the Outlander novels, but if I could speak to her, I'd tell her that her story surpasses that series by far. Add this book to your Christmas list A.S.A.P.! *****

Author: Peter Evans
Title: Black Dawn (Red Durham #5)

The mutant vampire Durham Red and her traveling companions on the starship Omega Fury, Matteus Godolkin and Judas Harrow, are trapped in the seemingly lifeless zone of space known as the Manticore Gulf. Life there was destroyed by Brite Red, a future version of Durham Red that Durham Red had been force to exterminate (time travel and cryopreservation make for interesting story-lines). Still, they are caught by the blockade thrown up around the Gulf by the Bastion.

An attempt to leave fails and has them further stranded on the supposedly technologically backward planet of Purity and now the Omega Fury is a ship with no power source to get it going again. All is not as it seems and they are quickly embroiled, regardless of their desires, in the treacherous politics of the planet and, if that weren’t enough, they are simultaneously trying to define and defeat an unknown threat that has been tearing asunder unfortunate locals.

**** Durham Red’s character is a 1980s spin off from the old Strontium Dog comics, circa 1978 (the nuclear war on Earth that created the vampire Durham Red spawned the Search/Destroy Agency that tracked criminals and these agents, e.g. Red's late love, Johnny Alpha, were called the Strontium Dogs), but Peter J. Evans’ (you may associate that name with one of the Judge Dredd stories) series of novels have breathed new life into the old girl.

If you haven’t read the previous books, this novel will stand alone, but I suspect that many folks will find themselves 'sucked' into Red’s universe and will out looking for the other of Evans’ novels in this series: The Unquiet Grave (August 2004 ISBN 1-84416-159-5); # The Omega Solution (May 2005 ISBN 1-84416-175-7); The Encoded Heart (October 2005 ISBN 1-84416-272-9); Manticore Reborn (January 2006 ISBN 1-84416-323-7). After all, Durham Red is pretty likeable when compared to bloodsuckers such as the IRS and other government agencies. ****

Author: Cynthia Eden
Title: Wizard's Spell

Sara Myers had an ordinary life until Torian Fury appeared out of nowhere in her apartment, insisting that she was a High Witch and had to come to his world lest the Dark Ones kill her and bring darkness down upon all worlds. Moreover, he claims she is his mate. Sara does her best to deny his claims, but when the evil ones come after her, she has to face truth and follow her destiny. Once in Tarian's land, she discovers much about herself she never suspected, but may have to sacrifice everything for a world that is not her own.

*** Though the story relies a bit too heavily on sensual scenes to further the plot, it has a classic premise of a lost, magical heir being found in another world. Its a pity there was not more development, but Wizard's Spell is a good fast read if you don't have time for a saga length tale. ***

Author: Mike Wild
Title: Hell on Earth (Caballistics, Inc. #1)

High in the Swiss Alps is an imposing snow-capped mansion built with Mount Olympus in mind. Within resides Ethan Kostabi, owner of Caballistics, Inc. (among other things). The company was originally known as Department Q, a secret department within the British Ministry of Defense that was tasked with investigating the supernatural. Caballistics, Inc. currently has six employees, chosen by Kostabi. Jonathan Brand and Jennifer Simmons for their encyclopedic occult knowledge. (Jennifer is now much more than human.) Hannah Chapter and Lawrence Verse (an ex-priest) for their abilities with damage control and extermination expertise on the bizarre. Solomon Ravne because he had unique experience of the deepest arcane affairs. Michael Ness... well simply because this Scotsman is a psychopath and gets along with Ravne.

The residents of Boswell, in 1944, heard a thundering voice ordering them to "SHOW ME YOUR SINS". It was the last sound they ever heard. The people of Boswell spontaneously combusted. Their lifeless bodies were then reanimated and used like puppets. But Department Q handled the problem. Everything was covered up, sealed, and all known traces erased. It was over. Until now...

***** There are many stories about fallen angels and the possible upcoming of Judgement Day, but I must admit that this novel is the most entertaining one I have read to date. Author Mike Wild has created a cast of characters that I could not help but like. Each member of Caballistics, Inc. has something odd and unique about them. The owner of the company, Kostabi, is just as strange. I am hoping to learn more about the seven in future stories. The offices of Caballistics, Inc. is just too good for only a single visit. Excellent! *****

Edited by Marc Gascoigne & Christian Dunn
Title - Flames of Damnation
(W40K graphic novel)

Here is a collection of Warhammer 40,000 tales that prove the courage and raw determination of the mighty Space Marines and Imperial Guardsmen. They hunt down and destroy all the enemies of mankind. They crush all invading greenskin (orks) hordes and lay waste to all the horrible forces of Chaos.

**** I found only a few flaws. Most readers either will not notice the errors or simply not care since they are so minor. Yet I could not help but wonder how an ork would know what "playing chicken" even meant. Otherwise, Warhammer 40,000 fans will love the non-stop battles described within these stories ... whether the humans win or lose. ****

Author: P.C. Cast
Title - Divine By Mistake

High school English teacher Shannon Parker feels drawn to an ancient urn depicting the goddess Epona, but she is initially outbid for it at an auction. However, thanks to a tiny crack, she is able to claim it, not realizing that it will be the catalyst that sweeps her out of this world to a parallel one. During a storm, she passes out, coming awake in a veritable palace and being addressed as "my lady." Fortunately, the woman who greets her, Alanna, knows what is going on; Epona's High Priestess, Rhiannon, exchanged places with Shannon. Now, Shannon is forced to be someone she's not and live with the consequences of looking exactly like a woman who was, from all accounts a witch with a capital B and a tramp. She is determined to clean up Rhiannon's mess, starting with treating Alanna, as well as everyone else, decently. If that wasn't enough, she finds herself handfasted to a centaur, ClanFintan, but she quickly realizes that this is a positive aspect of the switch. On the minus side, her new world is in the middle of a war with monstrous beings called the Fomorians just as a long defeated in this world disease sweeps through the land. Shannon may have thought it was a battle to drum English literature into teen-aged heads, but now, she knows what a real war is.

**** When I first read Goddess by Mistake, the initial version of this book, I loved it. However, the new version is even better. Shannon is a smart, funny heroine who is genuinely likeable. Ms. Cast has created a new world that is shaded with familiar myths, but is still original. Drama, suspense, and humor will keep you spellbound to the end. Even if you read the first version, give this extended edition a go. Just as the reissued, expanded dvds of well loved movies are an improvement on a good thing, so is this. ****

Author: Gav Thorpe
Title - 13th Legion
(#1 Last Chancers trilogy)

This title is actually the first book in "The Last Chancers" trilogy. This novel was released in January 2001. The Thirteenth Legion is made up by convict soldiers. They are led and controlled by Colonel Schaeffer. There are times I believed the colonel went out of his way to make the men despise him; especially Lieutenant Kage. In this episode, the men must battle a merciless eldar, orks, and other Chaos minions. If they lose, they die. If they win, they go on to the next suicide mission. The men in the legion are all traitors. This is their last chance to redeem themselves in the eyes of the Emperor. They seldom work together as a real team though. Each man looks out only for himself. And if they ever got the chance, they would kill Colonel Schaeffer in an instant.

***** Author Gav Thorpe did an excellent job in making believable characters, even if they are more than just a bit on the darker side. Each of these titles are good reads; however, if you want all three titles of the trilogy, as well as two short stories that help tie them together, consider purchasing HERE! If you want to keep it all separate, then purchasing the stand alone novels is the way to go. *****

Author: Gav Thorpe
Title - Kill Team
(#2 Last Chancers trilogy)

This title is the second book in the Last Chancers trilogy. The single novel was released in November 2001. It begins with Kage in prison waiting for Schaeffer to come back for him. Even if you read the first novel, you will find yourself a bit lost due to this. Yet once Kage is picked up, it is on to the next suicide mission. This time the mission targets a Tau general. In my opinion, it seems as though the author is changing his writing style. The smooth flow, if you can call any story set in the WH40K universe that, is missing. This one is more choppy. It gets slow often. I found myself even getting bored at some points.

*** All-in-all, it is not as wonderful as the first Last Chancers book, but not too bad either. Could have been much better, but by the same token, it could have been much worse. As of February 2006, readers have another option. All three titles in the Last Chancers trilogy, as well as two short stories that help tie the three main novels together, are now in one MASSIVE novel HERE! However, if you want to keep each novel separate, then purchasing the stand alone novels is the way to go. ***

Author: Gav Thorpe
Title - Annihilation Squad
(#3 Last Chancers trilogy)

This is the third book of the Last Chancers trilogy. Please notice that the novel was released in April 2004, almost three years after the first two! I would think that it meant the author took extra time to make the ending extra surprising and/or climatic. Unfortunately, this is not the case.

You must read the previous novels or you will not only be lost, but also never come to really know the characters, such as Kage and Schaeffer. Numerous battles occur with the single objective of letting me, the reader, marvel at the outstanding fights and a few strategical elements. I was not disappointed in these combat scenes either! Yet nothing important really happens here. They wander around, fight, wander some more, fight, on and on.

*** I got to see more orks than normal for a WH40K universe trilogy. Kage even seems a bit more believable than ever when a female enters the picture. Well, sort of anyway. You have to read in order to fully understand what I am driving at. (On a more personal note, and at the risk of sounding like a heretic, I really enjoyed the character of Urkug. He is a massive ork and bit like one of my online role playing orks.) This novel wraps up the original trilogy. The ending is weak and seems pointless, but not totally bad. For the full effect, consider purchasing the entire Last Chancers trilogy, with two extra short stories that tie it all together HERE! ***

Author: Sandy Mitchell
Title - For the Emperor
(#1 Ciaphas Cain series)

Commissar Ciaphas Cain asks to be transferred to a regiment - any regiment. Cain thought he would be safer with all the people he could pull rank on and put them between himself and the ammo. Needless-to-say, Cain thought wrong. The reluctant hero is sent to a Valhallan regiment. Problems occur from the instant he sets foot on the hangar bay of the Righteous Wrath.

Two Valhallan regiments have been consolidated from the survivors of 301st and 296th. One is a female regiment, one is a male regiment, and each believe themselves better than the other. Cain has his hands full keeping them from each other's throats and eventually welding them into a single cooperating regiment (597th Valhallan). This is barely accomplished before they are sent to help maintain order on an outpost world on the borders of Tau space. But when the alien ambassador is murdered and the situation quickly spirals out of control, Cain and his new regiment find themselves in the middle of a war.

***** This is the first of a series reporting the archived memories of Commissar Cain. Each is told as written by Cain, after his retirement. It also describes the first time Cain meets Amberley Vail, an agent of the Ordo Xenos, and the Valhallan regiment he spends most of his career with. Vail is the one putting Cain's archives together for her fellow inquisitors to read if they so wish. She has annotated several sections to fill in Cain's gaps.

As the reader, I found many of these footnotes interesting, as they made Cain's campaign seem more realistic; however, some of these footnotes are pointless. This novel covers the Gravalax campaign and will be referred to often in the upcoming books of the series. All-in-all, I believe this novel to have succeeded in creating a solid foundation for the Cain series to build upon. *****

Author: Sandy Mitchell
Title - Caves of Ice
(#2 Ciaphas Cain series)

Commissar Ciaphas Cain and his regiment of Valhallan Guardsmen are deployed to the ice world of Simia Orichalcae. The orks intend to overtake the precious promethium plant and use the current mine workers as slaves. When Cain arrives, he has only a single day to set up the defenses before the orks reach the plant.

As Cain well knows, if it sounds too easy it normally means chaos follows. Five mine workers have mysteriously disappeared in the underground tunnels. Cain, having been a born and bred tunnel rat, is best suited to investigate (even though he wishes otherwise). The creature he finds is worse than the ork problem. Unfortunately, something worse than either of those is dormant in the ice caves and it is beginning to stir.

**** The only thing I hate is the fact that there are footnotes on most of the pages. The story is supposed to be an extract from the Cain archive that Amberley Vail has prepared and annotated for her fellow inquisitors. The author does this in order to insert comments from others present at the plant, so readers know what is happening elsewhere from Cain. Those inserts from other characters are great. They are often as exciting as Cain's archives. But I could do without the many interruptions that tell only where a certain word originated and such. As for the adventures of Commissar Cain, his gunner, Jurgen, and his people have - FANTASTIC! I look forward to the rest of the Ciaphas Cain series! ****

Author: Sandy Mitchell
Title - The Traitor's Hand
(#3 Ciaphas Cain)

Imperial Guard's Commissar Ciaphas Cain is still trying to avoid any serious action that may get him killed. Yet he keeps finding himself and his gunner, Jurgen, in the worst possible places. This time Cain must also deal with an old classmate, Commissar Tomas Beije. The two were never friends. Beije is still as pig-headed and stupid as always, but his jealousy of Cain's career makes things much worse.

Cain's latest mission takes him and his Valhallan regiment to the planet of Adumbria to defend against an approaching Chaos invasion. It soon becomes apparent that a sinister cult has formed and is summoning something so horrible that the entire universe is in peril.

***** This book is the best of the series thus far! The Adumbria campaign has more going on than the previous two, if that's possible. Readers learn a little more about Jurgen as well (and I am not referring to his overwhelming body odor). There are still footnotes all throughout the book, but unlike the second novel ("Caves of Ice"), there are not too many and I don't believe any of them are pointless this time around. An outstanding story for all! *****

Author: Sandy Mitchell
Title - Death or Glory
(#4 Ciaphas Cain)

Commissar Ciaphas Cain and his malodorous gunner Jurgen escape from a disastrous space battle when they jettison in a life pod. However, they end up crash landing on the planet Perlia, behind enemy lines. While fighting off orks, they must try to join up with their military comrades. Problem is that there is A LOT of desert to travel through, not to mention hundreds of thousands of barbaric orks in their way.

They stumble across some scattered troops as they pass devastated towns. Cain's happy since it should put more bodies between himself and the orks. But quite a few civilians tag along as well, which means Cain and Jurgen find themselves within the heaviest fire of the conflicts.

**** The latest Cain adventure is compiled by Vail once again. This episode is during Cain's early years and he is still a bit wet behind the ears. There are no hilarious, but serious, quotes at the beginning of each chapter (I missed them very much.) and there are a few too many pointless footnotes. Yet I still found the tale to be humorous and well written as always. Author Sandy Mitchell has a winner with this series and I hope he releases another Cain novel soon! ****

Author: Aaron Rosenberg
Title - Day of the Daemon
(#1 Daemon Gates trilogy)

Alaric is a young noble-turned-explorer. His extremely intelligent pet is Glouste, a tree-cat that resembles a ferret, and she is often found upon Alaric's shoulders, curled around his neck. By his side is Dietz, his best friend and companion. They return to the city of Middenheim to find it shattered following the great war against Chaos. It is not long until they are accused of being heretics. To prove their innocence they take on the task of hunting down and destroying three statues of Chaos.

A representative from each guild goes with them. Thus the group also contains a witch hunter, a trader, a cartographer, a scout, a Count's Guard sergeant, and a full unit of soldiers. But destroying the sculptures will not be easy. They must battle tribes of beastmen, dangerous gypsies, a full warband of orcs, and cult members. If even one statue remains the world is doomed. Blood sacrifices will cause a portal to open and the Blood God's champion will emerge.

**** This is the first novel in the Daemon Gates trilogy and definitely not to be missed. Each book also seems to be a stand alone tale, with hints as to what the following story will be about. If this first story is anything to go by, then a trilogy will not be long enough for me to be satisfied. From the action filled beginning to the climactic ending, I found myself enthralled. Excellent story! ****

Author: Jennifer Roberson
Title - Karavans

After being told that their unborn child should be born in another land, a young couple with four children joins one of the Karavans to reach that safer place, somewhere that the warriors who have taken over are not yet in control. They intend to take a shortcut, but that path leads them near a forest, Alisanos, composed of pure evil with the ability to move itself. The unborn child is valuable, and the intelligence behind the forest wants it. Yet, there are no other choices. This little family has its mission, as do others in the Karavan; the Hand Reader, the two mysterious, virtually immortal men, and the demon wife of one of them, all have their fates bound together.

*** The main action does not truly begin until near the end of this book, which reads as a long prolog to the main story. Since the Cheysuli and Sword Dancer series, Ms. Roberson has been established as an expert worldcrafter. This is no exception. Although most of this narrative is given to the world building rather than plot, she has made an ambitious start to a complex saga. ***

Author: Mitchel Scanlon
Title - Fear the Darkness
(FIRST in the Anderson PSI Division!)

By the year 2126, atomic war has decimated humanity and the world is a bleak wasteland, inhabited by mutants and freaks. Most people live in vast, walled cities. Boredom, unemployment, and crime is sky high. The authorities must use an iron fist to keep the 400 million citizens in check. Justice is upheld by the implacable Judges. They are empowered to act as judge, jury, and executioner. Radioactivity has given some people dangerous talents: telekinetics, pyromaniacs, telepaths, and more. It is the Psi Division's task to do what the regular judges cannot: deal with supernatural phenomena and hunt mutant psychics down. Its ranks are comprised of telepaths and psychics, able to scan minds, even those recently deceased. Psi-Judge Cassandra Anderson is the best in the division.

For unknown reason power is briefly being shut down at random times within Sector House 12. Upon regaining power a felon is found burned to death in a holding-cube. Those first on the scene find the word "Judged" written upon the wall with the victim's blood. However, when others arrive on the scene, the bloody word has disappeared and forensics cannot find any evidence that it had ever been there. Psi-Judge Cassandra Anderson is sent to investigate.

Judge Anderson soon realizes that a malignant psychic presence is at work. This dark presence can possess normal civilians and even some judges. But what this entity wants is worse than anyone could possibly imagine.

***** This is Psi-Judge Anderson's debut novel. It combines futurisic sci-fi and horror in such a way that I had chills traveling down my spine often. I strongly recommend that you not begin this novel until you have lots of spare time. I absolutely could not force myself to stop reading; therefore, I ended up reading the entire book in a single sitting. I eagerly await the next Judge Anderson episode! OUTSTANDING! *****

Author: Mitchel Scanlon
Title - Red Shadows (Anderson PSI Division #2)

By the year 2126, atomic war has decimated humanity and the world is a bleak wasteland, inhabited by mutants and freaks. Most people live in vast, walled cities. Boredom, unemployment, and crime is sky high. The authorities must use an iron fist to keep the 400 million citizens in check. Justice is upheld by the implacable Judges. They are empowered to act as judge, jury, and executioner. Radioactivity has given some people dangerous talents: telekinetics, pyromaniacs, telepaths, and more. It is the Psi Division's task to do what the regular judges cannot: deal with supernatural phenomena and hunt mutant psychics down. Its ranks are comprised of telepaths and psychics, able to scan minds, even those recently deceased. Psi-Judge Cassandra Anderson is the best in the division.

The Necropolis Event (in "Fear the Darkness") ranked alongside the Apocalypse War as one of the worst disasters to have ever befallen Mega-City One. Judge Edward Weller still has nightmares because of it. It is also why he despises all psychics, even psi-judges. And Psi-Judge Anderson, in Weller's opinion, is the worst, simply because she is the best in the Psi Division. Needless-to-say, Weller is NOT happy when he finds out Anderson is assigned to assist in his case.

Psi-Judge Cassandra Anderson hunts a teledominant. This serial killer mentally dominates the minds of other people and makes them believe anything he wants them to. Every time Anderson scans a victim's mind, she sees only what the victim saw. Since the victims saw only what the killer wanted them to, Anderson has no idea as to what the killer looks like. To make matters worse, Judge Weller's prejudice ways keeps him from sharing vital information with Anderson. Yet even when they find out who the killer is, they must still find the person who is pulling the killer's strings.

***** Author Mitchel Scanlon often mentions names some of today's famous people or film characters within this series. They are slight, little mentions that many readers may not even notice. But for big fantasy and sci-fi fans, like myself, you will get a chuckle each time one of them jumps out at you. Other than this, the author keeps his sense of humor under wraps and gives his readers some of the best futuristic fantasies of the year. Author Mitchel Scanlon has a new fan in me! Fabulous! *****

Author: Kim Wilkins
Title - Giants of the Frost

For centuries, Vidar has cherished the memory of Halla, a young, mortal woman he loved but destiny denied him, partly because she was a woman of Midguard, and he was Aesir, a son of Odin and fated to save his father's life. Now, it appears he will have a second chance when Victoria Scott steps onto a lonely island in the Sea of Norway. She is Halla reborn, and Vidar still loves her, though he knows how impossible it all is; Odin will never let him go, and the love he bears Victoria places her in danger. Victoria is more determined in this life, however, and will give him the courage to defy his father and fate. Whether or not he succeeds is another matter.

*** Although transitions between scenes are a bit rough, nonetheless, this is a haunting, yet fast paced, novel. The action seesaws between the mystic world and modern, and the point of view changes often, but if you stick to the end, you'll be rewarded with a story that feels both old and new. Fans of Charles de Lint, particularly his book Moonheart, will enjoy this. ***

Author: Marie Brennan
Title - Doppelganger

When a witch is born, a doppelganger is created. The mother normally kills the doppelganger on the fifth night during a ritual. The witch cannot master her powers until the twin is dead. Everyone knows this. Everyone accepts this.

When Miryo became a full witch, she was unable to use her magic. She must search the world to find her doppelganger, that has somehow survived, and kill it. Until then, Miryo must resist using her powers or they will kill her. But with each hour that passes it gets harder to keep from using those powers. Soon Miryo will be unable to resist. Miryo has another problem plaguing her mind too. Since the doppelganger has lived twenty-five years, will it still be a shell without a soul? And if it does have a soul, can Miryo bring herself to kill her twin?

Mirage is a bounty hunter. She lives by her wits and lethal fighting skills. This mission she must work with another hunter, Eclipse. This is not too difficult since she knows him well and they have worked together before. But this mission is a rare one. To accept it, Mirage and Eclipse must give a blood oath. They either succeed in the mission or die. Their task is to find out who assassinated Tari-nakana, a witch that was high in her Fire Order. After killing the person who did the deed, they must also go after the one who ordered it done. Sounds simple, but nothing is simple when it involves witches.

**** Hard to believe that this is Marie Brennan's debut novel. The author has crafted a divine world of magic and warriors. She gives just enough information to make it real. This could easily evolve into a wonderful series. Recommended. ****

Author: Mario Acevedo
Title - The Nymphos of Rocky Flats
(Mystery + Vampire)

Felix Gomez went to Iraq as a soldier. When he ends up killing an innocent family, Felix wants only to be punished. His plea is heard by one of the undead. Thus Felix becomes a vampire.

When Felix is released from the military, he becomes a private investigator. One of his old friends is now an assistant manager at a secret government facility in Rocky Flats. His name is Gilbert Odin. Gilbert hires Felix to find out what caused the outbreak of nymphomania at the facility. When Felix delivers the answers to Gilbert, he learns that they only make more questions come to light. So a second mission is needed to find out what is in a certain trailer.

Felix should know that anything is possible. After all, vampires DO exist. Why not Area 51, aliens, and all the other things people believe are fake? But while Felix is doing his investigations, he is also having to dodge vampire hunters and government agents. There is much more going on than any one person knows.

**** Author Mario Acevedo seems to know his topic very well. After all, the author used to work at the Rocky Flats Nuclear Weapons Plant in Denver, Colorado. And, you guessed it, he is also a veteran of Desert Storm. This novel actually required a security declassification by the federal government before it was allowed to be published. So it is a huge understatement to say the author has researched his material. In fact, the author's expertise shows in every page of the novel. The title makes the book sound like a "free for all", instead it is a wonderful mystery with a super natural twist. It also looks to be the first of a brilliant new mystery series. Bravo, Mario Acevedo, you have a fan in me! ****

Author: Dan Abnett
Title - The Sabbat Worlds Crusade (W40K)

This giant, over sized book is a comprehensive account of the first twenty years of The Sabbat Worlds Crusade. The Imperial Guard, Space Marines, and Navy fight crushing battles against the dread menace of Chaos. This is detailed/narrated by Antonid Biota, a senior tactician on the front line, assigned to the staff of Lord General Van Voytz. Biota has been in the thick of the combat right from the beginning and is able to tell it like it is.

Illustrations abound within the covers and you will find many maps and notes. There are even copies of the Casualty Listings. Pictures, not just illustrations, show the details of the hardware and weapons used by the brave souls that hold Chaos at bay. Confidential orders are spread out for you to read. There are even detailed spreadsheets showing the layers within the Hive cites, such as Sangrel Hive (page 16). Troopers, majors, captains, ranks of all types tell about the battles they faced and the horrors they witnessed. By the end you will feel as though you were there yourself.

All the plans and politics are laid bare for all to see, such as a chart detail showing Cybon's proposed rimward expedition, circa 463, and the trailing zones of the Cabal Systems, showing the border worlds assaulted during Macaroth's initial phase in 770-771 (page 68). The Blood Pact is thoroughly explained, squadron badges are shown, and you even get to see, up close, the ships flown. (The Navy Thunderbolt, Cypra-Mundi Pattern XXI, of the One Hundred and First Pacificus Navy Elite Wing, the 'Apostles' Plane, serial 4548456, flown by Major Dario Quint, "Ace of Aces", is shown on page 82).

***** If you think you know all there is to know about the Warhammer 40,000 universe, then you are sadly mistaken. Your imagination cannot possibly do the battles and weapons justice. This is your one chance to own a piece of the action, to see it through the eyes of those who fought in the bloody clashes. As the Saint Sabbat, Epistles cites, "There are no miracles. There are only men." *****

Author: Robin D. Owens
Title - Sorceress of Faith

On Earth, or Terre, Marian Harasta performs a ritual, seeking answers for her life; and at the same moment, a Summoning spell is invoked on Llandrana as the Sorcerers attempt to draw their own Exotique to their world to help battle the dark. As a result, Marian lands in their world and is almost immediately handed over to a cranky, reclusive Sorcerer to receive instruction in how to use the considerable power she never realized she had until now. Marian may find this new land fascinating, and beautiful, but she feels her ties to Earth still pulling on her. The longing for a relationship with her mother is one, the need to cure her brother's debilitating disease another. Yet, she has come to love this new world, and a man in it. Lladrana might have a cure, but first, she must battle the darkness.

***** Lladrana is a world that is a joy to visit. Ms. Owens has peopled it with memorable character who spring to life and make you care about their fates. Hamster sales might go through the ceiling after readers meet Tuck, Marian's charming companion, and of course, old friends from Guardian of Honor play important roles in this book. If you've wondered how Alexa, Bastien, and Sinafin are doing, you'll get to see them once more. If you missed reading that book, it's not essential to have done so to follow what happens here, but you'll be missing a real treat, so be sure you do asap. *****

Author: Sandy Mitchell
Title - Death's Messenger
(Blood On The Reik, Bk 1)

Rudi Walder lives with his adoptive father in a village named Kohlstadt. He grew up learning how to track, scout, hunt, and some weaponry. He also dreams of seeing the world and making a difference in it.

His life changes when Luther Gerhard, a witch hunter, enters the village. Beastmen have been in the area and a Chaos cult has been spreading. Rudi and another villager, Hanna Reifenstal (herbalist), flee Kohlstadt. Gerhard has a bounty out on the couple, accusing them as heretics.

Rudi and Hanna travel as siblings, trying to stay away from all those who would turn them over for the bounty. Currently, their only plan is to reach a city named Marienburg. As they travel, they will come to realize that they each have special abilities.

***** This is part of the Warhammer, Fantasy Roleplay, saga. This looks to be the first of a series by author Sandy Mitchell. If the rest of her novels are as awesome as this first installment, then she can add me to her list of fans. The authors has successfully captured the Warhammer flavor. This novel will grab your attention quickly and lead you on a fabulous adventure. Excellent! *****

Author: Sandy Mitchell
Title - Death's City
(Blood On The Reik, Bk 2)

Luther Gerhard, the witch hunter, is still after Rudi, Hanna, and Fritz. For a short while Gerhard captures them. During that time, Gerhard places a talisman on Hanna's forehead. This talisman bottles up her pyromancer powers. NOT a good thing! Any time Hanna tries to use her powers, or anyone tries to reach up and touch it, Hanna pays for it in pain. Unless the trio find a way to remove it, Hanna will die.

The three make their way to the city named Marienburg. Hanna enters a college of magic in hopes of obtaining a license and to see if anyone there can help remove Gerhard's talisman. Fritz becomes a bodyguard for a nobleman. As for Rudi, he joins the Black Caps (a.k.a. becomes part of the town's watch/patrol). Since Marienburg seceded from the Empire ages ago, no one from the Empire has jurisdiction. This includes Gerhard! However, that will not stop the witch hunter.

**** Almost as good as the first book, "Death's Messenger". I, as the reader, learned more about the characters, especially Rudi. I now understand Hanna's powers. Rudi's are still unclear to me, but it has the potential to be huge. Fritz is still a wild card in the story. Yet after reading two novels by this author now, I have no doubts that Fritz, and Gerhard, will find ways to surprise me in the next installment. ****

Author: Jean Rabe
Title - The Finest Choice
(Finest #2)

They look like regular horses, but they are not. They are the "Finest Creations", mystically forged by the creators to aid mankind during their mortal existence. Each Finest is given a human charge to lead, without directly interfering. Humans must have free choice. A human is only granted the honor of Finest if the human has great potential.

Meven Montoll is being crowned King of Galmier at the beginning of this novel. but Meven is the pawn of a murderous man, Bishop DeNogaret, who intends to rid the world of the Montoll line before crowning himself ruler. But first the bishop will use his dark arts to persuade King Meven into war with the other kingdoms, thus enlarging the Galmier realm.

Gallant-Stallion "Rue", a Finest, has a young girl named Kalantha "Kal" Montoll as his charge. Rue has removed Kal from the bishop's grasp and they travel the land almost aimlessly until Destiny arrives. Rue and Kal communicate telepathically, thinks to their magical bond. In this novel, the second of a trilogy, the two must learn about the assassin birds from the Vershan Monastery. The problem is locating the monastery and then finding the one, old, needed book for answers. During it all, those of the dark arts hunt Rue and Kal with murder in their black hearts.

**** Like other second books within a trilogy, this one is not as great as the first. It is mainly to continue the first novel and set things up for the third. Yet the author, Jean Rabe, did a wonderful job in keeping my attention. I never found myself growing bored. People and events begin to come together. I can see where the story is going and am eagerly waiting until I can find out how it wraps up. Excellent book! ****

Author: Jean Rabe
Title: The Finest Creation (Finest #1)

"The Finest" are mystically forged creatures of perfection sent by the creators to aid the Fallen (humans) during their lives. The Finest resemble ordinary horses, are highly intelligent, and can communicate telepathically with other Finests and animals. However, they cannot speak with humans. The Finest are "shepherds". Each is given a "charge" which the shepherd will gently nudge or guide in life. Yet the Finest must not allow the humans to realize he is more than a mere horse.

Prince Edan Montoll of Galmier was en route to Duriam, where he was to marry a princess of Nasim-Guri and unite the lands, when dark assassins attacked. Only thirteen-year-old Meven and his younger sister, Kalantha, (Edan's cousins) survived. They lived only because of Gallant-Stallion "Rue".

Rue's mentor also died in the attack. Rue accepts the two children into his care. They are his first assignment and he fears himself unequal to the task. Dark, evil forces gather bent on the destruction of the two orphans (who are now the last of the royal line).

***** Oh, WOW! It has been a long time since I have had the pleasure of reading such a wonderful tale of fantasy. Here is a book that you will not want to set down for any length of time. It will adorn your "Keeper" shelf to be read again in the future. I predict awards for this gem. This is not one to be missed! *****

Author: K.G. McAbee et al.
Title - Tales of Masks & Mayhem

***** Anyone who enjoyed the old comics, television shows, and movies about gangsters, masked adventurers, masked heros, and lots of bullets blazing will be in heaven with this exciting anthology. Seven stories, edited by award winning author K.G. McAbee, are together in one thick novel for you to enjoy over and over.

Though you will not find Batman, the Lone Ranger, or the Phantom, you WILL find similar ones. As I read the stories (late at night) I could almost hear the deep and eerie laughter by the evil villains. I pictured outlandish costumed heros with domino masks, attired so that their appearance would strike fear into criminals.

These stories are not by new authors. Several of the authors, and their heros, have books out. (For example, Lance Curry has a "Doc Savage" novel on the Internet currently.) You will not be reading any second hand stories. Expect the best! And bring those old style villains and heros back to life! *****

Author: Rick Taubold
Title - More Than Magick

Karaydeon is an Elfaeden "Elf" who lived centuries ago on a planet named Stracos. He imprisoned a malevolent being, Orfo, in a complex set of pocket universes and watched over by two intelligent dragons. Arion is his direct descendant. (Think Merlin the Magician with pointed elf ears.) He is an Adept at Magick. Arion learns that one of Orfo's followers, Lord Vraasz, has found the Tri-Lith of the Yorben. With it, Vraasz can free Orfo. The Tri-Lith combines the three Parton powers (Magick, Psi, and Pneuma) into the all-powerful Bahratic Power. (Okay Readers, this is as simple as I could explain it. Consider it as a very loose description.) Arion eventually travels to Earth to meet Jake and compels him to train Scott for his future.

Dr. "Jake" Kesten is a Martial Arts expert, Mathematician, and computer scientist. (Think hacker or cracker.) He convinces Scott to work with him. Their job is to persuade people NOT to attack government computers. At least that is what Scott thinks. It all changes when Jake's old friend, Arion, pops in.

"Scott" Madison is the main character and narrator of the story. Before Scott can even properly greet Arion, he finds himself teleported to another world where (once he no longer believes he is dreaming) he joins a group of shady adventures in a quest. Their mission? To save the Elfaeden, the Crystal Dragons, and themselves from total destruction. Their secret weapon? Scott. All poor Scott has been told is that he has a Pneuma Power, even though he is unaware of it. He must learn to control it and use it to save the day. Problem is that no one will tell him just HOW he is supposed to do it.

***** This novel is hard to write an enlightening synopsis for. In fact, my explanation of the story only touches the main plot. There are quite a few characters, each with interesting attitudes and abilities. There are just as many problems and obstacles too. Just when I thought I understood it all, the "malapert" author throws in twists. Not just one twist. Nooooo. All-in-all, you will find yourself royally entertained, never bored, and begging for more. *****

Author: B.T. Robertson
Title - The Chronicles of the Planeswalkers (Part Zero)

Long ago Hydrais was banished to the Netherworld. His fortress was destroyed and sealed. Problem is that no one knew Hydrais had already hidden a scroll in the bowels of his underground domain called Trünith. He had also forged a special mirror. Its sole purpose was to summon him back into this world if his body was ever diminished.

Wrantha is the "Keeper of the Nether" and one of the gods that balance all the planes that form the fabric of time. He wrote the Black Book of Wrantha in which he posted powerful secrets. It is balanced by the Book of Light, guarded by the goddess Sheevos. Her spirit is currently residing in a magic Elfstone, named after her. Long has the Sheevos Elfstone resided in the Temple of Arünir. Recently, though, the Sheevos has been stolen. No one seems to know who took it or where it may now be. As for the Black Book of Wrantha, it is in the hands of Haarath, a dark magician.

Hydrais' mirror has now been found and used to locate the hidden city of Trünith, where the scroll is kept. Dark forces are gathering to shred the balance so that chaos and destruction may reign.

All hope of defeating the coming foes rests upon a small group of beings. Farrin is the greatest of all giants. King Hrathis is the greatest king of men. Aeligon the Healer is a powerful wizard with his apprentice's soul trapped within his staff. Ithyllna is an elf maiden with an acrobatic flair and a deadly member of the Vrünyn Guards. Foran is the best elf archer. And most importantly, Aerinas, who is the elfin heir to the House of Lythardia and gifted with magic that he has yet to master.

**** I wondered why the author called this "Part Zero". Now I understand. Within this novel the battle lines are drawn and the readers learn about the wondrous characters. An interesting mix it is too! There are insect-like monsters called Cray, Orcs, Goblins, Trolls, Elfs, Giants, Wizards, and (my favorite of legendary creatures) a Roc! I sometimes got my characters confused, so you may have a bit of trouble with that. Many characters begin with the letter H and two of the major characters, Aeligon and Aerinas, can easily be read wrong. Otherwise, this is an excellent beginning to a terrific set of novels. I look forward to the next! ****

Authors: David Weber & John Ringo
Title - We Few(Bk 4 Prince Roger series)

Prince Roger Ramius Sergei Alexander Chaing MacClintock was known as the "Playboy Prince" before he found himself marooned on the inhospitable planet of Marduk. He had one hundred and ninety Marines, Bravo Company, of the Empress' Own. It took three previous novels for them to get off Marduk. Along the way, Roger discovered that he was the heir of Miranda MacClintock, the first Empress of Man, and one paranoid and devious woman. The "Playboy Prince" no longer worried only about his fashionable clothing. Roger grew up fast, the hard way. During the eight months on Marduk, Roger became a leader that Bravo Company could look up to. A vital member of their group, as well as, to the Empire. Now there are twelve survivors of Bravo Company. Some Mardukans have been recruited into Roger's service as The Basik's Own. That title is an inside joke. You will have to read the series to understand.

The Basik's Own now has a challenge before them that may put all their previous perils to shame. The coup launched by Jackson Adoula, Prince of Kellerman, has obviously succeeded. Roger's mother, Empress Alexandra, is being controlled by the same people who had murdered her children and her grandchildren. Yet no one seems to realize it. Either that, or there is nothing they can do about it. To make matters worse, the coup and murders are all blamed on Roger.

The Basik's Own must gamin some dangerous allies, slip into the Empire, locate and meet with crucial military leaders, convince them of Roger's innocence and to help, find weapons, form a plan, retake the palace, save the Empress, capture Adoula and the Earl of New Madrid (Roger's biological father), and save the Empire.

Prince Roger of House MacClintock will prove, once and for all, that he is nothing like his despised father. Prince Roger is totally Empress Alexandra's son! And Hades is about to get a lot of new customers!

**** An excellent continuation to the series by two authors who have proven themselves to be a formidable team. The first three novels had more battles and readers got to watch Roger morph into a true ruler. In book four, readers learn just how devious Miranda MacClintock was (and in some ways, still is). There are more strategies and a little more romance in this one also. Sergeant Nimashet Despreaux returns to help balance Roger and takes on a larger role in the books' plots.

All-in-all, David Weber and John Ringo have another winner with this novel. Fans will NOT be disappointed. But if you have not read the first three in this series, purchase them quickly and read them in order. Otherwise, you will find yourself lost at times during this tale. Personally, I cannot recommend this series highly enough. ****

Author: Elaine Covidae
Title - Dragon's Son
(Bk 3 Lord Of Wind & Fire)

The story begins a few weeks after the fall of Segg. Yozert Jonaglir is half Aclytese (an ancient race of dragon fire sorcerers) and Half Wolfkin (a race that can shift to wolf form). He has been separated from his group during the Segg battle. Still in wolf form, Yozerf is all but dead when a small, human, orphan girl finds him. Once well enough, Yozerf returns to man form. The girl, Owl, and Yozerf have become close. In a ceremony (Yozert makes up), the two use a few drops of their blood to adopt each other. Yozerf has no idea that his blood would affect his new daughter in special ways. As father and daughter, the two begin traveling in hopes of finding a city to take shelter from the ongoing war between the cruel King Fellrant of Jenel and the equally ruthless Emperor Jahcgroth of the Argannese. No matter which side ultimately wins the war, all the people lose.

During the travel of the duo, Yozerf rescues some human refugees, then some Aclyte refugees, followed by Wolfkin refugees, and so on. The three races have never gotten along. But for survival they did so, banding together to help each other (though reluctantly at first) with Yozerf as their unspoken leader. Leader is NOT what Yozerf wishes for. However, it is a role he takes seriously. With Winter coming, they needed shelter for the group of over one hundred. Yozerf sets his sights on Vorslava.

Suchen Keblava is Yozerf's human mate. She is part of the group he has been separated from. Yozerf's mother, Londah, is with her. The entire group believes him dead. They are now homeless refugees with both war leaders out for their heads. Word is spreading about the new bandit lord ruling Vorslava who is taking in all refugees. They arrive to find Yozerf is ruling several hundred people of all races.

The group must survive the Winter, keep peace within their walls, as well as prepare for Spring. Because when Spring arrives, the small warrior groups within Vorslava and their rag tag kingdom of refugees will have to battle King Fellrant and Emperor Jahcgroth's magical armies.

***** I could not shorten that synopsis and still explain the plot. Yet I have given nothing vital away. The duo's journey to Vorslava is littered with battles and hardships. Do not assume Vorslava was empty of soldiers upon their arrival either. Even when everyone is together, keeping peace between races with several generations of war between them is not a breeze to do.

Author Elaine Corvidae is somehow able to pull it all off without ripping all her hair out by its roots. This is the last of the trilogy. The first book is "Wolfkin" (ISBN # 1594260540). The second book is "The Crow Queen" (ISBN # 1594260575). Both the previous titles must be read in order for you to full understand the characters (good and bad), their histories, their triumphs, and their defeats. Otherwise, this single book will make sense to you, but you will find yourself wondering to what they are referring to very often. Each book is excellent. Fans of Anne McCaffrey will especially enjoy this trilogy. Elaine Corvidae is a Mistress of Fantasy! *****

Author: K. G. McAbee
Title: Escape To Malmillard

Lord Erek of Taragreen had shown talent in magic. His aunt, Lady Ivera, had tutors brought in to teach Erek only what a high born family considered appropriate. But Magister Andru realized that the young boy showed potential to surpass even the talents of magisters! Erek could become one of the rare master adepts! Andru feared for the boy because most noble families would rather murder their children or other family members than let them become a master adept. Lady Ivera was such a one. So Erek and Andru sought out a Commander in the Queen's Armies of the North!

Commander DiaVandryn was one of the Queen's best! Two of her men, Captain Ursyn and Captain Vlad, dwelled in her manor. They kept each other in trim and fighting form. Many plotted and were determined to have Queen Viianne dethroned. Dia was just as determined to keep Her Majesty alive and well. When her dearest friend, Andru, asked for her help in delivering Erek safely to Malmillard Academy, she immediately agreed! Dia knew from experience the danger that the young lord was in. Thus began a perilous journey over mountains, plains, and sea. All the while evil tracked them from behind. Magical evil that sought the deaths of them all ... and eventually the Queen's.

***** Fantasy gets no better than this! K.G. McAbee sucks her readers into her magical realm, never to escape! I could almost believe the author to be a sorceress, herself! This adventure holds onto its readers tighter than Super Glue! Each character has their own personality and history. Each have their own quirks and wit. You won't want to put this story down! Highly recommended! Destined for the "Keeper" shelves! *****

Author: Megan Sybil Baker (a.k.a. Linnea Sinclair)
Title: Wintertide

Khamsin "Kammi" of Cirrus Cove is a woman-child linked to the powerful Sorcerer, Rothal-Kiarr, by command of an Assignation spell at her birth. She is raised by Tanta Bron, the village Healer, and taught most of what she needed before Tanta died. When the Hill Raiders attacked Cirrus Cove, they killed everyone Khamsin cared for, including her husband. The only one left alive for her was her cat, Nixa, with whom Kammi can mind link to.

Khamsin and Nixa travel with Rylan the Tinker to the city of Noviiya. There, the mad wizard, Ciro, would complete her training and prepare her for the destiny that awaited her. Kammi must travel through dangerous lands and hazardous forests filled with raiders and demons to reach the Sorcerer's castle fortress, Traakhal-Armin. Once there, she must gain entry to a secret room in the East Tower and obtain the Orb of Knowledge.

Through it all, Melande the Witch, Lucial the Wizard, and Rothal-Kiarr the Sorcerer, battle each other as they have for centuries in their quests for power and conquests. Only Khamsin can stop the Infernal War. If she fails, all is lost.

***** It has been quite awhile since I have read such a wonderful fantasy novel such as this. It captured my attention on the very first page and never let go, as if an enchantment spell had been cast upon my imagination. UNPUTDOWNABLE! *****

Author: S.L. Viehl
Title: Bio Rescue

Dair was saved at birth by Teresa, her human stepmother, doing a radical surgical procedure that combined Terran and 'Zangian DNA. Now grown Commander Dair heads up a squadron of SEAL (surgically enhanced/altered life-form) pilots. Kevarzangia Two "K-2" is the planet where Cherijo Grey Veil (StarDoc series) saved Dair's race from the Core plague. The 'Zangians are aquatic forms that thrive in the seas of K-2. When on land, Dair and her team uses lungs. When in the sea, they collapse the lungs and use gills. However, they cannot ever leave the sea for long.

Dair and her squadron provide planetary patrol for the Pmoc Quadrant. Soon they agree to team up with medical personnel as a Bio Rescue unit. They respond to off-planet emergencies. But there is opposition in the forms of Onkar, her lieutenant who is overly Alpha Male, some council members, and a lupine alien species on land. Who knew that simply piloting a medical rescue team could cause so much trouble?

***** An awesome beginning to what could easily become a series of stories involving Dair and those around her. However, as a stand alone title, it is just as superb as this author's earlier release called "Blade Dancer".

This novel catches the reader on page ONE and refuses to release the imagination until the last page has been turned. I simply cannot recommend this title highly enough. BRAVA! *****

Author: Megan Sybil Baker (a.k.a. Linnea Sinclair)
Title: An Accidental Goddess

Captain Gillaine Davré regained consciousness in a strange sick bay. The last thing she could recall was having combat with the Fav'lhir in Riftspace. She soon learned that she and her sentient crystal-ship named Simon had been catapulted forward in time 342 years. After absorbing that shocking blow more quickly follow. History believed Gillie had died, sacrificing herself, in that battle to save the Khalaran race. She had been immortalized as the Goddess Kiasidira!

Admiral Rynan "Mack" Makarian commanded the space station Cirrus One and was dead of the critical Rim Gate Project. He soon realized Gillie was his destiny, his soulmate. He knew Gillie kept many secrets, by omissions, from everyone and that miracles often happened whenever she was around, but he was positive she would reveal all sooner or later.

Gillie kept her true identity and Raheiran abilities a close secret. To reveal the truth would destroy the Khalaran society that had already raised generations on her little aphorisms. But when the Fav'lhir attack, after being silent over 300 years, Gillie must find a way to save the Khalaran race all over again! There was simply not enough bottles of Devil's Breath in the station's bars to help her get through it all!

***** Simon is short for "Sentient Integrated MObile Nanoessence". Via telepathy, one of several abilities she has, Gillie and Simon communicate. As you can see, most of this novel is Sci-Fi. However, the author makes the story more intriguing by adding several touches of Fantasy elements such as a mageline sorceress and a touch of spacestation romance. It all blends together to make an awesome drama that will keep you on the edge of your seat and holding your breath! BRAVA! *****

Author: Orson Scott Card
Title: Shadow Puppets
(A sequel to Ender's Shadow)

In this novel the author, Orson Scott Card, focuses on secondary characters from ENDER'S GAME.

Peter Wiggin (a.k.a. the Hegemon, among other alias names), Julian Delphiki (a.k.a. "Bean"), and Petra Arkanian must deal with Achilles de Flandres. Achilles, if you recall from the previous books, was a genius. Mentally, however, he was very unstable. He wanted nothing more than the deaths of Peter, Bean, and Petra. Second on Achilles's list of things-to-do was to conquer all, starting with the Hegemony!

Suriyawong, Virlomi, Hyrum Graff, and Volescu appear as secondary characters. They were not just for show or used as "fillers" though. Each had vital roles in the book and possibly in the next. (My hope springs eternal.)

***** If you have not read the previous books, I highly recommend that you begin at the beginning, with ENDER'S GAME. Not only because all in this series is fantastic, but also because you when previous characters or events are mentioned, you would totally understand the reference and feel more a part of Card's vast universe. This author does not insult the intelligence of his readers; therefore, he will not go into deep detail on past events. He just mentions a person or event and carries on with the current story. I love that in an author!

Orson Scott Card made a fan of me with ENDER'S GAME. Of course, since I enjoyed it so much, I handed it over to my husband and the "Ender's Bug" (as I call it) bit him too. Card quickly made his way from my list of "Good Authors", to my list of "Favorite Authors", and currently resides on my "Elite List" which contains only four names (and one of them are deceased). I tell you that so you may understand that I do NOT consider myself to be overly dramatic when I say, "If you love Sci-Fi, you MUST read this series!"

Orson Scott Card rules the Sci-Fi universe! *****

Author: Erin Elder
Title: Protectors Of Klairn (#1)

The planet of Klairn had a war-torn and industrial past that made it necessary to create an elite team of people who would seek to maintain the well-being of their planet. They were called The Protectors. Each of the twelve provinces held grueling Olympic-like trials. The winner became the Protector of their province. The contestants must be strong of mind, body, and will to earn the coveted post.

Iona Stonefinder entered the trials against the wishes of her parents. Iona desired nothing more than to earn the title of Protector. Among all the other contestants, Lexti Anders would be the toughest. Iona was greatly attracted to him, however, she could not be sure that he felt the same of her. His attention could very well be a way to distract her so she would make an error and lose.

***** This book is a delight! Everything that is alive can think and make its thoughts known! Imagine wanting to climb a tree, but you must first, somehow, communicate with it for permission. Without it, the tree would beat you with its branches! All plants and animals on Klairn are this way!

This first book follows the trials of the Arvendril Province. I am told the next book may begin the first mission. Espionage is often required on missions and Iona is no good in that area of skill, Lexti is though!

I found myself sucked into Erin Elder's magical world and laughing aloud at several sections. I have no doubt that we will be seeing more from this author in the future! Highly recommended reading! *****

Return to main page HERE!